Academic year 2023 - 2024

•   AC Drives ELA18SS02-3006 04.03.2024-28.04.2024  3 credits  (ET23D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  To provide a basic knowledge of operating principles, commissioning and use of frequency converters.

  Prerequisites

  Power Electronics

  Content of the study unit

  - AC motor
  - the frequency converter
  - motor control
  - commissioning / use of frequency converter

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Can describe different ways of converting DC voltage to AC voltage.
  Know about different functional principles.
  Know the advantages and disadvantages of using frequency converters.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can describe how to control the size of the AC voltage.
  Can describe the function at different load requirements.
  Can explain the advantages and disadvantages of using electrical connections.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can explain the operation of the control circuits and make calculations at specific loads.
  Master the calculations of losses when using frequency converters.
  Can describe the appearance of harmonics and what this entails and can describe and calculate filter circuits.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Facts Worth Knowing about Frequency Converters (Danfoss).
  Manufacturer's information and operating instructions.
  Supplementary material.

  Learning methods

  Lectures
  Practical laboratotry exercises
  Self studies

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Written exam + laboratory report.
  For course grade: At least 33.3 % in the exam (maximum three attempts).

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  04.03.2024 - 28.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 03.03.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ET23D-V
  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-K (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-E (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ET23 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Jan Berglund

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Course exam (50 % of course grades) and report from the practical exercises (50 % of course grades).
  For approved grade, 33.33 % is required in the exam and approved report.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  The exam is arranged in week 13.

  Student's schedule and workload

  A total of 81 hours, of which lectures/exam 12 hours and laboratory exercises 24 hours.

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 33.3 % of the total score.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Grade 1: 33.3 % - 47.2 % of the total score.
  Grade 2: 47.3 % - 61.1 % of the total score.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Grade 3: 61.2 % - 74.9 % of the total score.
  Grade 4: 75.0 % - 88.8 % of the total score.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  More than 88.8 % of the total score.

•   AC Drives ELA22SS02-3002 23.10.2023-17.12.2023  3 credits  (ET23D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - knows the main parts of the frequency converter
  - knows the operating principle of the frequency converter
  - knows the commissioning and use of a the frequency converter.

  Prerequisites

  Power Electronics

  Content of the study unit

  - AC motor
  - the frequency converter
  - motor control
  - commissioning / use of frequency converter

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Can describe different ways of converting DC voltage to AC voltage.
  Know about different functional principles.
  Know the advantages and disadvantages of using frequency converters.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can describe how to control the size of the AC voltage.
  Can describe the function at different load requirements.
  Can explain the advantages and disadvantages of using electrical connections.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can explain the operation of the control circuits and make calculations at specific loads.
  Master the calculations of losses when using frequency converters.
  Can describe the appearance of harmonics and what this entails and can describe and calculate filter circuits.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Facts Worth Knowing about Frequency Converters (Danfoss).
  Manufacturer's information and operating instructions.
  Supplementary material.

  Learning methods

  Lectures
  Practical laboratotry exercises
  Self studies

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Written exam + laboratory report.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  23.10.2023 - 17.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 22.10.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ET23D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Jan Berglund

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Energy Technology, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Course exam (50 % of course grades) and report from the practical exercises (50 % of course grades).

  Student's schedule and workload

  A total of 81 hours, of which lectures/exam 12 hours and laboratory exercises 24 hours.

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 50% of the total score.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  More than 50% of the total score.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  More than 70% of the total score.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  More than 90% of the total score.

•   Analog Circuits ELA18AD01-3004 01.01.2024-24.03.2024  3 credits  (ELA21D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  To provide a basic knowledge of how electronic constructions are made using the discrete components and integrated circuits that have been treated in Analog electronics.

  Prerequisites

  Analog electronics

  Content of the study unit

  - signal amplifier
  - power calculation
  - passive filters
  - active filters
  - circuit simulation program

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Know the characteristics of the operational amplifiers
  Know the principles of power calculation for active components
  Can examine passive filters

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Know the principles of the transistor amplifiers
  Can calculate power losses in active components
  Can examine active filters

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can examine advanced amplifier circuits
  Know the principles of dimensioning cooling of components
  Can design filters according to given specifications

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Molin, Bengt: Analog elektronik.
  Studentlitteratur ISBN 978-91-44-05367-7.
  Kompletterande material. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar
  Räkneövningar
  Simuleringsövningar
  Självstudier (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Skriftligt förhör.
  För kursvitsord: Minst 33,3 % i kurstenten (max tre försök). (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.01.2024 - 24.03.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-A (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Matts Nickull

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Diagnostiska tester och skriftligt förhör (33,33 % i kurstenten för godkänt vitsord).
  Diagnostiska testerna ger tilläggspoäng endast vid godkänd kurstent. (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tenten ordnas vecka 8. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Totalt 81 h, varav föreläsningar/räkneövningar/tentamen 34 h. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Mindre än 33,3 % av totala poängen. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Vitsord 1: 33,3 % - 47,2 % av totala poängen.
  Vitsord 2: 47,3 % - 61,1 % av totala poängen. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Vitsord 3: 61,2 % - 74,9 % av totala poängen.
  Vitsord 4: 75,0 % - 88,8 % av totala poängen. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Mera än 88,8 % av totalpoängen. (not translated)

•   Analog Electronics ELA22GY09-3002 04.03.2024-28.04.2024  3 credits  (ELA23D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - knows the most common components in the analog electronics.
  - knows the benefits of simulation tools.

  Prerequisites

  Basics in Electrical Engineering - DC

  Content of the study unit

  - passive components
  - semiconductor materials
  - diodes
  - transistors
  - operational amplifier

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Knowing the commonly used components in analog electronics
  Knowing p- and n- doped material
  Know the most common integrated components

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can examine basic circuits with discrete components
  Knowing the theory of the pn-junction
  Can examine basic circuits with integrated components

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can design basic circuits with discrete components
  Know the working principle of discrete semiconductor components
  Can design basic circuits with integrated components

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Compendium
  Supplementary material.
  Recommended additional reading:
  Analog elektronik; Molin, Bengt

  Learning methods

  Lectures
  Calculation exercises
  Simulation exercises
  Laboratory exercises
  Self studies

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Written exam + laboratory work
  For course grade: At least 33.3 % in the exam (three occasions are arranged).

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  04.03.2024 - 28.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 10.03.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA23D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA23-S1 (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA23-S2 (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA23-Y1 (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA23-Y2 (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Matts Nickull

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Written exam, 33.3 % for approved course grade.
  Mandatory attendance at the practical exercises (in TB).
  Diagnostic tests (may increase course grade only on approved course exam).

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  The exam is arranged in week 17.

  Student's schedule and workload

  A total of 81 hours, of which lectures/calculation exercises/exam 28 hours and laboratory exercises 8 hours.

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 33.3 % of the total score.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Grade 1: 33.3 % - 47.2 % of the total score.
  Grade 2: 47.3 % - 61.1 % of the total score.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Grade 3: 61.2 % - 74.9 % of the total score.
  Grade 4: 75.0 % - 88.8 % of the total score.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  More than 88.8 % of the total score.

•   Applied A/D-Technology ELA18AD03-3004 01.01.2024-28.04.2024  6 credits  (ELA21D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The course deals with specification, planning, manufacturing and testing / evaluation of a given product, with emphasis on project management, time planning and interaction within the project group.

  Prerequisites

  Basics in analog and digital electronics.

  Content of the study unit

  Analysis
  Planning
  Design
  Reporting

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Has the ability to visualize problems and argue around suggestions for alternative solutions.
  Contribute with relevant knowledge and actively participate in the planning work to find a solution to the project.
  Participates actively with good knowledge and motivation to achieve a well-functioning project solution.
  Contributes actively to the reporting work and recognizes the importance of good documentation and presentation.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Has the ability to visualize problems and argue around suggestions for alternative solutions.
  Contribute with relevant knowledge and actively participate in the planning work to find a solution to the project.
  Participates actively with good knowledge and motivation to achieve a well-functioning project solution.
  Contributes actively to the reporting work and recognizes the importance of good documentation and presentation.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Has the ability to distinguish challenging problem details as well as pushing and initiative taking within the group.
  Shows active participation and has a great interest in participating in group collaboration to develop a relevant and well-structured plan for the project.
  Have the ability to, in an active and positive way, affect group dynamics into a common endeavor to realize the performance towards an optimal solution.
  Has the ability to produce well-structured documentation where methodology and critical assessment add value to the reader. Has the ability to "catch" the audience in presentations.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Optional literature in the field.

  Learning methods

  Project work

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Approved project work and project report.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.01.2024 - 28.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 6 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-A (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Roger Mäntylä, Matts Nickull

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Project work and project report.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  No exam.

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 33.3 % of the total score.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Grade 1: 33.3 % - 47.2 % of the total score.
  Grade 2: 47.3 % - 61.1 % of the total score.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Grade 3: 61.2 % - 74.9 % of the total score.
  Grade 4: 75.0 % - 88.8 % of the total score.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  More than 88.8 % of the total score.

•   Applied Control Engineering ELA18SS03-3004 01.01.2024-11.02.2024  3 credits  (ELA21D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The goal of the course is that the student should be acquainted with the basic principles of control engineering, is able to analyse a control system, and can use and tune a PID controller.

  Prerequisites

  No requirements in advance

  Content of the study unit

  - control engineering and its applications
  - components and block schemes
  - process characteristics
  - process types and step responses
  - feedback loop systems
  - different control methods
  - PID controllers
  - tuning PID controllers

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student is acquainted with the basic terminology of control engineering, knows the most important analysis principles of control engineering, and is able to tune a PID controller for common control objects.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student is well acquainted with the basic terminology of control engineering, knows well methods to analyse control objects, and is able to implement PID controllers by means of different tools.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student is able to utilize the basic terminology for structuring control engineering problems, is able to use system analysis to solve control engineering problems, is able to recognize the limitations of PID control, and knows alternative control methods.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning methods

  - lectures
  - excercises
  - laboratory work
  - individual studies

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  - Competence in the basic concept of control engineering
  - Competence in control engineering system analysis
  - Competence in PID control

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.01.2024 - 11.02.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-K (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Joachim Böling

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Pass in exercises, laboratory work and examination

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  will be informed via Moodle and lessons

  Student's schedule and workload

  80 working hours

  Assessment criteria

  - the basic concept of control technology is unknown a
  - lacks knowledge of regulatory technical system analysis
  - do not know the principles of PID regulation

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - know the basic concept of control technology
  - know the basic principles of control system analysis
  - know the principles of PID regulation

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - is well acquainted with the basic concept of control technology
  - is well versed in methods for analyzing control objects, controllers and control systems
  - able to implement PID controllers in different environments

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - can structure regulatory technical problems on the basis of the basic concept of control technology
  - can use system analysis to solve regulatory technical problems
  - can see PID regulation restrictions and is familiar with methods for stretching its boundaries

•   Applied Control Engineering ELA18SS03-3005 04.03.2024-31.07.2024  3 credits  (ET23D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The goal of the course is that the student should be acquainted with the basic principles of control engineering, is able to analyse a control system, and can use and tune a PID controller.

  Prerequisites

  No requirements in advance

  Content of the study unit

  - control engineering and its applications
  - components and block schemes
  - process characteristics
  - process types and step responses
  - feedback loop systems
  - different control methods
  - PID controllers
  - tuning PID controllers

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student is acquainted with the basic terminology of control engineering, knows the most important analysis principles of control engineering, and is able to tune a PID controller for common control objects.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student is well acquainted with the basic terminology of control engineering, knows well methods to analyse control objects, and is able to implement PID controllers by means of different tools.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student is able to utilize the basic terminology for structuring control engineering problems, is able to use system analysis to solve control engineering problems, is able to recognize the limitations of PID control, and knows alternative control methods.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Joachim Böling

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning methods

  - lectures
  - excercises
  - laboratory work
  - individual studies

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  - Competence in the basic concept of control engineering
  - Competence in control engineering system analysis
  - Competence in PID control

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  04.03.2024 - 31.07.2024

  Enrollment date range

  03.02.2024 - 03.03.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ET23D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Joachim Böling

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Pass in exercises, laboratory work and examination

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  will be informed via Moodle and lessons

  Student's schedule and workload

  80 working hours

  Assessment criteria

  - the basic concept of control technology is unknown a
  - lacks knowledge of regulatory technical system analysis
  - do not know the principles of PID regulation

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - know the basic concept of control technology
  - know the basic principles of control system analysis
  - know the principles of PID regulation

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - is well acquainted with the basic concept of control technology
  - is well versed in methods for analyzing control objects, controllers and control systems
  - able to implement PID controllers in different environments

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - can structure regulatory technical problems on the basis of the basic concept of control technology
  - can use system analysis to solve regulatory technical problems
  - can see PID regulation restrictions and is familiar with methods for stretching its boundaries

•   Applied Software Tools TKV22TD01-3011 12.09.2023-10.10.2023  5 credits  (ÖH23FLEXING) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - Should be familiar with the educational unit's computers, networks and IT services.
  - Should be familiar with Installation and configuration of software and services on the student's own computer.
  - Knows about office software and its use
  - Knows the software for technical calculation

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites

  Content of the study unit

  Novia email, network and service
  Your computer and installation of software
  Tools and principles for online and hybrid learning
  Efficient and secure storage and file management
  Digital access to documents, reports and theses
  Basics in MathCad
  Application according to specific education may occur.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - The student is familiar with and can use the education unit's computers, networks and services in their studies.
  - The student can download and install software needed for the studies to their own computer
  - The student can create presentations, reports, and simple calculations.
  - The student can perform calculations with formulas and simpler functions.
  - The student can produce simpler diagrams.
  - The student can perform simple calculations and produce graphs of mathematical functions.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - The student can integrate the various services of the educational unit with each other.
  - The student can configure installed software to work optimally.
  - The student can independently create presentations, reports, and simple calculations.
  - The student can perform calculations with more advanced functions.
  - The student can produce more advanced diagrams.
  - Students can apply built-in functions to solve equations and mathematical problems.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - The student can make full use of the equipment and services offered in his studies.
  - The student can independently download, install and configure software for the studies and can independently solve problems that arise.
  - The student can actively solve problems that arise when creating presentations, reports and simple calculations.
  - The student can independently and effectively solve more advanced calculation tasks
  - Students know the functions for solving problems with vectors and matrices.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Matts Nickull

  Mode of delivery

  Distance learning

  Learning material

  Allt kursmaterial finns i Moodle-kursen. Materialet blir tillgängligt när man anmält sig till kursen i Peppi. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar och övningar i klass.
  Praktiska uppgifter (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Kursen består av fyra delar, Excel (2sp), Word (1sp), PowerPoint (1sp) samt MathCad (1sp).
  Alla delar skall vara godkända för godkänd kursprestation. Kursvitsordet är ett vägt medeltal av de enskilda delprestationerna. (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  12.09.2023 - 10.10.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 15.10.2023

  • 5 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH23FLEXING

  Seats

  0 - 100

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Jan Berglund, Mats Borg

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying), Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Share of online studies

  5 credits

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tidpunkterna för tentamen i kursens delar meddelas via kurssidan i Moodle. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Sammanlagt 135 timmar, 20 timmar ges som kontaktundervisning och 115 timmar är självstudier. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  - Studeranden uppnår inte tillfredställande bedömningskriterier. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Studeranden känner till och kan grundläggande använda utbildningsenhetens datorer, nätverk och tjänster i sina studier.
  - Studeranden kan ladda ner och installera programvara som behövs för studierna till sin egen dator.
  - Studeranden kan skapa presentationer, rapporter, och enkla kalkyler.
  - Studeranden kan utföra kalkyler med formler och enklare funktioner. Studeranden kan producera enklare diagram.
  - Studeranden kan utföra enklare beräkningar och producera grafer av matematiska funktioner i MathCad. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Studeranden kan integrera utbildningsenhetens olika tjänster med varandra
  - Studeranden kan konfigurera installerad programvara så att den fungerar optimalt.
  - Studeranden kan självständigt skapa presentationer, rapporter, och enkla kalkyler.
  - Studeranden kan utföra kalkyler med mera avancerade funktioner. Studeranden kan producera mera avancerade diagram.
  - Studeranden kan tillämpa inbyggda funktioner i MathCad för lösning av ekvationer och matematiska problem. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Studeranden kan mångsidigt utnyttja den utrustning och de tjänster som erbjuds i sina studier.
  - Studeranden kan självständigt ladda ner, installera och konfigurera programvara för studierna samt kan självständigt lösa problem som uppkommer.
  - Studeranden kan aktivt lösa problem som uppstår vid skapande av presentationer, rapporter och enklare kalkyler.
  - Studeranden kan självständigt och effektivt lösa mera avancerade kalkyleringsuppgifter.
  - Studeranden kan använda MathCad för att lösa mera avancerade problem (not translated)

•   Applied Software Tools TKV22TD01-3007 28.08.2023-12.11.2023  5 credits  (ELA23D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - Should be familiar with the educational unit's computers, networks and IT services.
  - Should be familiar with Installation and configuration of software and services on the student's own computer.
  - Knows about office software and its use
  - Knows the software for technical calculation

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites

  Content of the study unit

  Novia email, network and service
  Your computer and installation of software
  Tools and principles for online and hybrid learning
  Efficient and secure storage and file management
  Digital access to documents, reports and theses
  Basics in MathCad
  Application according to specific education may occur.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - The student is familiar with and can use the education unit's computers, networks and services in their studies.
  - The student can download and install software needed for the studies to their own computer
  - The student can create presentations, reports, and simple calculations.
  - The student can perform calculations with formulas and simpler functions.
  - The student can produce simpler diagrams.
  - The student can perform simple calculations and produce graphs of mathematical functions.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - The student can integrate the various services of the educational unit with each other.
  - The student can configure installed software to work optimally.
  - The student can independently create presentations, reports, and simple calculations.
  - The student can perform calculations with more advanced functions.
  - The student can produce more advanced diagrams.
  - Students can apply built-in functions to solve equations and mathematical problems.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - The student can make full use of the equipment and services offered in his studies.
  - The student can independently download, install and configure software for the studies and can independently solve problems that arise.
  - The student can actively solve problems that arise when creating presentations, reports and simple calculations.
  - The student can independently and effectively solve more advanced calculation tasks
  - Students know the functions for solving problems with vectors and matrices.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Allt kursmaterial finns i Moodle-kursen. Materialet blir tillgängligt när man anmält sig till kursen i Peppi. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar och övningar i klass.
  Praktiska uppgifter (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Kursen består av fyra delar, Excel (2sp), Word (1sp), PowerPoint (1sp) samt MathCad (1sp).
  Alla delar skall vara godkända för godkänd kursprestation. Kursvitsordet är ett vägt medeltal av de enskilda delprestationerna. (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  28.08.2023 - 12.11.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

  • 5 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA23D-V
  • ÖH23ELA-LED-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA23-S (Size: 45. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA23-Y (Size: 45. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Lina Åberg, Sofia Frilund

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Period 1-2, läsår 2023-2024.
  Tidpunkterna för tentamen i kursens delar meddelas via kurssidan i Moodle. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Sammanlagt 135 timmar, 60 timmar ges som kontaktundervisning och 75 timmar är självstudier. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  - Studeranden uppnår inte tillfredställande bedömningskriterier. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Studeranden känner till och kan grundläggande använda utbildningsenhetens datorer, nätverk och tjänster i sina studier.
  - Studeranden kan ladda ner och installera programvara som behövs för studierna till sin egen dator.
  - Studeranden kan skapa presentationer, rapporter, och enkla kalkyler.
  - Studeranden kan utföra kalkyler med formler och enklare funktioner. Studeranden kan producera enklare diagram.
  - Studeranden kan utföra enklare beräkningar och producera grafer av matematiska funktioner i MathCad. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Studeranden kan integrera utbildningsenhetens olika tjänster med varandra
  - Studeranden kan konfigurera installerad programvara så att den fungerar optimalt.
  - Studeranden kan självständigt skapa presentationer, rapporter, och enkla kalkyler.
  - Studeranden kan utföra kalkyler med mera avancerade funktioner. Studeranden kan producera mera avancerade diagram.
  - Studeranden kan tillämpa inbyggda funktioner i MathCad för lösning av ekvationer och matematiska problem. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Studeranden kan mångsidigt utnyttja den utrustning och de tjänster som erbjuds i sina studier.
  - Studeranden kan självständigt ladda ner, installera och konfigurera programvara för studierna samt kan självständigt lösa problem som uppkommer.
  - Studeranden kan aktivt lösa problem som uppstår vid skapande av presentationer, rapporter och enklare kalkyler.
  - Studeranden kan självständigt och effektivt lösa mera avancerade kalkyleringsuppgifter.
  - Studeranden kan använda MathCad för att lösa mera avancerade problem (not translated)

•   Applied Software Tools TKV22TD01-3008 28.08.2023-26.11.2023  5 credits  (ÖH23UIT-LED-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - Should be familiar with the educational unit's computers, networks and IT services.
  - Should be familiar with Installation and configuration of software and services on the student's own computer.
  - Knows about office software and its use
  - Knows the software for technical calculation

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites

  Content of the study unit

  Novia email, network and service
  Your computer and installation of software
  Tools and principles for online and hybrid learning
  Efficient and secure storage and file management
  Digital access to documents, reports and theses
  Basics in MathCad
  Application according to specific education may occur.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - The student is familiar with and can use the education unit's computers, networks and services in their studies.
  - The student can download and install software needed for the studies to their own computer
  - The student can create presentations, reports, and simple calculations.
  - The student can perform calculations with formulas and simpler functions.
  - The student can produce simpler diagrams.
  - The student can perform simple calculations and produce graphs of mathematical functions.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - The student can integrate the various services of the educational unit with each other.
  - The student can configure installed software to work optimally.
  - The student can independently create presentations, reports, and simple calculations.
  - The student can perform calculations with more advanced functions.
  - The student can produce more advanced diagrams.
  - Students can apply built-in functions to solve equations and mathematical problems.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - The student can make full use of the equipment and services offered in his studies.
  - The student can independently download, install and configure software for the studies and can independently solve problems that arise.
  - The student can actively solve problems that arise when creating presentations, reports and simple calculations.
  - The student can independently and effectively solve more advanced calculation tasks
  - Students know the functions for solving problems with vectors and matrices.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Kaj Wikman

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Allt kursmaterial finns i Moodle-kursen. Materialet blir tillgängligt när man anmält sig till kursen i Peppi. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar och övningar i klass.
  Praktiska uppgifter (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Kursen består av fyra delar, Excel (2sp), Word (1sp), PowerPoint (1sp) samt MathCad (1sp).
  Alla delar skall vara godkända för godkänd kursprestation. Kursvitsordet är ett vägt medeltal av de enskilda delprestationerna. (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  28.08.2023 - 26.11.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

  • 5 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH23UIT-LED-V
  • UIT23D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Lina Åberg, Sofia Frilund

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Period 1-2, läsår 2023-2024.
  Tidpunkterna för tentamen i kursens delar meddelas via kurssidan i Moodle. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Sammanlagt 135 timmar, 60 timmar ges som kontaktundervisning och 75 timmar är självstudier. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  - Studeranden uppnår inte tillfredställande bedömningskriterier. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Studeranden känner till och kan grundläggande använda utbildningsenhetens datorer, nätverk och tjänster i sina studier.
  - Studeranden kan ladda ner och installera programvara som behövs för studierna till sin egen dator.
  - Studeranden kan skapa presentationer, rapporter, och enkla kalkyler.
  - Studeranden kan utföra kalkyler med formler och enklare funktioner. Studeranden kan producera enklare diagram.
  - Studeranden kan utföra enklare beräkningar och producera grafer av matematiska funktioner i MathCad. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Studeranden kan integrera utbildningsenhetens olika tjänster med varandra
  - Studeranden kan konfigurera installerad programvara så att den fungerar optimalt.
  - Studeranden kan självständigt skapa presentationer, rapporter, och enkla kalkyler.
  - Studeranden kan utföra kalkyler med mera avancerade funktioner. Studeranden kan producera mera avancerade diagram.
  - Studeranden kan tillämpa inbyggda funktioner i MathCad för lösning av ekvationer och matematiska problem. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Studeranden kan mångsidigt utnyttja den utrustning och de tjänster som erbjuds i sina studier.
  - Studeranden kan självständigt ladda ner, installera och konfigurera programvara för studierna samt kan självständigt lösa problem som uppkommer.
  - Studeranden kan aktivt lösa problem som uppstår vid skapande av presentationer, rapporter och enklare kalkyler.
  - Studeranden kan självständigt och effektivt lösa mera avancerade kalkyleringsuppgifter.
  - Studeranden kan använda MathCad för att lösa mera avancerade problem (not translated)

•   Applied Software Tools TKV22TD01-3010 28.08.2023-11.02.2024  5 credits  (BYL23D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - Should be familiar with the educational unit's computers, networks and IT services.
  - Should be familiar with Installation and configuration of software and services on the student's own computer.
  - Knows about office software and its use
  - Knows the software for technical calculation

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites

  Content of the study unit

  Novia email, network and service
  Your computer and installation of software
  Tools and principles for online and hybrid learning
  Efficient and secure storage and file management
  Digital access to documents, reports and theses
  Basics in MathCad
  Application according to specific education may occur.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - The student is familiar with and can use the education unit's computers, networks and services in their studies.
  - The student can download and install software needed for the studies to their own computer
  - The student can create presentations, reports, and simple calculations.
  - The student can perform calculations with formulas and simpler functions.
  - The student can produce simpler diagrams.
  - The student can perform simple calculations and produce graphs of mathematical functions.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - The student can integrate the various services of the educational unit with each other.
  - The student can configure installed software to work optimally.
  - The student can independently create presentations, reports, and simple calculations.
  - The student can perform calculations with more advanced functions.
  - The student can produce more advanced diagrams.
  - Students can apply built-in functions to solve equations and mathematical problems.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - The student can make full use of the equipment and services offered in his studies.
  - The student can independently download, install and configure software for the studies and can independently solve problems that arise.
  - The student can actively solve problems that arise when creating presentations, reports and simple calculations.
  - The student can independently and effectively solve more advanced calculation tasks
  - Students know the functions for solving problems with vectors and matrices.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Leif Östman

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Allt kursmaterial finns i Moodle-kursen. Materialet blir tillgängligt när man anmält sig till kursen i Peppi. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar och övningar i klass.
  Praktiska uppgifter (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Kursen består av fyra delar, Excel (2sp), Word (1sp), PowerPoint (1sp) samt MathCad (1sp).
  Alla delar skall vara godkända för godkänd kursprestation. Kursvitsordet är ett vägt medeltal av de enskilda delprestationerna. (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  28.08.2023 - 11.02.2024

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

  • 5 credits

  Group(s)

  • BYL23D-V
  • BYS23D-V
  • ÖH23BYS-LED-V
  • ÖH23ULA-LED-V

  Small group(s)

  • BYS23-S (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • BYS23-Y (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • BYL23-S (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • BYL23-Y (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Lina Åberg, Sofia Frilund

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Period 1-2, läsår 2023-2024.
  Tidpunkterna för tentamen i kursens delar meddelas via kurssidan i Moodle. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Sammanlagt 135 timmar, 60 timmar ges som kontaktundervisning och 75 timmar är självstudier. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  - Studeranden uppnår inte tillfredställande bedömningskriterier. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Studeranden känner till och kan grundläggande använda utbildningsenhetens datorer, nätverk och tjänster i sina studier.
  - Studeranden kan ladda ner och installera programvara som behövs för studierna till sin egen dator.
  - Studeranden kan skapa presentationer, rapporter, och enkla kalkyler.
  - Studeranden kan utföra kalkyler med formler och enklare funktioner. Studeranden kan producera enklare diagram.
  - Studeranden kan utföra enklare beräkningar och producera grafer av matematiska funktioner i MathCad. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Studeranden kan integrera utbildningsenhetens olika tjänster med varandra
  - Studeranden kan konfigurera installerad programvara så att den fungerar optimalt.
  - Studeranden kan självständigt skapa presentationer, rapporter, och enkla kalkyler.
  - Studeranden kan utföra kalkyler med mera avancerade funktioner. Studeranden kan producera mera avancerade diagram.
  - Studeranden kan tillämpa inbyggda funktioner i MathCad för lösning av ekvationer och matematiska problem. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Studeranden kan mångsidigt utnyttja den utrustning och de tjänster som erbjuds i sina studier.
  - Studeranden kan självständigt ladda ner, installera och konfigurera programvara för studierna samt kan självständigt lösa problem som uppkommer.
  - Studeranden kan aktivt lösa problem som uppstår vid skapande av presentationer, rapporter och enklare kalkyler.
  - Studeranden kan självständigt och effektivt lösa mera avancerade kalkyleringsuppgifter.
  - Studeranden kan använda MathCad för att lösa mera avancerade problem (not translated)

•   Automation in Battery Manufacturing BK2306-3002 08.02.2024-14.04.2024  5 credits  (ÖH23ELA-BK-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Student:
  - understands the construction and use of industrial automation systems
  - understands the structure and function of control technology equipment
  - has good insight into the importance, function and use of automation systems in industrial processes
  - masters the process of procuring automation systems from both the user's and the supplier's perspective
  - can critically review the automation system's functionality and usability.

  Prerequisites

  None

  Content of the study unit

  - battery manufacturing processes and their needs for monitoring, control and automation systems
  - the structure and functionality of the systems
  - the systems' components and building blocks; pneumatic components, motor drives, sensors, programmable logic/SCADA
  - network solutions
  - basic functions of the PLC
  - functional and system specifications
  - man in interaction with system and process
  - usability
  - system configurations
  - selection of components and building blocks for automation systems

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Knows the basic principles of construction and operation of industrial automation systems.
  The student can give a detailed account of the components and their selection, the construction of automation systems in connection with battery manufacturing. The student can give a detailed account of the meaning, function and use of automation systems as well as the interaction of humans with systems and processes.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student can give a detailed account of the components and their selection, the construction of automation systems in connection with battery manufacturing. The student can give a detailed account of the meaning, function and use of automation systems as well as the interaction of humans with systems and processes.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student can provide a detailed and nuanced account of the components and their selection, the construction of automation systems in connection with battery manufacturing. The student can give a detailed and nuanced account of the meaning, function and use of automation systems as well as the interaction of humans with systems and processes.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Boris Ståhl

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  08.02.2024 - 14.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  01.12.2023 - 07.03.2024

  • 5 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH23ELA-BK-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Martina Englund-Perälä, Joachim Böling

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Autonomous Systems ELA18RE03-3003 23.10.2023-17.12.2023  3 credits  (ELA20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Is familiar with the basic concepts of intelligent systems and neural networks.
  Understand the principles of self-learning systems and master relevant concepts regarding autonomous robots.

  Prerequisites

  Microprocessor technology
  Applied electronics

  Content of the study unit

  Robot construction (hardware)
  Implementation of autonomous software
  Selection of sensors
  Optimization of implementation (software and sensors)
  Functionality tests
  Demonstrations and final tests
  Documentation of the implementation and selected algorithms

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Is familiar with the basic concepts of intelligent systems
  Understands nonlinear systems and neural networks
  Understands the principles of self-learning systems
  Master relevant concepts in autonomous robots

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Is well versed in the basic concepts of intelligent systems
  Can utilize neural networks for technical modeling
  Is familiar with several different methods for implementing self-learning systems
  Can formulate, structure and report a relevant problem regarding autonomous systems or robots

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Owns a deep insight into the basic concepts of intelligent systems and can speculate on future challenges and opportunities
  Can perform demanding technical modeling using neural networks
  Can program and simulate self-learning systems
  Can successfully complete, report and structure a project on autonomous systems or autonomous robots

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Hardware Specific Documentation (Propeller Tutorials)

  Learning methods

  Group work and demonstrations
  Documentation of algorithms
  Documentation of implementation

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  23.10.2023 - 17.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 22.10.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA20-A (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Roger Mäntylä

  Additional information

  w. 43-50: Two test occasions and a final test.

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  No alternative methods of performance. Requires laboratory equipment.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Course examination 3 weeks after completion of the course.
  Test of autonomous functions.
  Submission of documentation according to given deadlines.

  Student's schedule and workload

  The laboratory task and its documentation is carried out mainly as group work, also outside lecture hours.

  Assessment criteria

  The assessment is made on the basis of submitted documentation and the result of the final test occasion.

•   Basics in Electrical Engineering ELA23GY05-3003 01.01.2024-17.03.2024  3 credits  (UIT23D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - knows Y- and deltatransformations
  - knows complex numbers
  - knows the AC sine function
  - knows and is able to calculate DC and AC power.

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites

  Content of the study unit

  - Y- and deltatransformations
  - complex numbers
  - AC sine function
  - calculation of AC circuits
  - the power in DC and AC circuits

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Has the skill to transform between Y- and delta circuits
  Has the skill to transform complex numbers between rectangular and polar form
  Has the skill to calculate the frequency/period and angular frequency
  Understands the importance of phase shift between current and voltage
  Knows the relationship between active, reactive and apparent power

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Has an understanding of the relationship between rectangular and polar form
  Has the skill to illustrate the relationship between time- and circular charts
  Masters the calculation of the impedance of simple series and parallel circuits
  Masters the calculation of the power of simple series and parallel circuits

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can explain the relationship formulas
  Has the skill to calculate the alternating quantities’ instantaneous values
  Has the skill to calculate the quantities’ instantaneous values of reactive components
  Knows the principles for power adjustment and phase compensation

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Kaj Wikman

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Kurskompendium
  Kompletterande material. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar
  Räkneövningar
  Självstudier (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  För kursvitsord: Minst 33,3 % i kurstenten (tre tenttillfällen erbjuds). (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.01.2024 - 17.03.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • UIT23D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Matts Nickull

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Skriftligt förhör samt diagnostisk test. Poängen från den diagnostiska testen kan höja kursvitsordet endast vid godkänd kurstent. (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tenten ordnas vecka 8. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Totalt 81 h, varav föreläsningar/räkneövningar/tentamen 34 h. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Mindre än 33,3 % av totala poängen. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Vitsord 1: 33,3 % - 47,2 % av totala poängen.
  Vitsord 2: 47,3 % - 61,1 % av totala poängen. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Vitsord 3: 61,2 % - 74,9 % av totala poängen.
  Vitsord 4: 75,0 % - 88,8 % av totala poängen. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Mera än 88,8 % av totalpoängen. (not translated)

•   Basics in Installations ELA22GY18-3001 01.01.2024-28.04.2024  3 credits  (ELA22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - knows and can describe the requirements for electrical installations
  - is able to define general characteristics of electrical installations
  - is able to describe different protection methods
  - is able to choose electrical equipment
  - can carry out checks before commissioning

  Prerequisites

  The basics of electrical engineering

  Content of the study unit

  Requirements relating to electrical installations (planning and ensuring the protection requirements).
  
  Definition of general characteristics (maximum load and equalization of load, distribution system, electrical system compatibility, safety system)
  Protection methods (base protection, fault protection, overcurrent protection, overload protection, short-circuit protection)
  
  Selection and installation of electrical equipment electricity (protection classes, choice of wiring, different types of wiring, external influence, wiring load capacity, voltage drop, protective devices, overcurrent protection, overvoltage protection, protection conductor design, potential equalization)
  
  Controls (pre-commissioning inspections, inspections, testing, maintenance checks)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Know the basic requirements regarding electrical installations.
  Know and be able to define general characteristics of electrical installations.
  To know different protection methods against dangerous contact voltages and against overloading of circuits.
  To know and be able to choose wires and protective circuits for wires.
  To know and be able to perform basic measurements when commissioning installations.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Know the basic requirements regarding electrical installations.
  Know and be able to define general characteristics of electrical installations.
  To know different protection methods against dangerous contact voltages and against overloading of circuits.
  To know, be able to calculate and be able to choose wires and protective circuits for wires.
  To know and be able to perform basic measurements when commissioning installations

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Know the basic requirements regarding electrical installations.
  Know and be able to define and describe in general the general characteristics of electrical installations.
  To know different protection methods against dangerous contact voltages and against overloading of circuits.
  To know, be able to calculate and be able to choose wires and protective circuits for wires.
  To know, be able to describe and be able to perform basic and special measurements when commissioning installations.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Lecture slides based on SFS6000 and D1-2022

  Learning methods

  Lectures, calculations, laboratory work and self-study.
  Information and study material are presented in Moodle for the course.

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The main basis for the grade in the course is determined by the points in the course stent. The course element consists of questions that are answered in writing and calculations.
  The laboratory work and the reports are assessed and can increase or decrease the grade from the exam.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.01.2024 - 28.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA22D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA22-A1 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA22-A2 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA22-K1 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA22-K2 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA22-E (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA22-I (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Henrik Järveläinen

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Assessment of assignments, laboratory work, laboratory reports and theoretical tests.

  Student's schedule and workload

  A total of 81 hours divided into lessons in class (20h), laboratory sessions (16h), self-study and preparation of laboratory reports.

•   Basics in Programming ELA22GY04-3003 25.10.2023-08.11.2023  3 credits  (ÖH22FLEXING) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student
  - understands programming concepts and basic structures
  - can use functions and simple arrays
  - masters basic procedural programming.

  Prerequisites

  No prerquisites.

  Content of the study unit

  General programming concepts
  Variables and constants
  Operators and expressions
  Keyboard input, screen printing
  Selections
  Iterations
  Functions
  Static arrays
  Introduction to files

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student can create programs that use simple structures with sequences, selections and iterations.
  The student can create functions that use parameters and return data.
  The student can store data in simple, static one-dimensional arrays.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student can create programs that use more advanced selections and iterations. The student can compound structures.
  The student can create functions that use reference parameters.
  The student can use one-dimensional, static arrays to solve programming tasks.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student can independently solve more difficult programming problems.
  The student can create overloaded functions and templated functions.
  The student can use multidimensional, static arrays to solve programming tasks.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Matts Nickull

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  material on Moodle

  Learning methods

  lectures, computer based exercises, homework

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  passed exam
  approved exercises

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  25.10.2023 - 08.11.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 29.10.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH22FLEXING

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Susanne Österholm

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  exam 2023
  retake 1 january 2024
  retake 2 spring 2024

  Student's schedule and workload

  classroom studies 35 h
  own work 45 h

  Assessment criteria

  Students' knowledge does not reach the level of a satisfactory grade.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student can code simple console programs that use simple structures with sequences, option choices and repetitions.
  The student can call functions that use parameters and return data.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student can code programs that use more advanced alternative choices and repetitions. The student can nest structures.
  The student can create and call functions that use parameters and return data.
  The student can store data in one-dimensional arrays.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student can independently solve more advanced programming tasks.
  The student can independently learn new programming techniques and apply them in his coding.

•   Basics in Programming ELA22GY04-3002 09.10.2023-17.12.2023  3 credits  (ELA23D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student
  - understands programming concepts and basic structures
  - can use functions and simple arrays
  - masters basic procedural programming.

  Prerequisites

  No prerquisites.

  Content of the study unit

  General programming concepts
  Variables and constants
  Operators and expressions
  Keyboard input, screen printing
  Selections
  Iterations
  Functions
  Static arrays
  Introduction to files

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student can create programs that use simple structures with sequences, selections and iterations.
  The student can create functions that use parameters and return data.
  The student can store data in simple, static one-dimensional arrays.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student can create programs that use more advanced selections and iterations. The student can compound structures.
  The student can create functions that use reference parameters.
  The student can use one-dimensional, static arrays to solve programming tasks.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student can independently solve more difficult programming problems.
  The student can create overloaded functions and templated functions.
  The student can use multidimensional, static arrays to solve programming tasks.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  material on Moodle

  Learning methods

  lectures, computer based exercises, homework

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  passed exam
  approved exercises

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  09.10.2023 - 17.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 08.10.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA23D-V
  • ÖH23ELA-LED-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA23-S (Size: 45. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA23-Y (Size: 45. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Susanne Österholm

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  exam 2023
  retake 1 january 2024
  retake 2 spring 2024

  Student's schedule and workload

  classroom studies 35 h
  own work 45 h

  Assessment criteria

  Students' knowledge does not reach the level of a satisfactory grade.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student can code simple console programs that use simple structures with sequences, option choices and repetitions.
  The student can call functions that use parameters and return data.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student can code programs that use more advanced alternative choices and repetitions. The student can nest structures.
  The student can create and call functions that use parameters and return data.
  The student can store data in one-dimensional arrays.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student can independently solve more advanced programming tasks.
  The student can independently learn new programming techniques and apply them in his coding.

•   Basics in Technical Drawing ELA22GY16-3003 23.01.2024-06.02.2024  3 credits  (ÖH23FLEXING) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student is able to:
  - describe basic commands and functions in AutoCAD
  - choose different methods to optimize the accuracy of drawings
  - use existing methods to create descriptive and easily edited drawings
  - use most drawing commands in AutoCAD
  - use the drawing aids available in AutoCAD
  - create drawings with different line types and colors
  - structure drawings in different layers
  - choose method and aids for producing CAD-based drawings
  - choose a method for finishing and correcting existing diagrams and drawings

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites.

  Content of the study unit

  Technology and basic functions for mainly AutoCAD and CADS.
  Basic commands and functions to provide descriptive and accurate drawings in various technical areas, taking into account the requirements and standards in each industry.
  Various options for finishing and correcting existing schedules and drawings.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Matts Nickull

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Compendiums and info via Moodle for the course.

  Learning methods

  Distance education

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Assignment

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  23.01.2024 - 06.02.2024

  Enrollment date range

  01.12.2023 - 28.01.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH23FLEXING

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Roger Mäntylä

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Assessment scale

  Approved/Rejected

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Assessment of assignments.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Deadline for submission is given during the course

  Student's schedule and workload

  3 cr. containing 3 distance sessions as mentioned above.

  Content scheduling

  w. 4-6

  Assessment criteria

  Approved / Failed

  Passed assignment

•   Basics in Technical Drawing ELA22GY16-3002 23.10.2023-17.12.2023  3 credits  (ELA23D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student is able to:
  - describe basic commands and functions in AutoCAD
  - choose different methods to optimize the accuracy of drawings
  - use existing methods to create descriptive and easily edited drawings
  - use most drawing commands in AutoCAD
  - use the drawing aids available in AutoCAD
  - create drawings with different line types and colors
  - structure drawings in different layers
  - choose method and aids for producing CAD-based drawings
  - choose a method for finishing and correcting existing diagrams and drawings

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites.

  Content of the study unit

  Technology and basic functions for mainly AutoCAD and CADS.
  Basic commands and functions to provide descriptive and accurate drawings in various technical areas, taking into account the requirements and standards in each industry.
  Various options for finishing and correcting existing schedules and drawings.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Compendiums and info via Moodle for the course.

  Learning methods

  Lessons in class and basic exercises at your own pace with the possibility of individual help and settlement of assignments.
  Information and study materials are available via Moodle for the course.

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Assignment and final exam.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  23.10.2023 - 17.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 22.10.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA23D-V
  • ÖH23ELA-LED-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA23-S (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA23-Y (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Kennet Tallgren

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  Approved/Rejected

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Assessment of assignments.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  The time for the joint exam and any extra exam is determined in agreement with the students during the course. Lessons in class and laboratory sessions according to the established schedule in Peppi.

  Student's schedule and workload

  A total of 80 hours divided into lessons in class, self-study and preparation of exercises.

  Content scheduling

  Weeks 43 - 49.

  Assessment criteria

  Approved / Failed

  Passed assignment and exam.

•   Basics in Technical Drawing ELA22GY16-3004 01.01.2024-11.02.2024  3 credits  (ELA22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student is able to:
  - describe basic commands and functions in AutoCAD
  - choose different methods to optimize the accuracy of drawings
  - use existing methods to create descriptive and easily edited drawings
  - use most drawing commands in AutoCAD
  - use the drawing aids available in AutoCAD
  - create drawings with different line types and colors
  - structure drawings in different layers
  - choose method and aids for producing CAD-based drawings
  - choose a method for finishing and correcting existing diagrams and drawings

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites.

  Content of the study unit

  Technology and basic functions for mainly AutoCAD and CADS.
  Basic commands and functions to provide descriptive and accurate drawings in various technical areas, taking into account the requirements and standards in each industry.
  Various options for finishing and correcting existing schedules and drawings.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Kompendier och info via Moodle för kursen. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Lektioner i klass och grundläggande övningar i egen takt med möjlighet till individuell hjälp.
  
  Information och studiematerial fås via Moodle för kursen. (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Inlämningsuppgift och avslutande tent (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.01.2024 - 11.02.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA22D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA22-A (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA22-E (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA22-K (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA22-I (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Kennet Tallgren

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tiderna för inlämningsuppgifter och tentamen meddelas under kursens gång. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Sammanlagt 80 timmar fördelat på lektioner i klass, självstudier och uppgörande av övningsuppgifter (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för nivå 1 (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  På denna grundläggande nivå visar studenten förmåga att återskapa tekniska figurer med grundläggande likhet och utföra enkla måttsättningar i AutoCAD. De har en grundförståelse för lagerhantering och kan utföra utskrifter. Studenten börjar bli bekant med att göra mindre modifieringar i ritningar. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  På denna nivå återskapar studenten tekniska figurer med högre precision och utför mer detaljerade måttsättningar i AutoCAD. De visar ökad kompetens i att använda och anpassa lager för effektivare ritningshantering. Förmågan att skapa och använda block och attribut framgår. De kan hantera layouts och utföra mer professionella utskrifter. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  På denna högsta nivå uppvisar studenten utmärkt kompetens i att noggrant återskapa komplexa tekniska figurer och utföra detaljerad måttsättning i AutoCAD. De hanterar och optimerar lager för ritningsprojekt och skapar block och attribut. Studenten kan skapa och hantera layouts, och skriver ut ritningar med teknisk precision och korrekthet. (not translated)

•   Basics in Three-Phase Systems ELA22GY12-3001 28.08.2023-08.10.2023  3 credits  (ELA22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - knows the symmetrical three-phase system
  - knows the unsymmetrical three-phase system
  - is familiar with power calculation in the three phase system.

  Prerequisites

  Basics in Electrical Engineering - AC

  Content of the study unit

  - single-phase AC circuits (repetition)
  - three-phase AC circuits, Y-coupling
  - three-phase AC circuits, D-coupling
  - three-phase AC circuits, power calculation

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Understands and can perform basic matrix operations
  Can calculate voltages and currents in Y- and D-connected symmetrical three-phase systems
  Can calculate voltages and currents in Y- and D-connected asymmetrical three-phase systems
  Can calculate different powers in symmetrical networks

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can perform matrix operations and apply this in practical applications
  Understands the principle of the neutral conductor importance in a symmetrical three-phase-system
  Understands the principle of the neutral conductor importance in a asymmetrical three-phase-system
  Can calculate different powers in asymmetric three-phase systems

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Understands and can perform more advanced matrix operations
  Has the skills for theoretical analysis and calculation of different types of symmetrical three-phase loads
  Has the skills for theoretical analysis and calculation of different types of asymmetrical three-phase loads
  Has the skills and knows the principles for calculation of compensation of reactive power in three-phase systems

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Compendium
  Supplementary material.

  Learning methods

  Lectures
  Calculation exercises
  Diagnostic tests
  Self studies

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Written exam (33.3 % for passing grade) and diagnostic tests..
  In the case of an approved course exam, the bonus points from the diagnostic tests replaces the exam task with the lowest score.
  The bonus points do not apply at the re-examination.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  28.08.2023 - 08.10.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA22D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA22-S (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA22-Y (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Matts Nickull

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Written exam and opportunity for bonus points through diagnostic tests..

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  The exam is arranged week 40.

  Student's schedule and workload

  A total of 81 hours, of which lectures / calculation exercises 36 hours (weeks 35 - 40).

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 33.3 % of the total score.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Grade 1: 33.3 % - 47.2 % of the total score.
  Grade 2: 47.3 % - 61.1 % of the total score.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Grade 3: 61.2 % - 74.9 % of the total score.
  Grade 4: 75.0 % - 88.8 % of the total score.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  More than 88.8 % of the total score.More than 88.8 % of the total score.

•   Basics of Control Engineering ELA18RE01-3003 04.09.2023-12.11.2023  6 credits  (ELA20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The goal is that the completed course provides an understanding of the principle of feedback control and use of the PID controller and the ability to implement a regulator in practice.

  Prerequisites

  Modellering och simulering (Modeling and simulation)

  Content of the study unit

  Process models
  Control structures
  Regulatory
  Proportional
  Integral
  Derivative
  Use of regulators
  Calculation of control constants
  Implementation of a PID controller

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Understand the principle of feedback.
  Have the knowledge to set PID controllers for common control objects.
  Master the most common control structures.
  Understand the principles for identifying process models.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Know the most common analysis tools for analyzing feedback systems.
  Have the knowledge to implement PID controllers with various tools.
  Have the knowledge to implement regulatory structures in practice.
  Have the knowledge to perform simpler identification experiments.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Be well versed in systematic analysis of feedback systems.
  Master autotuning of PID controllers.
  Being able to design and implement advanced control structures.
  Have the knowledge to perform more advanced identification.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Course material, literature and laboratory descriptions.

  Learning methods

  Lectures, exercises and laboratory exercises.

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The course assessment is based on:
  - the documentation of compulsory laboratory exercises
  - assignments to be handed in
  - course exam

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  04.09.2023 - 12.11.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

  • 6 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA20-A (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Joachim Böling

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  -

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Autumn 2023

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 40% of the course credits.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  40% - 63% of the course credits.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  64% - 87% of the course credits.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  At least 88% of the course credits.

•   Battery Basics BK2301-3004 14.09.2023-12.10.2023  5 credits  (ÖH23ELA-BK-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Student:
  - knows the difference between the characteristics of different battery types
  - knows basic electrical technology in connection with batteries
  - master the basics of choosing battery materials and types
  - masters various definitions within battery technology and can interpret charge and discharge curves for different battery types

  Prerequisites

  None

  Content of the study unit

  - the structure of the battery
  - basic electrical concepts (charge, current, voltage, resistance)
  - measurement of current and voltage
  - the battery in context (DC circuits)
  - Ohms law
  - Kirschoff's laws
  - battery capacity and energy
  - parallel and series connection
  - power and energy
  - the ratio between power and energy
  - battery types; cylindrical, prismatic, pouch
  - charging and discharging of batteries, number of cycles, lifetime parameters
  - charging and discharging at different ambient temperatures
  - general battery definitions; energy density, SOC, C-rate, SOH etc.
  - storage and handling of batteries
  - protection circuits (CID, BMS), thermal surge, temperature and handling sensitivity

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Knows the basic concepts and structure of a battery.
  Knows the concepts that describe storage capacity.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Knows different battery technologies and their characteristics.
  Knows safety in connection with different battery types and protection circuits

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Is well versed in basic electrotechnical concepts within battery technology and its practical significance.
  Can calculate and analyze capacity and charge/discharge curves.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Boris Ståhl

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  14.09.2023 - 12.10.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 07.09.2023

  • 5 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH23ELA-BK-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Tom Lillhonga, Philip Hollins

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Battery Chemistry BK2302-3003 26.10.2023-23.11.2023  5 credits  (ÖH23ELA-BK-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Student:
  - knows basic chemical concepts such as atomic structure, molecule, ions, compounds, reduction – oxidation
  - understand how the voltage level of batteries occurs during charging
  - understand how ion transport takes place inside a battery during charging and discharging
  - masters various definitions within battery technology and can interpret charge and discharge curves for different battery types based on the battery's chemical composition

  Prerequisites

  None

  Content of the study unit

  - basic chemistry
  - general electrochemistry
  - redox reactions (oxidation number)
  - electrochemical voltage series
  - the construction of galvanic elements
  - electromotive force (cell voltage)
  - chemistry during discharge
  - the electrolysis process (charging)
  - Gibbs free energy and Nernst equation
  - battery history
  - the alkaline battery
  - lead acid battery (various types)
  - NiCd, NiMH
  - Li-ion battery (LFP, LCO, LNO, LMO, NCA, NMC, LTO)
  - flow batteries
  - Batteries of the future

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student can provide an overview of the meaning of basic chemical concepts that occur in connection with battery technology.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student can give a detailed account of the availability of the meaning of basic chemical concepts that occur in connection with battery technology.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student can provide a comprehensive and nuanced account of the meaning of basic chemical concepts that occur in connection with battery technology.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Boris Ståhl

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  26.10.2023 - 23.11.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 19.10.2023

  • 5 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH23ELA-BK-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Tom Lillhonga

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Battery Energy Storage Systems BK2304-3002 04.01.2024-03.03.2024  2 credits  (ÖH23ELA-BK-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Student:
  - knows the difference between different uses for energy storage systems
  - knows the basic structure of an energy storage system with batteries
  - masters the basis for choosing components for energy storage systems with batteries
  - understands the importance of fire and electrical safety in connection with energy storage
  - knows the central parameters for dimensioning energy storage systems with batteries

  Prerequisites

  None

  Content of the study unit

  - battery types, different types of battery packs for energy storage (new and reused)
  - components for connection to the mains
  - inverter technology, DC-AC-DC conversion
  - monitoring system BMS-PCS-EMS
  - fire and electrical safety in connection with energy storage systems
  - cooling and climate system
  - power capacity, lifetime, self-discharge, state of charge, etc.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Can describe the basic components and structure as well as battery types for energy storage systems. Can describe the difference in the purposes of use for energy storage systems.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can compare characteristics and limitations of equipment and processes within energy storage systems. Understands the importance of fire and electrical safety in connection with energy storage.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can explain and apply the central parameters for dimensioning energy storage systems with batteries. Can perform component selection for an energy storage system with batteries.
  Can explain characteristics and limitations of equipment and processes within energy storage systems.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Boris Ståhl

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  04.01.2024 - 03.03.2024

  Enrollment date range

  01.12.2023 - 08.01.2024

  • 2 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH23ELA-BK-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Martina Englund-Perälä, Philip Hollins

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Battery Manufacturing BK2303-3003 30.11.2023-14.12.2023  3 credits  (ÖH23ELA-BK-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Student:
  - knows the difference in properties of different battery materials
  - knows the basic methods of manufacturing anode and cathode with active material in wet or dry format
  - knows the different production stages in the manufacture of batteries
  - understands the various requirements for cleanliness, moisture control that the various production stages require
  - masters the various process and quality parameters for the various production stages

  Prerequisites

  None

  Content of the study unit

  - access to raw materials for battery manufacturing
  - manufacture of active anode and cathode material
  - manufacture of electrode; mixing of active material, coating, drying, calendering, slitting
  - assembly of cell; separation, stacking/winding, welding of contact poles, packaging, filling of electrolyte
  - completion of cell; preheating, formation of SEI, degassing, aging of battery cell, testing (EOL) and sorting
  - manufacture of battery modules and packs
  - production technology and quality control
  - manufacturing with requirements for cleanliness and moisture control
  - logistics; handling and storage of batteries, handling of dangerous goods, environmental requirements
  - safety requirements in the manufacture of batteries

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student can give an overview of the meaning of basic concepts in the manufacture of electrodes, different production stages, methods of handling, process and quality parameters used in battery manufacturing.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student can give a detailed account of the meaning of basic concepts in the manufacture of electrodes, different production stages, methods of handling, process and quality parameters used in battery manufacturing.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student can give a comprehensive and nuanced account of the meaning of basic concepts in the manufacture of electrodes, various production stages, methods of handling, process and quality parameters used in battery manufacturing.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Boris Ståhl

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  30.11.2023 - 14.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 23.11.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH23ELA-BK-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Martina Englund-Perälä, Boris Ståhl

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Battery Technology ELA22GY17-3001 01.01.2024-28.04.2024  6 credits  (ELA22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - knows the structure of the battery
  - knows different types of batteries
  - knows the advantages and disadvantages of different battery types
  - knows about energy storage systems with batteries.

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites

  Content of the study unit

  Basic basic knowledge of battery technology
  Different battery types
  Energy storage system
  Battery life cycle

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Know the basic technology.
  Know different battery types.
  Know the concepts that describe the storage ability.
  Understands the whole, from raw material to recycling.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Know different battery technologies and their characteristics.
  Know about the pros and cons of different battery types.
  Understands the concepts that describe the pros and cons of different energy storage systems.
  Know the key factors that affect the life span.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Is well versed in electrochemical principles and their practical significance.
  Can select the appropriate battery type based on given specifications.
  Can calculate and analyze capacity and charge / and discharge curves.
  Master the whole in theory and practice.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Timing

  01.01.2024 - 28.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 6 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA22D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA22-A (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA22-E (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA22-K (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA22-I (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Tom Lillhonga, Philip Hollins

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Bio-Economy Innovation ET22EE02-3002 15.01.2024-14.04.2024  3 credits  (ET23D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Explain the principle of whole crop utilization and the biomass value pyramid
  Describe how biobased plastics and biocomposites alternatives can be used
  Awareness biomass feedstock process pathway(s)
  Differentiate between different forms of biorefinery enterprise
  Utilize the Ansoff matrix in conjunction with biobased business development

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites.

  Content of the study unit

  This introductory online course consists of a number of interconnected modules that underpin the keys themes and technologies essential for the transition to a more sustainable and bio-economic future.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  It will contain basic summaries/descriptions of some of the topics covered and will contain some sense of the student’s learning, but it may be sketchy, disorganised, short, or lacking a sense of progression. While there will be some evidence of understanding, the work will show very limited evidence of critical selection, analysis and reflection.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  It will show a clear and developing understanding of the concepts and issues addressed in the course, and provide both critical analysis and reflection on the topics of the course. The work will cover the main topics/themes but may draw on supplementary resources as well. There will be clear evidence of the student’s own learning process and of active engagement with the course content.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  It will not only demonstrate comprehensive and relevant coverage of the course
  material but it will also present substantial analysis, evaluation and synthesis.
  Work in this range will draw on a considerable amount of supplementary resources, take a particularly original approach to reflection, or point out exceptionally insightful or unexpected links between different elements of the course. The work submitted will reflect a persistent and high level of engagement and learning and will demonstrate a cumulative understanding of the course material

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  15.01.2024 - 14.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 14.01.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ET23D-V
  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-E (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ET23 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Philip Hollins

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Energy Technology, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Building Automation ELA18AU01-3006 28.08.2023-08.10.2023  3 credits  (ELA21D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The structure and use of building automation
  Configuration and implementation of building automation systems
  Selection of components and building blocks for building automation

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites

  Content of the study unit

  Colour of media
  Components in an air handling unit
  The electrical system's automation in a building
  Home automation, lighting controls and heating and ventilation in private households

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Knows the basics and principles for using building automation
  - Knows the basic principles
  - Knows the principles for selecting equipment

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Understands and can utilize the functionality of different types of building automation systems.
  - Understands and can utilize basic functionality in configuration and implementation of building automation systems.
  - Manages to select equipment for simple building automation applications.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Manages to independently plan different types of building automation systems.
  - Can plan, configure and implement demanding functionality in building automation systems.
  - Manages to plan and select equipment for more demanding building automation applications

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning methods

  - lectures
  - exercises
  - project work
  - individual studies

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  - Competence in the structure and function of building automation systems
  - Competence in configuration and programming of building automation system
  - Competence in selecting components and equipment for building automation systems

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  28.08.2023 - 08.10.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 27.08.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-A (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Joachim Böling

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Pass in exercises, project work and examination

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Autumn, 2023

  Student's schedule and workload

  80 working hours

  Assessment criteria

  - lacks knowledge of the basic principles of structure and function of building automation systems
  - does not know the principles for configuring and programming building automation systems
  - does not know the principles for selecting components and equipment for building automation systems

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - knows the basic principles for the design and function of building automation systems
  - knows the principles for configuring and programming building automation systems
  - knows the principles for selecting components and equipment for building automation systems

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - understands and can utilize the functionality of different building automation systems
  - understands and can execute basic configuration and programming of building automation systems
  - is able to select components and equipment for simple building automation systems

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - is able to plan and configure different types of building automation systems
  - can plan, configure and implement advanced functionality building automation systems
  - is able to select components and equipment for advanced building automation systems

•   Chemistry TKV22KE01-3003 04.03.2024-06.05.2024  3 credits  (PRE23D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After completing the course, students are expected to
  1. understand the basic building blocks of materia
  2. express chemical reactions and to calculate the yield in a reaction based on limiting reagents
  3. have an overview of different chemical analysis methods
  4. have an overview of how they can apply their chemical knowledge in their own disciple
  5. have completed chemical laboratory work, analyzed and documented the result acquired during the work

  Prerequisites

  none

  Content of the study unit

  - basic chemical concepts
  - stoichiometry
  - reactions in aqueous solutions
  - gases
  - basic in electrochemistry
  - applications from various disciplines
  - laboratory work
  - laboratory safety
  Application according to specific education may occur.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student is able to give an overview of the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student is able to explain, in detail, the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student is able to explain, in a comprehensive and nuanced way, the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Tom Lillhonga

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Allt kursmaterial finns på Moodle. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar, räkneövningar, grupparbeten och laborationer. (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Kursen avläggs genom tentamen (max 30 p) och labbrapporter (max 12 p)
  För godkänt vitsord i kursen krävs totalt minst 14 p och minst 10 p i kurstentamen, samt godkända labbrapporter (minst 2 poäng/rapport).
  Vitsordsskalan är följande:
  14 p 1
  19 p 2
  24 p 3
  29 p 4
  34 p 5 (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  04.03.2024 - 06.05.2024

  Enrollment date range

  01.01.2024 - 20.03.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • PRE23D-V
  • ÖH23PRE-LED-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Tom Lillhonga, Lina Åberg

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tidpunkten för kurstent ch omtentstillfällen meddelas vid kursens början.
  Informationen finns på kursens Moodle-sida. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Undervisning i klass : 38 h
  Laborationer: 10 h
  Tentamen : 2 h
  Självständigt arbete: 33 h
  Totalt : 81 timmar för 3 sp (27 h/sp) (not translated)

  Content scheduling

  Se schemat och Moodle-kursen (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1 (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Den studerande kan översiktligt redogöra för innebörden av begrepp, modeller, teorier och arbetsmetoder som används inom kemi (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Den studerande kan utförligt redogöra för innebörden av begrepp, modeller, teorier och arbetsmetoder som används inom kemi (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Den studerande kan utförligt och nyanserat redogöra för innebörden av begrepp, modeller, teorier och arbetsmetoder som används inom kemi (not translated)

•   Chemistry TKV18KE01-3016 04.09.2023-12.11.2023  3 credits  (ELA21D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After completing the course, students are expected to
  1. name, draw and describe the occurrence and reactions of pure substances in different mixtures
  2. calculate the yield in a reaction based on limiting reagents
  3. examine and document the properties and reactions of chemical substances in the laboratory

  Prerequisites

  none

  Content of the study unit

  - basic chemical concepts
  - stoichiometry
  - reactions in aqueous solutions
  - gases
  - applications from various disciplines

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student is able to give an overview of the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student is able to explain, in detail, the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student is able to explain, in a comprehensive and nuanced way, the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Allt kursmaterial finns på Moodle. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar, räkneövningar, grupparbeten och laborationer. (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Kursen avläggs genom tentamen (max 30 p) och labbrapporter (max 12 p)
  För godkänt vitsord i kursen krävs totalt minst 14 p och minst 10 p i kurstentamen, samt godkända labbrapporter (minst 2 poäng/rapport).
  Vitsordsskala:
  14 p 1
  19 p 2
  24 p 3
  29 p 4
  34 p 5 (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  04.09.2023 - 12.11.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-A1 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-A2 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-A3 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-I (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-E (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-K (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Tom Lillhonga

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tidpunkten för kurstent meddelas vid kursens början.
  De framgår även i Moodle-kursen. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Undervisning i klass : 38 h
  Laborationer: 10 h
  Tentamen : 2 h
  Självständigt arbete: 33 h
  Totalt : 81 timmar för 3 sp (27 h/sp) (not translated)

  Content scheduling

  Se schemat och Moodle-kursen (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1 (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Den studerande kan översiktligt redogöra för innebörden av begrepp, modeller, teorier och arbetsmetoder som används inom kemi (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Den studerande kan utförligt redogöra för innebörden av begrepp, modeller, teorier och arbetsmetoder som används inom kemi (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Den studerande kan utförligt och nyanserat redogöra för innebörden av begrepp, modeller, teorier och arbetsmetoder som används inom kemi (not translated)

•   Chemistry TKV22KE01-3004 23.10.2023-17.12.2023  3 credits  (MAP23D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After completing the course, students are expected to
  1. understand the basic building blocks of materia
  2. express chemical reactions and to calculate the yield in a reaction based on limiting reagents
  3. have an overview of different chemical analysis methods
  4. have an overview of how they can apply their chemical knowledge in their own disciple
  5. have completed chemical laboratory work, analyzed and documented the result acquired during the work

  Prerequisites

  none

  Content of the study unit

  - basic chemical concepts
  - stoichiometry
  - reactions in aqueous solutions
  - gases
  - basic in electrochemistry
  - applications from various disciplines
  - laboratory work
  - laboratory safety
  Application according to specific education may occur.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student is able to give an overview of the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student is able to explain, in detail, the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student is able to explain, in a comprehensive and nuanced way, the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Kaj Rintanen

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Allt kursmaterial finns på Moodle. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar, räkneövningar, grupparbeten och laborationer. (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Kursen avläggs genom tentamen (max 30 p) och labbrapporter (max 12 p)
  För godkänt vitsord i kursen krävs totalt minst 14 p och minst 10 p i kurstentamen, samt godkända labbrapporter (minst 2 poäng/rapport).
  Vitsordsskalan är följande:
  14 p 1
  19 p 2
  24 p 3
  29 p 4
  34 p 5 (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  23.10.2023 - 17.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 22.10.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • MAP23D-V
  • ÖH23MAP-LED-V

  Small group(s)

  • Group 1 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • Group 2 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • Group 3 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Tom Lillhonga, Lina Åberg

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tidpunkten för kurstent ch omtentstillfällen meddelas vid kursens början.
  Informationen finns på kursens Moodle-sida. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Undervisning i klass : 38 h
  Laborationer: 10 h
  Tentamen : 2 h
  Självständigt arbete: 33 h
  Totalt : 81 timmar för 3 sp (27 h/sp) (not translated)

  Content scheduling

  Se schemat och Moodle-kursen (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1 (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Den studerande kan översiktligt redogöra för innebörden av begrepp, modeller, teorier och arbetsmetoder som används inom kemi (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Den studerande kan utförligt redogöra för innebörden av begrepp, modeller, teorier och arbetsmetoder som används inom kemi (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Den studerande kan utförligt och nyanserat redogöra för innebörden av begrepp, modeller, teorier och arbetsmetoder som används inom kemi (not translated)

•   Chemistry TKV22KE01-3005 04.03.2024-28.04.2024  3 credits  (BYS22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After completing the course, students are expected to
  1. understand the basic building blocks of materia
  2. express chemical reactions and to calculate the yield in a reaction based on limiting reagents
  3. have an overview of different chemical analysis methods
  4. have an overview of how they can apply their chemical knowledge in their own disciple
  5. have completed chemical laboratory work, analyzed and documented the result acquired during the work

  Prerequisites

  none

  Content of the study unit

  - basic chemical concepts
  - stoichiometry
  - reactions in aqueous solutions
  - gases
  - basic in electrochemistry
  - applications from various disciplines
  - laboratory work
  - laboratory safety
  Application according to specific education may occur.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student is able to give an overview of the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student is able to explain, in detail, the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student is able to explain, in a comprehensive and nuanced way, the meaning of concepts, models, theories and working methods used in chemistry

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Leif Östman

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  04.03.2024 - 28.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 22.03.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • BYS22D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Tom Lillhonga, Lina Åberg

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Combustion Engineering ET22TE01-3002 04.09.2023-03.12.2023  6 credits  (ET23D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After completing the course, students are expected to have knowledge about the design of production-relevant internal combustion engines. They should master the thermodynamic and combustion technology basics as well as constructive aspects of manufacturing methods, material selection, etc.
  
  Furthermore, students should also have knowledge about emission formation from different diesel and otto processes and knowledge about the methods to reduce the emissions.

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites.

  Content of the study unit

  PART 1: Internal Combustion Engine - fundamentals
  
  1) Introduction to Engine types
  2) Design and operating parameters
  3) Thermodynamic processes and cycles
  4) Thermochemistry of Fuel-Air mixtures
  5) Gas Exchange processes
  6) Pollutant Formation and Control
  7) Modelling and simulation
  
  PART 2: Combustion Technologies
  
  1) Principles
  - Burning of gaseous-, liquid-, solid fuels

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student knows:
  - different types of engines and working principles
  - the main parts of the combustion engine, gas exchange and combustion.
  - various thermodynamic processes, properties and calculations.
  - how the use of the internal combustion engine in different contexts and disciplines.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student knows how different components and design affect engine performance and emission formation. The student is able to calculate and select significant engine components.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student is able to independently:
  - design different IC engine applications.
  - design technical solutions that affect the combustion engine.
  - Calculate mass forces, torques and vibrations in the internal combustion engine.
  - argue for and present different choices of engines and technical solutions.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  04.09.2023 - 03.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 17.09.2023

  • 6 credits

  Group(s)

  • ET23D-V
  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ET23 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-E (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Kaj Rintanen

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Energy Technology, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Control Systems ELA18RE02-3003 04.09.2023-05.11.2023  3 credits  (ELA20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The goal of the course is that after the course the students should be aware of and be able to apply control system standards, understand the meaning of control system configuration, be able to implement basic control system applications, and be able to select components and equipment for control systems.

  Prerequisites

  No requirements in advance

  Content of the study unit

  - programming methods
  - the standard series IEC 61131
  - structure and functionality of control systems
  - variables and data types
  - the programming languages of IEC 61131-3
  - configuration and programming of control systems according to IEC 61131-3
  - implementation of control systems

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Is aware of the standard series IEC 61131.
  Is aware of the basic principles of the structure and functionality of control systems.
  Is aware of the principles of programming control systems.
  Is aware of the principles of selecting control system equipment.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Is able to make use of the standard series IEC 61131 for control system application.
  Is able to specify control system requirements.
  Is able to create programs for basic control system applications.
  Is able to select equipment for basic control system applications.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Is able to make use of the standard series IEC 61131 for control system configurations.
  Is able to plan and configure control systems.
  Is able to create programs for more advanced control system applications.
  Is able to select equipment for more advanced control system applications.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  K-H John, M Tiegelkamp. IEC 61131-3: Programming Industrial Automation Systems. Springer.

  Learning methods

  - lectures
  - exercises
  - project work
  - individual studies

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  - Competence in the standard IEC 61131
  - Competence in the structure and function of control systems
  - Competence in programming of control system
  - Competence in choice of equipment for control systems

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  04.09.2023 - 05.11.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA20-A (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Joachim Böling

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  -

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Autumn 2023

  Student's schedule and workload

  ~80 working hours

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 40% of the course credits.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  40% - 63% of the course credits.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  64% - 87% of the course credits.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  At least 88% of the course credits.

•   Cross Cultural Skills BK2307-3002 21.03.2024-28.03.2024  2 credits  (ÖH23ELA-BK-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Student:
  - understands the importance of diversity in working life and the challenges and opportunities that diversity brings
  - have tools to adapt their operations to prevailing circumstances at the workplace
  - is aware of the importance of values ​​and attitudes in multicultural interaction situations
  - understands the importance of creating a tolerant and encouraging atmosphere in interaction situations
  - understands the importance of creating a sense of trust
  - must be able to identify and develop an understanding that different cultures have different "practices"/approaches, rules, social norms and thought patterns

  Prerequisites

  None

  Content of the study unit

  - definition of culture
  - different communication patterns
  - cultural dimensions as a basis for comparing our values
  - training of an intercultural thought pattern and perspective
  - reception in a multicultural workplace
  - teamwork
  - ethics, equality and equity

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student can give an overview of the importance of diversity in working life and its challenges and opportunities, the importance of awareness of values and attitudes in multicultural interaction situations. The student can provide an overview of different cultures' approaches, rules, social norms and ways of thinking.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student can give a detailed account of the importance of diversity in working life and its challenges and opportunities, the importance of awareness of values and attitudes in multicultural interaction situations. The student can give a detailed account of different cultures' approaches, rules, social norms and ways of thinking.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student can give a detailed and nuanced account of the importance of diversity in working life and its challenges and opportunities, the importance of awareness of values and attitudes in multicultural interaction situations. The student can give a comprehensive and nuanced account of the approaches, rules, social norms and mindsets of different cultures.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Boris Ståhl

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  21.03.2024 - 28.03.2024

  Enrollment date range

  01.12.2023 - 21.03.2024

  • 2 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH23ELA-BK-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Martina Englund-Perälä, Roger Nylund

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Assessment scale

  Approved/Rejected

•   Data Structures and Algorithms ELA22PR01-3001 04.03.2024-28.04.2024  3 credits  (ELA22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - understands and can construct data structures,
  - understands and can construct O-notation
  - is able to create algorithms that take into account different complexities.

  Prerequisites

  The course The basics of programming

  Content of the study unit

  The course contains the theoretical and practical knowledge needed to develop and implement efficient and stable programming solutions.
  
  The following concepts are discussed here, among other things
  1. Data structures, algorithms and abstraction.
  2. Time complexity
  3. Standard Template Library (STL) concept
  4. Linear lists
  5. Linear list search algorithms
  6. Hash tables
  7. Recursion
  8. Sorting
  9. Tree structures and graphs

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Understand the concept and be able to rank common complexity measures and derive these from simple program designs.
  Understand the concept of data structure and algorithm.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Be able to derive complexity from more complex programs and algorithms, and perform measurements experimentally.
  Understand the coupling data structure algorithm, how the choice of one partially or completely determines the choice of the other, and how the combination of the two affects time and space complexity.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Understand how to choose among different solutions and implement optimal solution taking into account the present problems.
  Be able to choose from a wide range of data structures and algorithms. Be able to find and use implementations of these in standard libraries, as well as have good skills in implementing them on their own in an efficient and well-structured way.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  04.03.2024 - 28.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 03.03.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA22D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA22-I (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Kaj Wikman

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Database Administration ELA18AM01-3004 25.09.2023-17.12.2023  4 credits  (ELA21D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student knows and can perform the tasks of a database administrator.
  The student can implement program code (procedures, functions, triggers) stored inside a database.
  The student knows the basic techniques of "business intelligence".

  Prerequisites

  Database programming.

  Content of the study unit

  Installation of database management systems and creating databases.
  SQL and SQL extensions.
  Server programming:
  - Stored procedures,
  - Functions,
  - Transactions and locking,
  - Triggers
  - Using server side code in client applications.
  Administration:
  - Users and user rights
  - Backup and recovery
  - Automation of administrative tasks
  - Import and export of data (ETL)
  - Performance optimization and the basics of monitoring.
  Business Intelligence:
  - Reports
  - Data analysis

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student knows the database administrator's duties.
  The student can realize databases containing simple stored procedures, functions and triggers.
  The student knows the principles of reporting and data analysis.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student can perform the routine tasks of the database administrator.
  The student can realize databases with more advanced stored procedures, functions and triggers.
  The student can program client applications using server-side code.
  The student can realize and use databases for reporting and data analysis.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student can plan and configure the database administration for a database server and its databases.
  The student can create software for database applications in multi-user environments where transaction management and locking are needed.
  The student can plan, implement and use databases for data analysis.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  material inlänkat på Moodle (not translated)

  Learning methods

  föreläsningar, datorövningar (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  godkänd tentamen
  godkända uppgifter (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  25.09.2023 - 17.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 24.09.2023

  • 4 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-I (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Susanne Österholm

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  godkänd tentamen, godkänd inlämningsuppgift (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  tentamen december 2023
  omtentamen 1 januari 2024
  omtentamen 2 våren 2024 (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  närstudier ca 48 h
  eget arbete ca 60 h (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  studerandens kunskaper uppnår inte nivån för tillfredsställande vitsord (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Studeranden känner till databasadministratörens arbetsuppgifter.
  Studeranden kan förverkliga enkla lagrade procedurer, funktioner och triggers i en databas.
  Studeranden kan producera enklare rapporter. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Studeranden kan utföra databasadministratörens rutinmässiga arbetsuppgifter.
  Studeranden kan förverkliga mera avancerade lagrade procedurer, funktioner och triggers i en databas.
  Studeranden kan producera rapporter samt utföra enkel data-analys. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Studeranden kan planera och konfigurera databasadministrationen för en databasserver och dess databaser.
  Studeranden kan skapa programvara för databasapplikationer i fleranvändarmiljöer där transaktionshantering och låsning behövs.
  Studeranden kan planera och förverkliga Business Intelligence i mindre skala. (not translated)

•   Database Programming ELA22PR02-3001 04.03.2024-28.04.2024  3 credits  (ELA22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - knows basic concepts about database programming
  - can perform practical database modeling and database programming
  - understands why and how to use a framework for database programming
  - masters the programming of applications in a multi-user environment that read and write relational databases.

  Prerequisites

  Courses: Object Oriented Programming, Database Technology

  Content of the study unit

  Rehearsal of SQL
  Libraries for database programming
  Reading and writing databases
  Transaction Management
  Object Relational Mapping (ORM)
  Introduction to frameworks
  xml and json data

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student understands the basic theories of the relational model and can realize a relational model as a physical database.
  The student can program simple database applications that read and write a database, and can use parameterized commands.
  The student knows a framework for reading and writing databases.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student can create simpler conceptual, logical and physical database models.
  The student can program database applications using Object Relational Mapping.
  The student can implement transaction management in his code.
  The student knows about security risks and knows how the risks are handled in program code.
  The student can use a framework to read and write databases.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student can create advanced conceptual, logical and physical database models.
  The student can encode different types of applications that reuse code for data management.
  The student can use a framework for versatile reading and writing of databases.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  material på Moodle (not translated)

  Learning methods

  föreläsningar, datasalsövningar (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  tentamen 2/3
  inlämningsuppgift 1/3 (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  04.03.2024 - 28.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 03.03.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA22D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA22-I (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Susanne Österholm

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  godkänd tentamen
  godkänd inlämningsuppgift (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  tentamen maj 2024
  omtentamen 1 maj-juni 2024
  omtentamen 2 augusti-september 2024 (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  närundervisning ca 35 h, eget arbete ca. 45 h (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Studeranden uppnår inte kunskaper som motsvarar vitsordet tillfredsställande. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Studeranden kan producera kod med programmeringsspråket C# som läser och skriver en databas samt kan använda parametriserade kommandon. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Studeranden kan producera objektorieterad kod med programmeringsspråket C# som läser och skriver en databas samt kan använda parametriserade kommandon samt implementera transaktionshantering. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Studeranden kan producera kod med Object-Relational-Mapping som läser och skriver en databas samt kan använda parametriserade kommandon samt implementera transaktionshantering. Studeranden kan använda ramverket Entity Framework för detta. (not translated)

•   Database Technology ELA22GY11-3001 28.08.2023-29.10.2023  3 credits  (ELA22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - knows basic data storage techniques
  - understands the relational model and can normalize simple databases.
  - masters the use of database management systems both through graphical user interfaces and with a command language.

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites

  Content of the study unit

  Introduction to databases.
  Concepts and properties.
  Database Management Systems.
  Relational Theory and Normalization
  SQL.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student knows the history and current state of data storage. The student knows about different types of data warehouses.
  The student knows the basic concept of relational theory and how a simpler relational database is constructed.
  The student understands why a database in higher normal form is better than a database in lower normal form.
  The student can explain the different normal forms,
  The student knows and can use simple database commands.
  The student can use the graphical user interface of a database management system.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student can explain the benefits of relational databases and the structure of the database systems.
  The student can use the basic concept of relational theory and describe the structure of a relational database.
  The student can normalize a database to 3NF. The student can determine the normal form of a database.
  The student knows and can use more advanced database commands.
  The student can use a report generator to compose reports from databases.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student can compare different data storage techniques with each other.
  The student understands the mathematical model on which the relational databases are based.
  The student can normalize a more extensive database to 3NF.
  The student can independently acquire knowledge of database commands and practically apply this knowledge.
  The student can, with graphic tools, create user interfaces for reading and writing databases.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  material på Moodle (not translated)

  Learning methods

  föreläsningar, datorövningar (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  godkänd tentamen
  godkända uppgifter (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  28.08.2023 - 29.10.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA22D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Susanne Österholm

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  tentamen (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  tentamen samt inlämnade uppgifter oktober 2023
  omtentamen 1 november/december 2023 (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  närstudier ca 35 h
  eget arbete ca 45 h (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Studerandes kunskaper uppnår inte nivån för ett tillfredsställande vitsord. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Studeranden känner till olika typer av datalager.
  Studeranden känner till hur en enklare relationsdatabas är uppbyggd.
  Studeranden förstår varför en databas i högre normalform är bättre än en databas i lägre normalform.
  Studeranden kan redogöra för de olika normalformerna.
  Studeranden känner till och kan använda enklare databaskommandon.
  Studeranden kan använda ett databashanteringssystems grafiska användargränssnitt. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Studeranden kan redogöra för fördelarna med relationsdatabaser samt databassystemens uppbyggnad.
  Studeranden kan använda relationsteorins grundbegrepp för att beskriva en relationsdatabas.
  Studeranden kan normalisera en databas till 3NF. Studeranden kan fastställa normalformen för en databas.
  Studeranden känner till och kan använda mera avancerade databaskommandon.
  Studeranden kan använda ett databashanteringssystems grafiska användargränssnitt. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Studeranden kan jämföra olika tekniker för datalagring med varandra.
  Studeranden kan använda relationsteorins grundbegrepp för att beskriva en relationsdatabas.
  Studeranden kan normalisera en mera omfattande databas till 3NF.
  Studeranden kan självständigt skaffa sig kunskap om databaskommandon och praktiskt tillämpa denna kunskap.
  Studeranden kan mångsidigt använda ett databashanteringssystems grafiska användargränssnitt. (not translated)

•   Degree Thesis ELA19EXA01-3002 01.08.2023-31.07.2024  15 credits  (ELA20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The degree thesis is part of the student's personal competence profile. In the degree thesis, the student will apply theoretical models to practical problems. The student must also show that they can handle complex problems independently within their area of competence and can work logically and methodically. The student should be able to work in a scientific way and use reference material and external sources of knowledge.

  Prerequisites

  The course Technical Reporting or equivalent knowledge and at least 120 credits of compulsory studies performed.

  Content of the study unit

  The thesis consists of a practical application and an associated theoretical analysis. The written design must follow Novia's writing instructions for a degree thesis. The thesis also includes a public presentation of the thesis and a written maturity test.
  
  The degree thesis can be started when students have sufficient knowledge in the form of approved professional studies and methodology studies. The work begins with students drawing up a work and / or research plan for the process.The plan presents at least subject choices, language, work title, a preliminary outline and schedule. The plan must be approved by the head of the degree program. In connection with the approval of the plan, supervisors are appointed for degree work.
  
  The degree thesis may consist of internal and / or external ordering work, collaborative projects or other work-related work. These may be, for example:
  - an investigation (eg investigation, survey, analysis and / or evaluation)
  - development work (eg development of working methods or activities)
  - product development (eg prototype or model)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student's degree thesis satisfies the assessment criteria applied in this degree program at a satisfactory level. The assessment criteria can be found on the Moodle page for thesis work concerned year.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student's degree thesis satisfies the assessment criteria applied in this degree program at a good level. The assessment criteria can be found on the Moodle page for thesis work concerned year.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student's degree thesis satisfies the assessment criteria applied in this degree program at an excellent level. The assessment criteria can be found on the Moodle page for thesis work concerned year.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.08.2023 - 31.07.2024

  Enrollment date range

  01.08.2023 - 30.06.2024

  • 15 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V

  Seats

  0 - 150

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Åsa Fagerudd, Hanna Kuusisto, Jan Berglund, Ray Pörn, Susanne Österholm, Philip Hollins, Kaj Wikman, Roger Mäntylä, Ronnie Sundsten, Joachim Böling, Henrik Järveläinen, Emilia Vikfors-Lintala, Matts Nickull, Pernilla Fagerström

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Derivatives and Integrals TKV22MA04-3007 03.01.2024-17.01.2024  3 credits  (ÖH22FLEXING) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student understands how, where and when to use the two basic concepts in mathematical analysis: derivation and integration.
  The student can apply derivation and integration to various problems within their own field of study.
  The student can use mathematical software to analyze measured data ​​or other collected data sets.

  Prerequisites

  Functions and equations 1,
  Geometry and vectors,
  Functions and equations 2.

  Content of the study unit

  - Limit calculations
  - Definition of derivatives
  - Tangent and linearisation
  - Derivation rules
  - Extreme value problems
  - Second derivative and convexity
  - Applications of derivatives in different fields
  - Numerical derivation
  - Primitive function (antiderivative)
  - Definition of integrals
  - Integration rules
  - Area calculations, volume integrals
  - Integral applications from own specialist area
  - Numerical integration
  - Mathematical software (Mathcad, Matlab, GeoGebra or equivalent) as a tool for solving problems

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Derivatives: Basic understanding of the concept of derivatives. Master simple derivation rules.
  Integrals: Basic understanding of the integral concept. Master simple integration rules.
  Modeling and numerical methods: Have some understanding of how to make a mathematical model and how it can be solved numerically.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Derivatives: Is able to solve common types of extreme value problems using derivatives
  Integrals: Is able to calculate areas and volumes using integrals. Is able to solve mechanical problems using integrals.
  Modeling and numerical methods: Understands how to make a mathematical model and how it can be solved numerically.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Derivatives: Can apply theory to more complicated applications and calculations.
  Integrals: Can apply the theory to more complicated applications and calculations (rotational surfaces, arc lengths, etc.).
  Modeling and numerical methods: Can construct and numerically solve more complicated models with calculation software.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Matts Nickull

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Allt kursmaterial finns i Moodle-kursen. Materialet blir tillgängligt när man anmält sig till kursen i Peppi.
  
  Maols tabellsamling, eller annan dylik tabellsamling, får användas under tentitllfällena.
  Under kursens gång används det digitala verktyget eMath. Även Mathcad används. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Schemalagda träffar ordnas åtminstone en gång per vecka. Under kursen förväntas studerande ta del av materialet på kurssidan och räkna uppgifterna i eMath på egen hand.
  Via kurssidan eller under träffarna har studerande möjlighet att ställa frågor. (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Kursen bedöms utgående från den studerandes prestationer i tentamen samt antalet räknade uppgifter i eMath.
  
  Kursen består av tentamen, inlämningsuppgift och hemuppgifter. Max poäng är 60.
  
  Vitsordsskalan:
  20 p - 1
  28 p - 2
  36 p - 3
  44 p - 4
  52 p - 5 (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  03.01.2024 - 17.01.2024

  Enrollment date range

  01.12.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH22FLEXING

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Sofia Frilund

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management, Degree Programme in Land Surveying

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Kursen bedöms med en tentamen samt inlämningsuppgifter. (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tidpunkt för tentamen samt omtentamen meddelas vid kursens början.
  En studerande har rätt att tentera en kurs max 3 gånger. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Undervisning i klass: åtminstone 12 h
  Tentamen: 4 h
  Eget arbete: 65 h
  Totalt: 81 h (not translated)

  Content scheduling

  Se kursens rekommenderade studietakt i Moodle. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1 (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Derivator
  Grundläggande förståelse av begreppet derivata. Behärskar enkla deriveringsregler
  
  
  Integraler
  Grundläggande förståelse av begreppet integral. Behärskar enkla integreringsregler
  
  
  Modellering och numeriska metoder
  Har viss förståelse för hur man gör en matematisk modell och hur denna kan lösas numeriskt. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Derivator
  
  Kan lösa vanliga typer av extremvärdesproblem med hjälp av derivator
  
  
  Integraler
  
  Kan beräkna areor och volymer med hjälp av integraler. Kan lösa problem från fysiken med hjälp av integraler.
  
  
  Modellering och numeriska metoder
  
  Har god förståelse för hur man gör matematiska modeller och kan lösa dessa med beräkningsprogram (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Derivator
  
  Kan tillämpa teorin på mer komplicerade tillämpningar och beräkningar.
  
  Integraler
  
  Kan tillämpa teorin på mer komplicerade tillämpningar och beräkningar. ( Rotationsytor, båglängder )
  
  Modellering och numeriska metoder
  
  Kan konstruera och numeriskt lösa mer komplicerade modeller med beräkningsprogram (not translated)

•   Derivatives and Integrals TKV22MA04-3005 01.03.2024-25.04.2024  3 credits  (PRE23D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student understands how, where and when to use the two basic concepts in mathematical analysis: derivation and integration.
  The student can apply derivation and integration to various problems within their own field of study.
  The student can use mathematical software to analyze measured data ​​or other collected data sets.

  Prerequisites

  Functions and equations 1,
  Geometry and vectors,
  Functions and equations 2.

  Content of the study unit

  - Limit calculations
  - Definition of derivatives
  - Tangent and linearisation
  - Derivation rules
  - Extreme value problems
  - Second derivative and convexity
  - Applications of derivatives in different fields
  - Numerical derivation
  - Primitive function (antiderivative)
  - Definition of integrals
  - Integration rules
  - Area calculations, volume integrals
  - Integral applications from own specialist area
  - Numerical integration
  - Mathematical software (Mathcad, Matlab, GeoGebra or equivalent) as a tool for solving problems

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Derivatives: Basic understanding of the concept of derivatives. Master simple derivation rules.
  Integrals: Basic understanding of the integral concept. Master simple integration rules.
  Modeling and numerical methods: Have some understanding of how to make a mathematical model and how it can be solved numerically.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Derivatives: Is able to solve common types of extreme value problems using derivatives
  Integrals: Is able to calculate areas and volumes using integrals. Is able to solve mechanical problems using integrals.
  Modeling and numerical methods: Understands how to make a mathematical model and how it can be solved numerically.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Derivatives: Can apply theory to more complicated applications and calculations.
  Integrals: Can apply the theory to more complicated applications and calculations (rotational surfaces, arc lengths, etc.).
  Modeling and numerical methods: Can construct and numerically solve more complicated models with calculation software.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ing-Britt Rögård

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Allt material finns i Moodlekursen.
  övningsuppgifter finns i e-math. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Undervisningen sker i form av undervisning i klass enligt schemat i PEPPI.
  Minst 36 lektioner.
  
  Allt material som tillhör kursen finns i Moodle - övningsuppgifter finns i e-math
  Mathcad används som hjälpmedel under kursen.
  De studerande förväntas ha egen Mathcad installerad på sin dator. (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Kursen bedöms på basen av studerandes resultat i tenter ( max 50 p ) och på basen av studerandes aktivitet under kursen ( 10 p )
  Deltent 1 : 25 p och deltent 2 : 25 p.
  MInst 8 p i varje deltent, totalt misnt 20 p.
  
  Vitsordsskala :
  
  20 p = 1
  28 p = 2
  36 p = 3
  44 p = 4
  52 p = 5 (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.03.2024 - 25.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  01.12.2023 - 10.03.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • PRE23D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ing-Britt Rögård

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management, Degree Programme in Land Surveying

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Godkända deltenter samt gjorda inlämningsuppgifter.
  Tentdatumen finns i Moodlekursen. (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Presenteras vid kursstart , finns i Moodlekursen. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Undervisning i klass : minst 36 timmar
  Eget arbete : 45 timmar (not translated)

  Content scheduling

  Se lektionsplaneringen i Moodle (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Kraven för vitsordet 1 kunde inte uppfyllas (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Grafisk förståelse av begreppet derivata.
  Behärskar enkla deriveringsregler.
  Kan tillämpa derivatakalkyl på enkla problem
  
  Grundläggande förståelse av begreppet integral.
  Behärskar enkla integreringsregler
  Kan tillämpa integralkalkyl på enkla problem.
  
  
  Har viss förståelse för hur man gör en matematisk modell och hur denna kan lösas numeriskt (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Kan lösa extremvärdesproblem med hjälp av derivator
  
  Kan beräkna areor och volymer med hjälp av integraler. Kan lösa problem från fysiken med hjälpav integraler.
  
  Modellering och numeriska metoder
  Har god förståelse för hur man gör matematiska modeller och kan lösa dessa medberäkningsprogram (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Kan tillämpa derivatakalkyler på mer komplicerade tillämpningar och beräkningar.
  
  Kan tillämpa integralkalkyler på mer komplicerade tillämpningar och beräkningar. ( Rotationsytor, båglängder )
  
  Modellering och numeriska metoder
  Kan konstruera och numeriskt lösa mer komplicerade modeller med beräkningsprogram (not translated)

•   Derivatives and Integrals TKV22MA04-3008 04.03.2024-28.04.2024  3 credits  (ELA23D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student understands how, where and when to use the two basic concepts in mathematical analysis: derivation and integration.
  The student can apply derivation and integration to various problems within their own field of study.
  The student can use mathematical software to analyze measured data ​​or other collected data sets.

  Prerequisites

  Functions and equations 1,
  Geometry and vectors,
  Functions and equations 2.

  Content of the study unit

  - Limit calculations
  - Definition of derivatives
  - Tangent and linearisation
  - Derivation rules
  - Extreme value problems
  - Second derivative and convexity
  - Applications of derivatives in different fields
  - Numerical derivation
  - Primitive function (antiderivative)
  - Definition of integrals
  - Integration rules
  - Area calculations, volume integrals
  - Integral applications from own specialist area
  - Numerical integration
  - Mathematical software (Mathcad, Matlab, GeoGebra or equivalent) as a tool for solving problems

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Derivatives: Basic understanding of the concept of derivatives. Master simple derivation rules.
  Integrals: Basic understanding of the integral concept. Master simple integration rules.
  Modeling and numerical methods: Have some understanding of how to make a mathematical model and how it can be solved numerically.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Derivatives: Is able to solve common types of extreme value problems using derivatives
  Integrals: Is able to calculate areas and volumes using integrals. Is able to solve mechanical problems using integrals.
  Modeling and numerical methods: Understands how to make a mathematical model and how it can be solved numerically.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Derivatives: Can apply theory to more complicated applications and calculations.
  Integrals: Can apply the theory to more complicated applications and calculations (rotational surfaces, arc lengths, etc.).
  Modeling and numerical methods: Can construct and numerically solve more complicated models with calculation software.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Allt material finns i Moodlekursen.
  övningsuppgifter finns i e-math. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Undervisningen sker i form av undervisning i klass enligt schemat i PEPPI.
  Minst 36 lektioner.
  
  Allt material som tillhör kursen finns i Moodle - övningsuppgifter finns i e-math
  Mathcad används som hjälpmedel under kursen.
  De studerande förväntas ha egen Mathcad installerad på sin dator. (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Kursen bedöms på basen av studerandes resultat i tenter ( max 50 p ) och på basen av studerandes aktivitet under kursen ( 10 p )
  Deltent 1 : 25 p och deltent 2 : 25 p.
  MInst 8 p i varje deltent, totalt misnt 20 p.
  
  Vitsordsskala :
  
  20 p = 1
  28 p = 2
  36 p = 3
  44 p = 4
  52 p = 5 (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  04.03.2024 - 28.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  01.12.2023 - 03.03.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA23D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA23-S (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA23-Y (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Lina Åberg, Sofia Frilund

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management, Degree Programme in Land Surveying

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Godkända deltenter samt gjorda inlämningsuppgifter.
  Tentdatumen finns i Moodlekursen. (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Presenteras vid kursstart , finns i Moodlekursen. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Undervisning i klass : minst 36 timmar
  Eget arbete : 45 timmar (not translated)

  Content scheduling

  Se lektionsplaneringen i Moodle (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Kraven för vitsordet 1 kunde inte uppfyllas (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Grafisk förståelse av begreppet derivata.
  Behärskar enkla deriveringsregler.
  Kan tillämpa derivatakalkyl på enkla problem
  
  Grundläggande förståelse av begreppet integral.
  Behärskar enkla integreringsregler
  Kan tillämpa integralkalkyl på enkla problem.
  
  
  Har viss förståelse för hur man gör en matematisk modell och hur denna kan lösas numeriskt (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Kan lösa extremvärdesproblem med hjälp av derivator
  
  Kan beräkna areor och volymer med hjälp av integraler. Kan lösa problem från fysiken med hjälpav integraler.
  
  Modellering och numeriska metoder
  Har god förståelse för hur man gör matematiska modeller och kan lösa dessa medberäkningsprogram (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Kan tillämpa derivatakalkyler på mer komplicerade tillämpningar och beräkningar.
  
  Kan tillämpa integralkalkyler på mer komplicerade tillämpningar och beräkningar. ( Rotationsytor, båglängder )
  
  Modellering och numeriska metoder
  Kan konstruera och numeriskt lösa mer komplicerade modeller med beräkningsprogram (not translated)

•   Derivatives and Integrals TKV22MA04-3009 04.03.2024-28.04.2024  3 credits  (MAP23D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student understands how, where and when to use the two basic concepts in mathematical analysis: derivation and integration.
  The student can apply derivation and integration to various problems within their own field of study.
  The student can use mathematical software to analyze measured data ​​or other collected data sets.

  Prerequisites

  Functions and equations 1,
  Geometry and vectors,
  Functions and equations 2.

  Content of the study unit

  - Limit calculations
  - Definition of derivatives
  - Tangent and linearisation
  - Derivation rules
  - Extreme value problems
  - Second derivative and convexity
  - Applications of derivatives in different fields
  - Numerical derivation
  - Primitive function (antiderivative)
  - Definition of integrals
  - Integration rules
  - Area calculations, volume integrals
  - Integral applications from own specialist area
  - Numerical integration
  - Mathematical software (Mathcad, Matlab, GeoGebra or equivalent) as a tool for solving problems

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Derivatives: Basic understanding of the concept of derivatives. Master simple derivation rules.
  Integrals: Basic understanding of the integral concept. Master simple integration rules.
  Modeling and numerical methods: Have some understanding of how to make a mathematical model and how it can be solved numerically.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Derivatives: Is able to solve common types of extreme value problems using derivatives
  Integrals: Is able to calculate areas and volumes using integrals. Is able to solve mechanical problems using integrals.
  Modeling and numerical methods: Understands how to make a mathematical model and how it can be solved numerically.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Derivatives: Can apply theory to more complicated applications and calculations.
  Integrals: Can apply the theory to more complicated applications and calculations (rotational surfaces, arc lengths, etc.).
  Modeling and numerical methods: Can construct and numerically solve more complicated models with calculation software.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Kaj Rintanen

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Allt material finns i Moodlekursen.
  övningsuppgifter finns i e-math. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Undervisningen sker i form av undervisning i klass enligt schemat i PEPPI.
  Minst 36 lektioner.
  
  Allt material som tillhör kursen finns i Moodle - övningsuppgifter finns i e-math
  Mathcad används som hjälpmedel under kursen.
  De studerande förväntas ha egen Mathcad installerad på sin dator. (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Kursen bedöms på basen av studerandes resultat i tenter ( max 50 p ) och på basen av studerandes aktivitet under kursen ( 10 p )
  Deltent 1 : 25 p och deltent 2 : 25 p.
  MInst 8 p i varje deltent, totalt misnt 20 p.
  
  Vitsordsskala :
  
  20 p = 1
  28 p = 2
  36 p = 3
  44 p = 4
  52 p = 5 (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  04.03.2024 - 28.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  01.12.2023 - 10.03.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • MAP23D-V

  Small group(s)

  • MAP23-S (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • MAP23-Y (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ing-Britt Rögård, Sofia Frilund

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management, Degree Programme in Land Surveying

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Godkända deltenter samt gjorda inlämningsuppgifter.
  Tentdatumen finns i Moodlekursen. (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Presenteras vid kursstart , finns i Moodlekursen. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Undervisning i klass : minst 36 timmar
  Eget arbete : 45 timmar (not translated)

  Content scheduling

  Se lektionsplaneringen i Moodle (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Kraven för vitsordet 1 kunde inte uppfyllas (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Grafisk förståelse av begreppet derivata.
  Behärskar enkla deriveringsregler.
  Kan tillämpa derivatakalkyl på enkla problem
  
  Grundläggande förståelse av begreppet integral.
  Behärskar enkla integreringsregler
  Kan tillämpa integralkalkyl på enkla problem.
  
  
  Har viss förståelse för hur man gör en matematisk modell och hur denna kan lösas numeriskt (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Kan lösa extremvärdesproblem med hjälp av derivator
  
  Kan beräkna areor och volymer med hjälp av integraler. Kan lösa problem från fysiken med hjälpav integraler.
  
  Modellering och numeriska metoder
  Har god förståelse för hur man gör matematiska modeller och kan lösa dessa medberäkningsprogram (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Kan tillämpa derivatakalkyler på mer komplicerade tillämpningar och beräkningar.
  
  Kan tillämpa integralkalkyler på mer komplicerade tillämpningar och beräkningar. ( Rotationsytor, båglängder )
  
  Modellering och numeriska metoder
  Kan konstruera och numeriskt lösa mer komplicerade modeller med beräkningsprogram (not translated)

•   Derivatives and Integrals TKV22MA04-3010 04.03.2024-28.04.2024  3 credits  (BYL23D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student understands how, where and when to use the two basic concepts in mathematical analysis: derivation and integration.
  The student can apply derivation and integration to various problems within their own field of study.
  The student can use mathematical software to analyze measured data ​​or other collected data sets.

  Prerequisites

  Functions and equations 1,
  Geometry and vectors,
  Functions and equations 2.

  Content of the study unit

  - Limit calculations
  - Definition of derivatives
  - Tangent and linearisation
  - Derivation rules
  - Extreme value problems
  - Second derivative and convexity
  - Applications of derivatives in different fields
  - Numerical derivation
  - Primitive function (antiderivative)
  - Definition of integrals
  - Integration rules
  - Area calculations, volume integrals
  - Integral applications from own specialist area
  - Numerical integration
  - Mathematical software (Mathcad, Matlab, GeoGebra or equivalent) as a tool for solving problems

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Derivatives: Basic understanding of the concept of derivatives. Master simple derivation rules.
  Integrals: Basic understanding of the integral concept. Master simple integration rules.
  Modeling and numerical methods: Have some understanding of how to make a mathematical model and how it can be solved numerically.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Derivatives: Is able to solve common types of extreme value problems using derivatives
  Integrals: Is able to calculate areas and volumes using integrals. Is able to solve mechanical problems using integrals.
  Modeling and numerical methods: Understands how to make a mathematical model and how it can be solved numerically.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Derivatives: Can apply theory to more complicated applications and calculations.
  Integrals: Can apply the theory to more complicated applications and calculations (rotational surfaces, arc lengths, etc.).
  Modeling and numerical methods: Can construct and numerically solve more complicated models with calculation software.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Leif Östman

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Allt material finns i Moodlekursen.
  övningsuppgifter finns i e-math. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Undervisningen sker i form av undervisning i klass enligt schemat i PEPPI.
  Minst 36 lektioner.
  
  Allt material som tillhör kursen finns i Moodle - övningsuppgifter finns i e-math
  Mathcad används som hjälpmedel under kursen.
  De studerande förväntas ha egen Mathcad installerad på sin dator. (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Kursen bedöms på basen av studerandes resultat i tenter ( max 50 p ) och på basen av studerandes aktivitet under kursen ( 10 p )
  Deltent 1 : 25 p och deltent 2 : 25 p.
  MInst 8 p i varje deltent, totalt misnt 20 p.
  
  Vitsordsskala :
  
  20 p = 1
  28 p = 2
  36 p = 3
  44 p = 4
  52 p = 5 (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  04.03.2024 - 28.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  01.12.2023 - 10.03.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • BYL23D-V
  • BYS23D-V

  Small group(s)

  • BYS23-S (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • BYS23-Y (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • BYL23 (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ing-Britt Rögård, Lina Åberg

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management, Degree Programme in Land Surveying

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Godkända deltenter samt gjorda inlämningsuppgifter.
  Tentdatumen finns i Moodlekursen. (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Presenteras vid kursstart , finns i Moodlekursen. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Undervisning i klass : minst 36 timmar
  Eget arbete : 45 timmar (not translated)

  Content scheduling

  Se lektionsplaneringen i Moodle (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Kraven för vitsordet 1 kunde inte uppfyllas (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Grafisk förståelse av begreppet derivata.
  Behärskar enkla deriveringsregler.
  Kan tillämpa derivatakalkyl på enkla problem
  
  Grundläggande förståelse av begreppet integral.
  Behärskar enkla integreringsregler
  Kan tillämpa integralkalkyl på enkla problem.
  
  
  Har viss förståelse för hur man gör en matematisk modell och hur denna kan lösas numeriskt (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Kan lösa extremvärdesproblem med hjälp av derivator
  
  Kan beräkna areor och volymer med hjälp av integraler. Kan lösa problem från fysiken med hjälpav integraler.
  
  Modellering och numeriska metoder
  Har god förståelse för hur man gör matematiska modeller och kan lösa dessa medberäkningsprogram (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Kan tillämpa derivatakalkyler på mer komplicerade tillämpningar och beräkningar.
  
  Kan tillämpa integralkalkyler på mer komplicerade tillämpningar och beräkningar. ( Rotationsytor, båglängder )
  
  Modellering och numeriska metoder
  Kan konstruera och numeriskt lösa mer komplicerade modeller med beräkningsprogram (not translated)

•   Differential Equations TKV22MA05-3001 28.08.2023-08.10.2023  3 credits  (ELA22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student :
  - understands the importance and use of differential equations in technical contexts
  - is able to solve simple first-order differential equations
  - is familiar with the method of solving linear second-order differential equations
  - is able to use use mathematical software to numerically solve differential equations
  - is able to use differential equations to model and solve technical problems.

  Prerequisites

  Functions and Equations 1,
  Geometry and Vectors,
  Functions and Equations 2,
  Derivatives and Integrals.

  Content of the study unit

  - Derivation rules and primitive functions
  - Solving separable differential equations and first-order linear differential equations
  - Modeling problems using differential equations
  - Solving second-order differential equations with constant coefficients (oscillations)
  - Discretization and numerical solution of differential equations using Euler's method
  - Solving differential equations using Excel, Mathcad

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Recognizes differential equations.
  Can solve simple separable differential equations.
  Can solve homogeneous second-order differential equations by using the characteristic equation.
  Understands the importance and use of differential equations in technical contexts.
  Can use software to numerically solve simple differential equations.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can perform simple modeling
  Is able to solve separable differential equations and simple linear first-order differential equations.
  Can solve second-order differential equations with constant coefficients.
  Is able to use simple methods for numerically solving differential equations.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can perform more demanding modeling .
  Is able to solve first-order differential equations.
  Understands the oscillator equation and can use it to model mechanical and electrical oscillations.
  Can independently model and solve more demanding problems numerically using mathematical software.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Material via kurssidan i Moodle. Materialet blir tillgängligt när man anmält sig till kursen i Peppi.
  Under kursens gång räknar vi analytiskt samt använder Excel och Mathcad för att lösa ekvationer numeriskt.
  De studerande förväntas ha Mathcad installerad på sin egen dator. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar och räkneövningar enligt schemat i PEPPI.
  Inlämningsuppgifter och hemuppgifter.
  Tentamen (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Kursen bedöms utgående från prestationer i tenter och/eller inlämningsuppgifter. Maxpoäng är 60 p.
  
  Vitsordsskalan:
  20 p - 1
  28 p - 2
  36 p - 3
  44 p - 4
  52 p - 5 (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  28.08.2023 - 08.10.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA22D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA22-S (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA22-Y (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ing-Britt Rögård, Sofia Frilund

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Tentamen under kursen.
  Omtagningmöjlighet vid två specificerade allmänna omtagningstillfällen. (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tidpunkten för tentamen meddelas vid kursens början. Tidpunkten framgår även i Moodle-kursen. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Undervisning i klass: 36 timmar
  Eget arbete: 45 timmar (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Känner till vad en differentialekvation är. Kan lösa enkla separabla differentialekvationer.
  Kan lösa homogena differentialekvationer av andra ordningen med hjälp av en karakteristisk ekvation.
  Kan använda beräkningsprogram för att numeriskt lösa differentialekvationer.
  Förstår betydelsen och användningen av differentialekvationer i tekniska sammanhang. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Kan utföra enkla modelleringar och kan lösa linjära differentialekvationer av första ordningen.
  Kan lösa inhomogena differentialekvationer av andra ordningen med konstanta koefficienter.
  Behärskar metoder för numerisk lösning av differentialekvationer. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Kan utföra mer krävande modellering och lösning av differentialekvationer av första ordningen.
  Förstår svängningsekvationen och kan utföra modellering av den.
  Kan självständigt modellera och numeriskt lösa mer krävande problemställningar. (not translated)

•   Differential Equations TKV22MA05-3002 01.01.2024-25.02.2024  3 credits  (MAP22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student :
  - understands the importance and use of differential equations in technical contexts
  - is able to solve simple first-order differential equations
  - is familiar with the method of solving linear second-order differential equations
  - is able to use use mathematical software to numerically solve differential equations
  - is able to use differential equations to model and solve technical problems.

  Prerequisites

  Functions and Equations 1,
  Geometry and Vectors,
  Functions and Equations 2,
  Derivatives and Integrals.

  Content of the study unit

  - Derivation rules and primitive functions
  - Solving separable differential equations and first-order linear differential equations
  - Modeling problems using differential equations
  - Solving second-order differential equations with constant coefficients (oscillations)
  - Discretization and numerical solution of differential equations using Euler's method
  - Solving differential equations using Excel, Mathcad

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Recognizes differential equations.
  Can solve simple separable differential equations.
  Can solve homogeneous second-order differential equations by using the characteristic equation.
  Understands the importance and use of differential equations in technical contexts.
  Can use software to numerically solve simple differential equations.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can perform simple modeling
  Is able to solve separable differential equations and simple linear first-order differential equations.
  Can solve second-order differential equations with constant coefficients.
  Is able to use simple methods for numerically solving differential equations.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can perform more demanding modeling .
  Is able to solve first-order differential equations.
  Understands the oscillator equation and can use it to model mechanical and electrical oscillations.
  Can independently model and solve more demanding problems numerically using mathematical software.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Kaj Rintanen

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Material via kurssidan i Moodle. Materialet blir tillgängligt när man anmält sig till kursen i Peppi.
  Under kursens gång räknar vi analytiskt samt använder Mathcad för att lösa ekvationer numeriskt.
  De studerande förväntas ha Mathcad installerad på sin egen dator. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar i klass enligt schemat i PEPPI.
  Två deltenter : deltent 1 räknas på papper och deltent 2 räknas i Matchad.
  I (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Kursen bedöms utgående från prestationer i tenter .
  Deltent 1 : 25p , deltent 2 : 25 p
  Maxpoäng är 60 p.
  Krav : minst 8 p i varje deltent, men minst 20 p totalt.
  
  Vitsordsskalan:
  20 p - 1
  28 p - 2
  36 p - 3
  44 p - 4
  52 p - 5 (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.01.2024 - 25.02.2024

  Enrollment date range

  01.12.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • MAP22D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ing-Britt Rögård

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Två deltenter under kursen.
  Omtagningmöjlighet vid två specificerade allmänna omtagningstillfällen. (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tidpunkten för tentamen meddelas vid kursens början. Tidpunkten framgår även i Moodle-kursen. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Undervisning i klass: 36 timmar
  Eget arbete: 45 timmar (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Känner till vad en differentialekvation är. Kan lösa enkla separabla differentialekvationer.
  Kan lösa homogena differentialekvationer av andra ordningen med hjälp av en karakteristisk ekvation.
  Kan använda beräkningsprogram för att numeriskt lösa differentialekvationer.
  Förstår betydelsen och användningen av differentialekvationer i tekniska sammanhang. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Kan utföra enkla modelleringar och kan lösa linjära differentialekvationer av första ordningen.
  Kan lösa inhomogena differentialekvationer av andra ordningen med konstanta koefficienter.
  Behärskar metoder för numerisk lösning av differentialekvationer. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Kan utföra mer krävande modellering och lösning av differentialekvationer av första ordningen.
  Förstår svängningsekvationen och kan utföra modellering av den.
  Kan självständigt modellera och numeriskt lösa mer krävande problemställningar. (not translated)

•   Digital Logic Basics ET22EC03-3002 25.09.2023-19.11.2023  3 credits  (ET23D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Knowledge and understanding
  After completing the course, the student should be able to:
  - describe how Boolean algebra can be applied in digital circuit contexts
  - analyze and simplify logic circuits
  - describe the difference between digital components and low-level programs
  
  Skills and Abilities
  After completing the course, the student should be able to:
  - plan and realize simple digital circuits
  - use the rules for simplifying circuits
  - create simple low-level programs and macros
  
  Evaluation ability and Approach
  After completing the course, the student should be able to:
  - perform relevant selections of components and logical building blocks
  - justify the choice of digital solution

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites.

  Content of the study unit

  Number systems, codes and number conversion.
  Logical algebra and gate circuits.
  Logical functions and combinatorics.
  Locking signals.
  Circuit reduction with Karnaugh diagram.
  Digital flip-flops.
  Basics of Assembler programming.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Knowledge about the most basic binary logic and truth tables.
  Knowledge about the most elementary logic circuits and components.
  Knowledge about the basic principles for the design and simulation of simple digital circuits.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Is well acquainted with binary logic and truth tables.
  Have a good knowledge of logical circuits, components and their characteristic properties.
  Have a good knowledge of how to design and simulate simple digital circuits.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Has an excellent understanding of Boolean logic.
  Has excellent insight into logic circuits, components and their characteristic properties.
  Can independently design and simulate digital circuitry.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  25.09.2023 - 19.11.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 24.09.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ET23D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Hans Lindén

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Energy Technology, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Digital Technology ELA22GY01-3002 28.08.2023-17.12.2023  6 credits  (ÖH23UIT-LED-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student is able to:
  - describe how Boolean algebra can be applied in digital circuit contexts
  - analyze and simplify logic circuits
  - explain the function of Interrupts in programming contexts
  - plan and realize simple digital circuits
  - write simpler programs for a microcontroller
  - perform relevant selections of components, logical building blocks and program structures
  - justify the choice of digital solution (circuit or program)

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites.

  Content of the study unit

  Number systems, codes and number conversion.
  Logical algebra and gate circuits.
  Logical functions and combinatorics.
  Locking signals.
  Circuit reduction with Karnaugh diagram.
  Digital flip-flops.
  555's internal function and its applications.
  The basics of microcontroller technology.
  Low level programming in Assembler.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Knowledge about the most basic binary logic and truth tables.
  Knowledge about the most elementary logic circuits and components.
  Knowledge about the basic principles for the design and simulation of simple digital circuits.
  Possesses general basic knowledge of processors and programming.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Is well acquainted with binary logic and truth tables.
  Have a good knowledge of logical circuits, components and their characteristic properties.
  Have a good knowledge of how to design and simulate simple digital circuits.
  Have a good understanding of the basic processor technology and can apply the principles of creating simple programs.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Has an excellent understanding of Boolean logic.
  Has excellent insight into logic circuits, components and their characteristic properties.
  Can independently design and simulate digital circuitry.
  Has excellent understanding of the basic processor technology and can independently create simple programs.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Own compendium.
  Hardware specific datasheets.

  Learning methods

  Lectures
  Exercises
  Simulations
  Laboratory work

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The course is assessed according to exam results and assignments.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  28.08.2023 - 17.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

  • 6 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH23UIT-LED-V
  • ELA23D-V
  • ÖH23ELA-LED-V
  • UIT23D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA23-S1 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA23-S2 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA23-Y1 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA23-Y2 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • UIT23-IT (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Roger Mäntylä

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Tutorials on the theory sections.
  Attendance requirements regarding laboratory work.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Theory exam at the end of period 1
  Assignments throughout the course

  Student's schedule and workload

  The course is held with equal load during periods 1 and 2.

  Content scheduling

  Period 1 is theory focused and period 2 is more practical.

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 40% of the course credits.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  40% - 63% of the course credits.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  64% - 87% of the course credits.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  At least 88% of the course credits.

•   Distributed Energy Systems ET22EE03-3001 08.01.2024-21.04.2024  6 credits  (ET23D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Knowledge and understanding
  After completing the course, the student should be able to
  - Knows the theory and the principle of distributed energy systems.
  - Understand requirement of electric grid and micro-grid.
  - Understands fundamentals of peak shaving and self-consumption optimization.
  - Work with Modelling tool TRNSYS
  
  Skills and Abilities
  After completing the course, student should be able to:
  - Design Model of energy exchange between building envelope and the surrounding
  - Understand basics skills of control and monitoring systems.
  - Use, describe and visualize facts from existing references documents.
  - Understand safety issues related to distributed energy systems.
  
  Evaluation Ability and Approach
  After completing the course, the student should be able to:
  - Model energy exchange between building envelope and the surrounding using TRNSYS
  - Select relevant technology based on application.

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites.

  Content of the study unit

  Generation, transmission, distribution and consumption
  Energy Supply Security
  Distributed Power Generations/Smart Grids/Microgrids
  Energy Efficiency/Energy storage
  Introduction to Transient System Simulation Tool (TRNSYS)
  Building Energy simulations

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  35% – 60% of course work and exam completed

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  60% – 85% of course work and exam completed

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  85% – 100% of course work and exam completed

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  08.01.2024 - 21.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 6 credits

  Group(s)

  • ET23D-V
  • ELA22D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA22-E (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ET23 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Shiva Sharma

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Energy Technology, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Distribution Automation ELA18SS05-3004 01.01.2024-17.03.2024  3 credits  (ELA21D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The goal of the course is to give understanding for and skills in the configuration and use of supervision, control and automation systems for the electrical power process. The course deals with the importance, functions and use of the systems in power distribution, the functionality of the systems, and the principles for selecting systems.

  Prerequisites

  No requirements in advance

  Content of the study unit

  - the electrical power process and its need for supervision and control systems
  - functionality of the systems
  - system components and building blocks
  - system types and configurations
  - selecting systems

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Concerning systems types, knows different system types.
  Concerning layout and function, knows the basic principles.
  Concerning control rooms, knows the function.
  Concerning communications, knows the principles.
  Concerning selecting system, knows the principles.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Concerning systems types, is able to make use of different system types.
  Concerning layout and function, understands and can make use of the functionality of different system types.
  Concerning control rooms, knows the control room functionality.
  Concerning communications, is acquainted with how different communication systems can be used.
  Concerning selecting system, is able to select equipment for basic system applications.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Concerning systems types, is able to specify different system types.
  Concerning layout and function, is able to plan and configure the functionality of different system types.
  Concerning control rooms, is able to plan layout and functionality.
  Concerning communications, knows the principles of layout and configuration.
  Concerning selecting system, is able to plan and select equipment for advanced systsem applications.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning methods

  - Lectures
  - Exercises
  - Project work
  - Individual studies

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  - Competence in distribution automation system types
  - Competence in distribution automation structure and function
  - Competence in electricity distribution centers
  - Competence in the distribution automation communication system
  - Competence in the distribution automation components and building blocks

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.01.2024 - 17.03.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-K (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Joachim Böling

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Pass in project work, exercises, and examination

  Student's schedule and workload

  80 working hours

  Assessment criteria

  - do not know the distribution automation system types
  - lacks knowledge of the distribution automation structure and function
  - lacks knowledge of the power distribution centers
  - lacks knowledge of the distribution automation communication system
  - do not know the distribution automation components and building blocks

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - is acquainted with the distribution automation system types
  - is familiar with the structure and function of distribution automation
  - is familiar with the power distribution centers
  - is familiar with the distribution automation communication system
  - knows about the distribution automation components and building blocks

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - is well acquainted with the distribution automation system types
  - is well versed in the structure and function of distribution automation
  - is well acquainted with the functionality of the power distribution center
  - is well versed in the distribution automation communication system
  - is well acquainted with the distribution automation components and building blocks

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - is able to choose system types for the different parts of the distribution automation
  - is able to specify and plan distribution structure and function
  - can plan the operation and functionality of operating centers
  - can plan and configure communication systems for the different parts of the distribution automation
  - can choose appropriate equipment for distribution automation

•   Electric Power Transmission ELA18EK04-3003 02.01.2024-15.03.2024  3 credits  (ELA20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  To understand and be able to explain the principles of electricity supply.
  To know the methods of electricity generation.
  To know how laws and regulations regulate the electricity supply.
  To know the principles of pricing and tariffs.
  To be able to describe constructions of electricity grids.
  To be able to describe the dimensions of transmission networks.
  Be able to account for the effect of reactive effects on the transfer.
  To be able to explain and calculate any need for serial compensation.

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites.

  Content of the study unit

  Principles of electricity supply. Methods of electricity generation. Laws and regulations governing electricity supply. Pricing and tariffs
  
  Constructions of mains. Dimensions of power grids. Impact of reactive effects on transmission. Series Compensation. Design of series compensation equipment.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  To know the principles of electricity supply.
  To know the methods of electricity generation.
  To know how laws and regulations regulate the electricity supply.
  To know the principles of pricing and tariffs.
  To be able to describe constructions of electricity grids.
  Be able to account for the effect of reactive effects on the transfer.
  To know the principles of serial compensation.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  To understand and be able to explain the principles of electricity supply.
  To know the methods of electricity generation.
  To know how laws and regulations regulate the electricity supply.
  To know the principles of pricing and tariffs.
  To be able to describe constructions of electricity grids.
  To be able to describe the dimensions of transmission networks.
  Be able to account for the effect of reactive effects on the transfer.
  To be able to explain and calculate any need for serial compensation.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  To understand and be able to explain the principles of electricity supply.
  To know the methods of electricity generation.
  To know how laws and regulations regulate the electricity supply.
  To know the principles of pricing and tariffs.
  To be able to describe constructions and make design calculations of electricity grids.
  To be able to calculate and describe the dimensions of transmission networks.
  Be able to account for the effect of reactive effects on the transfer and make calculations according to different requirements.
  To be able to explain and calculate any need for serial compensation.
  To be able to calculate transmission losses and voltage drops in transmission networks

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Kompendier av kursansvarig. Kompendier, föreläsningar och information tillgänglig på Internet.. Examensarbeten. Information från tillverkare och säljare av elnätsprodukter.
  Information om lämpliga studiematerial förmedlas via Moodle för kursen (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar, beräkningar och självstudier.
  Information och studiematerial presenteras i Moodle för kursen. (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Den huvudsakliga grunden för vitsordet i kursen bestäms av poängen i kurstenten. Kurstenten består av frågor som besvaras skriftligt och av beräkningar. (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  02.01.2024 - 15.03.2024

  Enrollment date range

  15.09.2023 - 15.01.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA20-K (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Henrik Järveläinen

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Bedömning av teoretiska prov (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tidpunkt för gemensam tent och eventuell extra tent bestäms i samförstånd med de studerande under kursens gång. Lektioner i klass enligt uppgjort schema i Peppi. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Sammanlagt 80 timmar fördelat på lektioner i klass och självstudier. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Mindre än 30 % av totalpoängen i tenten. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Vitsord 1: 30 - 39 % av totalpoängen
  Vitsord 2: 40 - 57 % av totalpoängen (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Vitsord 3: 58 - 74 % av totalpoängen
  Vitsord 4: 75 - 91 % av totalpoängen (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Vitsord 5: 92 - 100 % av totalpoängen (not translated)

•   Electrical Drawing Design ELA18EI01-3006 01.01.2024-18.02.2024  3 credits  (ELA21D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  To be able to understand and draw up different types of drawings, diagrams and lists mainly for high current installations.
  To know and be able to use different possibilities to produce drawings and diagrams using CAD programs such as AutoCAD and CADS.
  To know and be able to use designations for different types of documents.
  To be able to do calculations and documentation of installations using CADS.
  Being able to plan and document indoor installations and motor drives.

  Prerequisites

  Basic drawing techniques.

  Content of the study unit

  Different types of drawings, diagrams and lists mainly for high current installations.
  Review of various possibilities to produce drawings and diagrams using CAD programs such as AutoCAD and CADS.
  Principles for designating documents.
  Calculations and documentation of installations using CADS.
  Planning and documentation of indoor installations and motor drives.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Software providers' operating instructions.
  Component manufacturer's information material.
  Planning guides available on the Internet and in degree projects.
  Degree projects on installations and documentation.
  Compendiums and comments by the course responsible.

  Learning methods

  Joint review of basic principles for drawing up electrical drawings in class and using CADS.
  Independent exercises at your own pace with supervision as needed for each individual student.
  Information on principles for different drawings and diagrams is presented in Moodle.
  Information about various functions in CADS is presented by Kymdata and is available to everyone.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.01.2024 - 18.02.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-K (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Henrik Järveläinen

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  Approved/Rejected

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Approved exercise work according to the directives given at the start of the course and which are in Moodle for the course.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Den enskilde studerande disponerar över egen tidsanvändning så att kursen genomförs under veckorna hösten 2021. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Sammanlagt 81 timmar arbete för den enskilde studerande fördelat mellan klassundervisning enligt schemat och eget arbete och studier i egen takt. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Approved / Failed

  Approved exercise work according to the directives and to the extent given at the start of the course.

•   Electrical Networks ELA18EI04-3006 04.03.2024-28.04.2024  3 credits  (ELA21D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Know the principles of different electricity prices and tariffs and be able to make simple cost estimates.
  Knowing the structure of electricity distribution networks.
  Understand and be able to calculate voltage drops, overloads, short circuits and various disturbances in the electricity grid.
  To be able to design conductors taking into account the permissible load, voltage drop and short-circuit resistance.
  To be able to calculate the need for phase compensation.
  To know the principle of different types of protection.
  To know and be able to describe different grounding systems.
  To be able to explain and calculate earth slopes in isolated networks.
  To know the methods for inspections, checks and measurements.

  Prerequisites

  Electrical safety and measurement technology

  Content of the study unit

  Electricity prices and different tariffs.
  Construction of electricity distribution networks.
  
  Voltage drop, overload, short circuit and various disturbances in the mains.
  Design of conductors.
  Phase compensation.
  The principle of different types of protection.
  Earthing systems
  Groundings in isolated grids.
  Inspections, checks and measurements.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Know the principles of electricity distribution.
  Knows about network construction and principle diagrams.
  Knows about the effect of the reactive power on the net.
  Can calculate electricity prices for ordinary consumers.
  Can calculate voltage drop in mains.
  Can measure ground resistance.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Know the principles and methods of electricity distribution.
  Can design low voltage networks.
  Can calculate components for phase compensation.
  Can calculate electricity prices for ordinary and special consumers.
  Can calculate voltage drop and make judgments considering dimensions.
  Can account for different earthing and make measurements of earthing resistance.
  Understands the principles of earth fault protection in isolated networks.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Know the principles and methods of electricity distribution.
  Can design low voltage networks.
  Can calculate components for phase compensation.
  Can calculate electricity prices for ordinary and special consumers.
  Can calculate voltage drop and make judgments considering dimensions.
  Can account for different earthing and make measurements of earthing resistance.
  Understands the principles of earth fault protection and can calculate earth fault currents and zero voltage at earth fault.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Compendiums by the course coordinator.
  Compendiums, lectures and information available on the Internet.
  Degree projects available.
  Information from manufacturers and sellers of electrical equipment.

  Learning methods

  Lectures, calculations, laboratory work and self-study.
  Information and study material are presented in Moodle for the course.

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The main basis for the grade in the course is determined by the points in the course stent. The course element consists of questions that are answered in writing and calculations.
  The laboratory work and the reports are assessed and can increase or decrease the grade from the exam.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  04.03.2024 - 28.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 03.03.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-K (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Henrik Järveläinen

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Assessment of assignments, laboratory work, laboratory reports and theoretical tests.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  The time for a joint exam and any extra exam is determined in agreement with the students during the course. Lessons in class and laboratory sessions according to the established schedule in Peppi. Laboratory reports are submitted within two weeks of each laboratory.

  Student's schedule and workload

  A total of 81 hours divided into lessons in class (20h), laboratory sessions (16h), self-study and preparation of laboratory reports.

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 30% of the total points in the test or omitted laboratory reports.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Grade 1: 30 - 39% of the total points
  Grade 2: 40 - 57% of the total points

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Grade 3: 58 - 74% of the total points
  Grade 4: 75 - 91% of the total points

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Grade 5: 92 - 100% of the total points

•   Electrical Power Utilization ELA18EK01-3003 04.09.2023-05.11.2023  6 credits  (ELA20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  To know different basic standards that apply to electric motors.
  To be able to understand manufacturing according to norms and regulations.
  To know and be able to apply principles for the control and regulation of electric motors.
  Being able to design motors and drive systems for different types of drives.
  To know and be able to explain inverters and their impact on the electricity grid and the performance of the motors in varying operations.
  To know and be able to apply principles for the protection of electric motors.
  Knowing principles for different types of protective relays.
  To know and be able to use the protection values setting values.

  Prerequisites

  Energy production, Rotating Electrical Machines

  Content of the study unit

  Standards applicable to electric motors.
  Manufacture according to norms and regulations.
  Principles for the control and regulation of electric motors.
  Design of motors and drive systems for different types of drives.
  Converters and their effect on the electricity grid and the motors' performance in varying operations.
  Principles for the protection of electric motors.
  Principles for different types of protective relays.
  Setting relay setting values.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Knows different standards that affect the production of electric machines.
  Know the principles of governance and regulation.
  Knows about the effect of inverters on the electricity grid.
  Knows and can use different types of protective relays

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Know about different standards and how they affect the production of electric machines.
  Know the principles of governance and regulation.
  Can design drive systems for a specific engine operation.
  Knows about the effect of inverters on the electricity grid and can explain how to counteract the negative effect.
  Knows and can calculate appropriate setting values for different types of protection relays.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Know about different standards and how they affect the production of electric machines.
  Know the principles of control and regulation and can apply this to a specific operation.
  Can design drive systems for a specific engine operation.
  Knows about the effect of inverters on the electricity grid and can explain how to counteract the negative effect.
  Knows and can calculate appropriate setting values for different types of protection relays.
  Can calculate setting values for demanding engine operation.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Technical information from manufacturers of electric motors, mainly from ABB.
  Degree projects that deal with the theories that the course covers.
  Compendiums by the course leader

  Learning methods

  Lectures, arithmetic exercises, self-study and laboratory work.
  Information is provided via Moodle for the course.

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The main basis for the grade in the course is determined by the points in the course exams. The course exam consist of questions that are answered in writing and of calculations.
  All exams must be approved.
  The laboratory work and the reports are also assessed.
  Total number of points from the partial exams = 40 p.
  Total number of points from the labs = 20 p.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  04.09.2023 - 05.11.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 08.09.2023

  • 6 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA20-K (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Assessment of theoretical tests and the laboratory work and its reports.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  The times for two partial exams and any extra exams are determined in agreement with the students during the course. Lessons in class and laboratory sessions according to the established schedule in Peppi. Laboratory reports are submitted within two weeks of the last laboratory session.

  Student's schedule and workload

  A total of 162 hours divided into lessons in class, laboratory sessions, self-study and preparation of laboratory reports.

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 30% of the points in any written exam or an unapproved lab.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Grade 1: 16 points in total
  Grade 2: 26 points in total

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Grade 3: 35 points in total
  Grade 4: 44 points in total

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Grade 5: 52 points in total

•   Electrical Safety and Measurements ELA22GY06-3002 01.01.2024-18.02.2024  3 credits  (ELA23D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - knows the risks of using electricity
  - knows and is able to describe the effects of electric current in the human body
  - knows the basic electrical safety-related laws and regulations of electrical engineering
  - knows and is able to describe different protection principles against dangerous contact voltages
  - knows and is able to calculate electrical circuits to meet all safety requirements imposed on them

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites.

  Content of the study unit

  - hazards with electricity.
  - information and studies of electrical accidents and fires in Finland and other countries.
  - physiological effects of electric current.
  - the human body as a component of a circuit.
  - the effects of the current.
  - protection methods against dangerous currents.
  - definitions of key concepts in electrical safety.
  - different distribution systems.
  RCD.
  IP classes.
  Basic principles for emergency first aid in the event of an accident.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Knows the risks of using electricity.
  Knows the effects of the electric current in the human body
  Knows the basic electrical safety-related laws and regulations of electrical engineering.
  Knows different protection principles against dangerous contact voltages.
  Knows how electrical circuits are designed to meet all safety requirements imposed on them.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Knows the risks of using electricity.
  Knows and is able to describe the effects of electric current in the human body
  Knows the basic of electrical safety-related laws and regulations of electrical engineering.
  Knows and is able to describe different protection principles against dangerous contact voltages.
  Knows and is able to calculate electrical circuits to meet all safety requirements imposed on them.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Knows the risks of using electricity.
  Knows and is able to describe the effects of electric current in the human body
  Knows the basic electrical safety-related laws and regulations of electrical engineering.
  Knows and is able to describe various protection principles against dangerous contact voltages.
  Knows and is able to calculate electrical circuits to meet all safety requirements imposed on them.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Kompendier, examensarbeten och info om elsäkerhet.
  Info och länkar finns i Moodle för kursen. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar, självstudier och laborationer.
  Information och studiematerial presenteras i Moodle för kursen. (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Den huvudsakliga grunden för vitsordet i kursen bestäms av poängen i kurstenten. Kurstenten består av frågor som besvaras skriftligt och av beräkningar.
  Laborationsarbetet och rapporterna bedöms och kan höja eller sänka vitsordet från tenten. (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.01.2024 - 18.02.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA23D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA23-S1 (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA23-S2 (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA23-Y1 (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA23-Y2 (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Jan Berglund, Joachim Böling

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Bedömning av inlämningsuppgifter, laborationsarbete, laborationsrapporter och teoretiska prov. (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tidpunkt för gemensam tent och eventuell extra tent bestäms i samförstånd med de studerande under kursens gång. Lektioner i klass och laborationstillfällen enligt uppgjort schema i Peppi. Laborationsrapporter inlämnas inom två veckor från respektive laboration. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Sammanlagt 80 timmar fördelat på lektioner i klass, laborationstillfällen, självstudier och uppgörande av laborationsrapporter. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Mindre än 33 % av totalpoängen i tenten eller på grund av utelämnade rapporter. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Vitsord 1: 33 - 46,4 % av totalpoängen
  Vitsord 2: 46,5 - 59,9 % av totalpoängen (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Vitsord 3: 60 - 73,4 % av totalpoängen
  Vitsord 4: 73,5 - 86,9 % av totalpoängen (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Vitsord 5: 87 - 100 % av totalpoängen (not translated)

•   Electrical and Automation Drawing Design ELA23GY08-3001 18.03.2024-28.04.2024  3 credits  (ELA23D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - is able to draw up different types of drawings, diagrams and lists mainly for high current installations
  - is able to use different possibilities to produce drawings and diagrams using CAD programs
  - knows and is able to use designations for different types of documents
  - is able to do calculations and documentation of installations using CAD programs
  - is able to plan and document indoor installations and motor drives

  Prerequisites

  Basic drawing techniques.

  Content of the study unit

  Different types of drawings, diagrams and lists mainly for high current installations.
  Review of various possibilities to produce drawings and diagrams using CAD programs.
  Principles for designating documents.
  Calculations and documentation of installations using CAD programs.
  Planning and documentation of indoor installations and motor drives.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Software providers' operating instructions.
  Component manufacturer's information material.
  Planning guides available on the Internet and in degree projects.
  Degree projects on installations and documentation.
  Compendiums and comments by the course responsible.

  Learning methods

  Joint review of basic principles for drawing up electrical drawings in class and using CADS.
  Independent exercises at your own pace with supervision as needed for each individual student.
  Information on principles for different drawings and diagrams is presented in Moodle.
  Information about various functions in CADS is presented by Kymdata and is available to everyone.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  18.03.2024 - 28.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 03.03.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA23D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA23-S (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA23-Y (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Henrik Järveläinen

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  Approved/Rejected

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Approved exercise work according to the directives given at the start of the course and which are in Moodle for the course.

  Student's schedule and workload

  Sammanlagt 81 timmar arbete för den enskilde studerande fördelat mellan klassundervisning enligt schemat och eget arbete och studier i egen takt.
  På engelska (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Approved / Failed

  Godkända övningsarbeten enligt de direktiv och i den omfattning som ges vid kursstarten. (not translated)

•   Electricity and Magnetism TKV23EL01-3003 20.03.2024-03.04.2024  3 credits  (ÖH22FLEXING) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  - The course covers the basic concepts in electrical safety, electricity, electric motors and electrical installations.
  - Students learn the central concepts and dangers that electricity can bring

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites

  Content of the study unit

  - Charges, Coulomb's law and electric fields
  - Potential and voltage, current and resistance
  Ohm's law
  Kirchhoff's laws
  - Electrical power and energy
  - Alternating current (AC) and direct current (DC)
  3-phase
  Frequency
  - Electric motors
  Asynchronous motors
  Synchronous motors
  DC motors
  - Electrical safety
  - Electrical installation
  Fuses
  Residual current protection
  Color marking of conductors

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Can solve simple calculations using Ohm's law, power law and Coulomb's law
  - Knows the difference between AC voltage and DC voltage
  - Can calculate the resistance of a conductor
  - Knows the main types of electric motors
  - Knows basic things about electrical safety
  - Knows the color marking of conductors in electrical installations in buildings

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Can calculate replacement resistance for series and parallel connected resistors
  - Can calculate potential in circuits
  - Can describe in more detail the difference between different types of electric motors
  - Has a more detailed understanding of electrical safety
  - Knows the role of a fuse and a residual current device in an electrical installation
  - Understands the placement of the phases from a geometric perspective

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Can calculate current and voltage in combined series and parallel connections of resistors
  - Can calculate currents, voltages and phase differences in simple AC circuits

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Matts Nickull

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  20.03.2024 - 03.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  01.12.2023 - 24.03.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH22FLEXING

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Jan Berglund

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Electricity and Magnetism TKV22EL01-3004 03.03.2024-05.05.2024  3 credits  (PRE23D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - knows the basic concepts of electricity and magnetism
  - knows how to analyze simple DC circuits.

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites

  Content of the study unit

  Charges, Coulomb's law and electric fields
  Potential and voltage
  Current, resistance, Ohm's law and Kirchhoff's laws
  Electrical power and energy
  Potential in electrical circuits
  Voltage sources
  
  Application according to specific education may occur.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Knows the interactions between electricity and magnetism
  - Knows how voltage sources and resistors act in a circuit
  - Can calculate the resistance of a conductor
  - Can calculate the heat effect in a resistor
  - Can calculate currents and voltages in simple circuits
  - Can calculate voltage and current using resistances

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Can calculate resistance for serial and parallel connections
  - Can take into account the internal resistance in a voltage source
  - Can calculate potential in circuits
  - Can calculate currents with the help of Kirchoff laws.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Can calculate currents in a circuit with the help of superposition of voltage sources
  - Can calculate currents and voltages for Y- and deltaconnected resistances
  - Can optimize power for DC-circuits.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Jan Berglund

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Compendium.

  Learning methods

  Lectures
  Practical calculation
  Simulations
  Self studies

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The exam consists of questions from the different sections.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  03.03.2024 - 05.05.2024

  Enrollment date range

  03.02.2024 - 03.03.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • PRE23D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Jan Berglund

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Written exam.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  April 2024.

  Student's schedule and workload

  Altogether 81 hours, of which 36 hours are given as classroom education.

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 33,3 % points from the written exam.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Grade 1: 33,3 % - 47,2 % of total points.
  Grade 2: 47,3 % - 61,1 % of total points.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Grade 3: 61,2 % - 74,9 % of total points.
  Grade 4: 75,0 % - 88,8 % of total points.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  88,8% of total points or more.

•   Electricity and Magnetism TKV23EL01-3001 04.09.2023-23.02.2024  3 credits  (ELA23D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  - The course covers the basic concepts in electrical safety, electricity, electric motors and electrical installations.
  - Students learn the central concepts and dangers that electricity can bring

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites

  Content of the study unit

  - Charges, Coulomb's law and electric fields
  - Potential and voltage, current and resistance
  Ohm's law
  Kirchhoff's laws
  - Electrical power and energy
  - Alternating current (AC) and direct current (DC)
  3-phase
  Frequency
  - Electric motors
  Asynchronous motors
  Synchronous motors
  DC motors
  - Electrical safety
  - Electrical installation
  Fuses
  Residual current protection
  Color marking of conductors

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Can solve simple calculations using Ohm's law, power law and Coulomb's law
  - Knows the difference between AC voltage and DC voltage
  - Can calculate the resistance of a conductor
  - Knows the main types of electric motors
  - Knows basic things about electrical safety
  - Knows the color marking of conductors in electrical installations in buildings

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Can calculate replacement resistance for series and parallel connected resistors
  - Can calculate potential in circuits
  - Can describe in more detail the difference between different types of electric motors
  - Has a more detailed understanding of electrical safety
  - Knows the role of a fuse and a residual current device in an electrical installation
  - Understands the placement of the phases from a geometric perspective

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Can calculate current and voltage in combined series and parallel connections of resistors
  - Can calculate currents, voltages and phase differences in simple AC circuits

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Compendium and textbook.

  Learning methods

  Lectures
  Practical calculation
  Simulations
  Self studies
  Home exercises

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The written exam has four questions with six points each. A total of 24 points. All questions are calculations.
  Six points in a task require complete calculation with the right values ​​and the right answer.
  Points are given for correct thinking, carelessness gives deductions.
  The home exercises can give a maximum of six points extra.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  04.09.2023 - 23.02.2024

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA23D-V
  • ÖH23ELA-LED-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA23-S (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA23-Y (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Written exam with possibility to get extra points from the home exercises.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Week 41.

  Student's schedule and workload

  Altogether 81 hours, of which 36 hours are given as classroom education. Six weeks with three two-hour lectures per week.

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 8 points from the written exam.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Grade 1: 8 - 11,5 points.
  Grade 2: 12 - 15,5 points.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Grade 3: 16 - 19,5 points.
  Grade 4: 20 - 23,5 points.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  24 points and more.

•   Electricity and Magnetism TKV23EL01-3002 04.09.2023-30.11.2023  3 credits  (ÖH23UIT-LED-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  - The course covers the basic concepts in electrical safety, electricity, electric motors and electrical installations.
  - Students learn the central concepts and dangers that electricity can bring

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites

  Content of the study unit

  - Charges, Coulomb's law and electric fields
  - Potential and voltage, current and resistance
  Ohm's law
  Kirchhoff's laws
  - Electrical power and energy
  - Alternating current (AC) and direct current (DC)
  3-phase
  Frequency
  - Electric motors
  Asynchronous motors
  Synchronous motors
  DC motors
  - Electrical safety
  - Electrical installation
  Fuses
  Residual current protection
  Color marking of conductors

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Can solve simple calculations using Ohm's law, power law and Coulomb's law
  - Knows the difference between AC voltage and DC voltage
  - Can calculate the resistance of a conductor
  - Knows the main types of electric motors
  - Knows basic things about electrical safety
  - Knows the color marking of conductors in electrical installations in buildings

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Can calculate replacement resistance for series and parallel connected resistors
  - Can calculate potential in circuits
  - Can describe in more detail the difference between different types of electric motors
  - Has a more detailed understanding of electrical safety
  - Knows the role of a fuse and a residual current device in an electrical installation
  - Understands the placement of the phases from a geometric perspective

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Can calculate current and voltage in combined series and parallel connections of resistors
  - Can calculate currents, voltages and phase differences in simple AC circuits

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Kaj Wikman

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Compendium and textbook.

  Learning methods

  Lectures
  Practical calculation
  Simulations
  Self studies
  Home exercises

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The written exam has four questions with six points each. A total of 24 points. All questions are calculations.
  Six points in a task require complete calculation with the right values ​​and the right answer.
  Points are given for correct thinking, carelessness gives deductions.
  The home exercises can give a maximum of six points extra.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  04.09.2023 - 30.11.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH23UIT-LED-V
  • UIT23D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Written exam with possibility to get extra points from the home exercises.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Week 41.

  Student's schedule and workload

  Altogether 81 hours, of which 36 hours are given as classroom education. Six weeks with three two-hour lectures per week.

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 8 points from the written exam.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Grade 1: 8 - 11,5 points.
  Grade 2: 12 - 15,5 points.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Grade 3: 16 - 19,5 points.
  Grade 4: 20 - 23,5 points.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  24 points and more.

•   Electricity and Magnetism TKV22EL01-3005 04.03.2024-05.05.2024  3 credits  (MAP23D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - knows the basic concepts of electricity and magnetism
  - knows how to analyze simple DC circuits.

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites

  Content of the study unit

  Charges, Coulomb's law and electric fields
  Potential and voltage
  Current, resistance, Ohm's law and Kirchhoff's laws
  Electrical power and energy
  Potential in electrical circuits
  Voltage sources
  
  Application according to specific education may occur.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Knows the interactions between electricity and magnetism
  - Knows how voltage sources and resistors act in a circuit
  - Can calculate the resistance of a conductor
  - Can calculate the heat effect in a resistor
  - Can calculate currents and voltages in simple circuits
  - Can calculate voltage and current using resistances

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Can calculate resistance for serial and parallel connections
  - Can take into account the internal resistance in a voltage source
  - Can calculate potential in circuits
  - Can calculate currents with the help of Kirchoff laws.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Can calculate currents in a circuit with the help of superposition of voltage sources
  - Can calculate currents and voltages for Y- and deltaconnected resistances
  - Can optimize power for DC-circuits.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Kaj Rintanen

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Compendium.

  Learning methods

  Lectures
  Practical calculation
  Simulations
  Self studies

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The exam consists of questions from the different sections.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  04.03.2024 - 05.05.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 03.03.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • MAP23D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Jan Berglund

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Written exam.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  April 2024.

  Student's schedule and workload

  Altogether 81 hours, of which 36 hours are given as classroom education.

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 33,3 % points from the written exam.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Grade 1: 33,3 % - 47,2 % of total points.
  Grade 2: 47,3 % - 61,1 % of total points.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Grade 3: 61,2 % - 74,9 % of total points.
  Grade 4: 75,0 % - 88,8 % of total points.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  88,8% of total points or more.

•   Electrostatic and Magnetic Fields ELA22GY14-3001 23.10.2023-10.12.2023  3 credits  (ELA22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - knows the basics of electric fields
  - knows the basics of magnetic fields.

  Prerequisites

  Mechanics, Geometry and Vectors.

  Content of the study unit

  - electric fields
  - magnetic field
  - magnetic circuits
  - electromagnetic induction

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Electrostatic fields: Know the basic quantities and units.
  Magnetic fields: Know the basic quantities and units.
  Electromagnetic induction: Know the basic quantities and units.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Know about the physical connections between basic variables in electrical engineering.
  Can calculate magnetic fields in vacuum.
  Know the principles of electromagnetic induction and its technical applications.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can use the theory of electrostatic fields to solve problems in electrical engineering.
  Can calculate magnetic fields in magnetic materials.
  Know the basic operating principle for transformers, motors and generators.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Compendium
  Supplementary material.

  Learning methods

  Lectures
  Calculation exercises
  Self studies

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Two written exams (33.3% for approved course grade in both parts). Maximum three attempts/exam.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  23.10.2023 - 10.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 27.10.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA22D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA22-S (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA22-Y (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Matts Nickull

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Two written exams

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  The first exam (Electrostatic fields) is arranged week 45.
  The second exam (Electromagnetic fields) is arranged week 49.

  Student's schedule and workload

  A total of 81 hours, of which lectures/exams 36 hours (weeks 43 - 49).

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 33.3 % of the total score.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Grade 1: 33.3 % - 47.2 % of the total score.
  Grade 2: 47.3 % - 61.1 % of the total score.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Grade 3: 61.2 % - 74.9 % of the total score.
  Grade 4: 75.0 % - 88.8 % of the total score.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  More than 88.8 % of the total score.

•   Embedded Systems ELA18IK01-3003 23.10.2023-17.12.2023  3 credits  (ELA20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The goal is to understand a near real-time operating system (RTOS), develop applications for this OS, first by running the operating system in a simulation, then on hardware. Hardware is studied to the extent necessary for the applications in question.

  Prerequisites

  Programming courses and network courses according to grades 2-3

  Content of the study unit

  - Knowledge of programming at microcontroller level and embedded systems: program structure and use of necessary tools.
  - Programming in simulator and on hardware.
  - Basic knowledge of typical hardware
  - Understand the advantages and disadvantages of a near real-time operating system (RTOS)
  - Developing applications for an RTOS,

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Foundations and concepts.
  Know the basics and analyze finished programs for embedded systems.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Analyze, understand and plan a solution with regard to reliability.
  Write program totals with real-time requirements.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Design reliable and integrated solutions.
  Implement more advanced solutions for hardware-based embedded systems.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Moodle (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Kursen baserar sig på föreläsningar, självstudier och övningar i klassrumsmiljö. (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Bedömningen sker via ett prov samt en ELLER ett utfört projekt. Dessa kontrolleras genom inlämning och genom att ett antal frågor i provet kan berör uppgiften. (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  23.10.2023 - 17.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 22.10.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA20-I (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Kaj Wikman

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Våren 2024 (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Känna till grunderna och analysera färdiga program för inbyggda system.
  Minst 10/30p. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Analyser, förstå och planera en lösning med beaktande av driftsäkerhet.
  Skriva programhelheter med realtidskrav.
  Minst 18/30p (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Konstruera driftsäkra och integrerade lösningar.
  Implementerar mera avancerade lösningar för hårdvarubaserade inbyggda system.
  Minst 26/30p (not translated)

•   Energy: Resources, Transfer and Storage ET22TE02-3002 04.09.2023-17.12.2023  6 credits  (ET23D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Discuss Sankey diagrams with respect to climate change impacts
  Review and evaluate a range of low carbon energy generation technologies
  Appraise the benefits/limitations of developing energy storage solutions
  Describe the challenges of renewable energy and grid distribution infrastructure
  Identify `nudge´ psychology with policy to modify human behavioural patterns

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites.

  Content of the study unit

  This course focuses on a number of renewable low carbon and rapidly emerging energy storage alternatives. Specifically, those related to the transport and power generation sectors. It will discuss current and future implementation as a means to limit the emissions of GHG’s and thereby mitigate the effects of global warming.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  It will contain basic summaries/descriptions of some of the topics covered and will contain some sense of the student’s learning, but it may be sketchy, disorganised, short, or lacking a sense of progression. While there will be some evidence of understanding, the work will show very limited evidence of critical selection, analysis and reflection.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  It will show a clear and developing understanding of the concepts and issues addressed in the course, and provide both critical analysis and reflection on the topics of the course. The work will cover the main topics/themes but may draw on supplementary resources as well. There will be clear evidence of the student’s own learning process and of active engagement with the course content.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  It will not only demonstrate comprehensive and relevant coverage of the course
  material but it will also present substantial analysis, evaluation and synthesis.
  Work in this range will draw on a considerable amount of supplementary resources, take a particularly original approach to reflection, or point out exceptionally insightful or unexpected links between different elements of the course. The work submitted will reflect a persistent and high level of engagement and learning and will demonstrate a cumulative understanding of the course material

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Course documentation is within Moodle together with relevant teaching materials and reference documents

  Learning methods

  Competence objectives of the study unit
  This module familiarises students with a number of renewable low carbon and rapidly emerging energy storage alternatives, specifically, those related to the transport and power generation sectors. It will discuss current and future implementation as a means to limit the emissions of GHG’s and thereby mitigate the effects of global warming.
  
  Areas that will be considered are: National power mix, Intermittency and dispatchability, Sankey diagrams, Solar/Wind - key technologies, SAM Modelling software, Hydropower, Nuclear power, Intro' energy storage- options
  
  Format of delivery
  Lectures, group presentations, group work, self-study, computer classes and study visit(s)
  
  Information and study materials are provided in Moodle for the course

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  To complete the course the following criteria are used for evaluation:
  
  
  1. Individual learning diaries
  2. Individual short report
  3. Group SAM model simulation and presentation
  4. Individual review report of group work
  5. Attendance to lectures/study visits
  
  FYI. Grade scale used - modification of EPS

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  04.09.2023 - 17.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

  • 6 credits

  Group(s)

  • ET23D-V
  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ET23 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-E (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Philip Hollins

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Energy Technology, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Student's schedule and workload

  6 ETCS = 162 hours
  
  Contact teaching and computer classes approx ~ 30 hr
  Study visits ~4hr
  Independent (and group) studying and preparation ~128 hr

  Assessment criteria

  <50% of the maximum number of credits earned in the assignments

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  50-59% (=1) or 60-69% (=2) of the maximum number of credits earned in the assignments respectively

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  70-79% (=3) or 80-89% (=4) of the maximum number of credits earned in the assignments respectively

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  90-100% (=5) of the maximum number of credits earned in the assignments respectively

•   English for Working Life TKV22EN01-3002 23.10.2023-17.12.2023  3 credits  (PRE22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The course enables the students to become confident in using English at work and in situations connected with work by providing them tools for basic job related documents and, to improve their understanding of grammar to allow them to work more successfully in English.
  The course will also give tools for students to be able to negotiate and manage meetings and other working life related situations in English, while at the same time developing fluency in English.

  Prerequisites

  No prior knowledge requirements

  Content of the study unit

  - Skills and documents in job seeking: (CV, job application, elevator pitch, preparation for a job interview)
  
  -Working skills: writing emails and communicating in work-related contexts (meetings, presentations and documents)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Being able to identify the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage.
  Creating templates of working-life and business related documents in English.
  Identifying the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
  Being able to define the elements of meetings and negotiation stages in English.
  Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Being able to create documents using the different styles of English, according to their characteristics and terms of usage.
  Creating personalized and up-to-date documents in engineering and working life.
  Being able to attend and manage the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
  Being able to attend and manage meeting and negotiations in English.
  Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Being able to implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage and communicate successfully within the framework.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the concept of working life and engineering related documents.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and further skills needed in English.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of managing meetings and negotiations in English.
  Being able to successfully deliver an oral presentation on a specific subject within engineering or working life according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation using the rhetorical and linguistic tools introduced in the course.

  ---

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  23.10.2023 - 17.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 22.10.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • PRE22D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ellinor Granholm

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Land Surveying

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   English for Working Life TKV22EN01-3004 28.08.2023-29.10.2023  3 credits  (BYS22D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The course enables the students to become confident in using English at work and in situations connected with work by providing them tools for basic job related documents and, to improve their understanding of grammar to allow them to work more successfully in English.
  The course will also give tools for students to be able to negotiate and manage meetings and other working life related situations in English, while at the same time developing fluency in English.

  Prerequisites

  No prior knowledge requirements

  Content of the study unit

  - Skills and documents in job seeking: (CV, job application, elevator pitch, preparation for a job interview)
  
  -Working skills: writing emails and communicating in work-related contexts (meetings, presentations and documents)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Being able to identify the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage.
  Creating templates of working-life and business related documents in English.
  Identifying the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
  Being able to define the elements of meetings and negotiation stages in English.
  Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Being able to create documents using the different styles of English, according to their characteristics and terms of usage.
  Creating personalized and up-to-date documents in engineering and working life.
  Being able to attend and manage the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
  Being able to attend and manage meeting and negotiations in English.
  Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Being able to implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage and communicate successfully within the framework.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the concept of working life and engineering related documents.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and further skills needed in English.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of managing meetings and negotiations in English.
  Being able to successfully deliver an oral presentation on a specific subject within engineering or working life according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation using the rhetorical and linguistic tools introduced in the course.

  ---

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Teacher's material

  Learning methods

  Contact teaching, in-class activities, individual assignments, and oral presentations.

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Continuous assessment: students are assessed throughout the course
  -participation in in-class activities, individual assignments, group works, and final exam

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  28.08.2023 - 29.10.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • BYS22D-V
  • BYL22D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Hanna Kuusisto

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Land Surveying

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Book exam (more information about this will be given on the first meeting)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Final exam

  Student's schedule and workload

  27 hours individual workload per 1 credit (a total of 3 ETCS)

  Assessment criteria

  Lack of attendance, incompleted assignments, failed final exam.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Being able to identify the different styles of English, their characteristics, and usage.
  Creating templates of working-life and business-related documents in English.
  Identifying the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview, and the skills needed in English.
  Being able to define the elements of meetings and negotiation stages in English.
  Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Being able to create documents using the different styles of English, according to their characteristics and terms of usage.
  Creating personalized and up-to-date documents in engineering and working life.
  Being able to attend and manage the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview, and the skills needed in English.
  Being able to attend and manage meetings and negotiations in English.
  Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Being able to implement and critically reflect on the gained knowledge of the different styles of English, their characteristics, and usage and communicate successfully within the framework.
  Being able to apply, implement, and critically reflect on the gained knowledge of the concept of working life and engineering-related documents.
  Being able to apply, implement, and critically reflect on the gained knowledge of the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview, and further skills needed in English.
  Being able to apply, implement, and critically reflect on the gained knowledge of managing meetings and negotiations in English.
  Being able to successfully deliver an oral presentation on a specific subject within engineering or working life according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation using the rhetorical and linguistic tools introduced in the course.

•   English for Working Life TKV22EN01-3001 04.09.2023-15.10.2023  3 credits  (ELA22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The course enables the students to become confident in using English at work and in situations connected with work by providing them tools for basic job related documents and, to improve their understanding of grammar to allow them to work more successfully in English.
  The course will also give tools for students to be able to negotiate and manage meetings and other working life related situations in English, while at the same time developing fluency in English.

  Prerequisites

  No prior knowledge requirements

  Content of the study unit

  - Skills and documents in job seeking: (CV, job application, elevator pitch, preparation for a job interview)
  
  -Working skills: writing emails and communicating in work-related contexts (meetings, presentations and documents)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Being able to identify the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage.
  Creating templates of working-life and business related documents in English.
  Identifying the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
  Being able to define the elements of meetings and negotiation stages in English.
  Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Being able to create documents using the different styles of English, according to their characteristics and terms of usage.
  Creating personalized and up-to-date documents in engineering and working life.
  Being able to attend and manage the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
  Being able to attend and manage meeting and negotiations in English.
  Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Being able to implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage and communicate successfully within the framework.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the concept of working life and engineering related documents.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and further skills needed in English.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of managing meetings and negotiations in English.
  Being able to successfully deliver an oral presentation on a specific subject within engineering or working life according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation using the rhetorical and linguistic tools introduced in the course.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Teacher's material

  Learning methods

  Continuous assessment: students are assessed throughout the course
  -participation in in-class activities, individual assignments, group works, and final exam

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Continuous assessment: students are assessed throughout the course
  -participation in in-class activities, individual assignments, group works, and final exam

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  04.09.2023 - 15.10.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA22D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA22-S (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA22-Y (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Hanna Kuusisto

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Land Surveying

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Book exam (more information about this will be given at the first meeting)

  Student's schedule and workload

  27 hours individual workload per 1 credit (a total of 3 ETCS)

  Assessment criteria

  Lack of attendance, incompleted assignments, failed final exam.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Being able to identify the different styles of English, their characteristics, and usage.
  Creating templates of working-life and business-related documents in English.
  Identifying the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview, and the skills needed in English.
  Being able to define the elements of meetings and negotiation stages in English.
  Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Being able to create documents using the different styles of English, according to their characteristics and terms of usage.
  Creating personalized and up-to-date documents in engineering and working life.
  Being able to attend and manage the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview, and the skills needed in English.
  Being able to attend and manage meetings and negotiations in English.
  Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Being able to implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the different styles of English, their characteristics, and usage and communicate successfully within the framework.
  Being able to apply, implement, and critically reflect on the gained knowledge of the concept of working life and engineering-related documents.
  Being able to apply, implement, and critically reflect on the gained knowledge of the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview, and further skills needed in English.
  Being able to apply, implement, and critically reflect on the gained knowledge of managing meetings and negotiations in English.
  Being able to successfully deliver an oral presentation on a specific subject within engineering or working life according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation using the rhetorical and linguistic tools introduced in the course.

•   English for Working Life TKV22EN01-3009 01.01.2024-17.03.2024  3 credits  (MAP22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The course enables the students to become confident in using English at work and in situations connected with work by providing them tools for basic job related documents and, to improve their understanding of grammar to allow them to work more successfully in English.
  The course will also give tools for students to be able to negotiate and manage meetings and other working life related situations in English, while at the same time developing fluency in English.

  Prerequisites

  No prior knowledge requirements

  Content of the study unit

  - Skills and documents in job seeking: (CV, job application, elevator pitch, preparation for a job interview)
  
  -Working skills: writing emails and communicating in work-related contexts (meetings, presentations and documents)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Being able to identify the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage.
  Creating templates of working-life and business related documents in English.
  Identifying the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
  Being able to define the elements of meetings and negotiation stages in English.
  Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Being able to create documents using the different styles of English, according to their characteristics and terms of usage.
  Creating personalized and up-to-date documents in engineering and working life.
  Being able to attend and manage the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and the skills needed in English.
  Being able to attend and manage meeting and negotiations in English.
  Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Being able to implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the different styles of English, their characteristics and usage and communicate successfully within the framework.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the concept of working life and engineering related documents.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview and further skills needed in English.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of managing meetings and negotiations in English.
  Being able to successfully deliver an oral presentation on a specific subject within engineering or working life according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation using the rhetorical and linguistic tools introduced in the course.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Kaj Rintanen

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Teacher's material

  Learning methods

  Continuous assessment: students are assessed throughout the course
  -participation in in-class activities, individual assignments, group works, and final exam

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Continuous assessment: students are assessed throughout the course
  -participation in in-class activities, individual assignments, group works, and final exam

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2024 - 17.03.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • MAP22D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ellinor Granholm

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Land Surveying

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Book exam (more information about this will be given at the first meeting)

  Student's schedule and workload

  27 hours individual workload per 1 credit (a total of 3 ETCS)

  Assessment criteria

  Lack of attendance, incompleted assignments, failed final exam.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Being able to identify the different styles of English, their characteristics, and usage.
  Creating templates of working-life and business-related documents in English.
  Identifying the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview, and the skills needed in English.
  Being able to define the elements of meetings and negotiation stages in English.
  Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Being able to create documents using the different styles of English, according to their characteristics and terms of usage.
  Creating personalized and up-to-date documents in engineering and working life.
  Being able to attend and manage the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview, and the skills needed in English.
  Being able to attend and manage meetings and negotiations in English.
  Being able to deliver an oral presentation on a subject within engineering or working life in general according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Being able to implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the different styles of English, their characteristics, and usage and communicate successfully within the framework.
  Being able to apply, implement, and critically reflect on the gained knowledge of the concept of working life and engineering-related documents.
  Being able to apply, implement, and critically reflect on the gained knowledge of the processes of applying for a job, attending a job interview, and further skills needed in English.
  Being able to apply, implement, and critically reflect on the gained knowledge of managing meetings and negotiations in English.
  Being able to successfully deliver an oral presentation on a specific subject within engineering or working life according to the principles of a constructed and professional presentation using the rhetorical and linguistic tools introduced in the course.

•   Extended Programming ELA22PR03-3001 01.01.2024-18.03.2024  3 credits  (ELA22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - is be able to program applications that use functions and read and write text files
  - understands and is able to use pointers and dynamic memory management in the program code
  - understands and is able to use structures and classes in the program code.

  Prerequisites

  The course Programming Basics..

  Content of the study unit

  Repetition of basic procedural programming.
  More advanced functions.
  Reading and writing data files.
  Pointers and dynamic memory management.
  Structures and classes.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student can read data from a text file and write data to a text file.
  The student understands the concept of pointers and can create pointers for variables and arrays.
  The student can create and use simple structures.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student can read and write a text file and can perform calculations on that data..
  The student can dynamically allocate and deallocate memory for variables and arrays.
  The student understands the difference between structures and classes and can create classes and instantiate objects.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student can independently solve data storage problems using text files.
  The student can independently solve problems that require dynamic memory management.
  The student can independently divide code into classes.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.01.2024 - 18.03.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 15.01.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA22D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA22-I (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Kaj Wikman

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Finnish TKV22FI01-3001 23.10.2023-03.12.2023  2 credits  (ELA22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student
  - has a good general vocabulary
  - masters the central grammar
  - understands general Finnish texts (factual texts, articles, etc.)
  - understands and is able to write everyday life's letters and messages
  - can orally cope in everyday situations

  Prerequisites

  The starting level is B1, which corresponds to C in long Finnish (A-Finnish) or M in short Finnish (B-Finnish) in the student.

  Content of the study unit

  - Repetition of the central grammar
  - School and studies
  - Working life
  - Environment
  - Daily situations
  
  Application according to specific education may occur.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  23.10.2023 - 03.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 22.10.2023

  • 2 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA22D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA22-S (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA22-Y (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Emilia Vikfors-Lintala, Pernilla Fagerström

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management, Degree Programme in Land Surveying

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Finnish TKV22FI01-3005 01.03.2024-12.04.2024  2 credits  (PRE22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student
  - has a good general vocabulary
  - masters the central grammar
  - understands general Finnish texts (factual texts, articles, etc.)
  - understands and is able to write everyday life's letters and messages
  - can orally cope in everyday situations

  Prerequisites

  The starting level is B1, which corresponds to C in long Finnish (A-Finnish) or M in short Finnish (B-Finnish) in the student.

  Content of the study unit

  - Repetition of the central grammar
  - School and studies
  - Working life
  - Environment
  - Daily situations
  
  Application according to specific education may occur.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Emilia Vikfors-Lintala

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Material i Moodle (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.03.2024 - 12.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  01.12.2023 - 29.02.2024

  • 2 credits

  Group(s)

  • PRE22D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Pernilla Fagerström

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management, Degree Programme in Land Surveying

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Finnish TKV22FI01-3007 01.01.2024-11.02.2024  2 credits  (BYS22D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student
  - has a good general vocabulary
  - masters the central grammar
  - understands general Finnish texts (factual texts, articles, etc.)
  - understands and is able to write everyday life's letters and messages
  - can orally cope in everyday situations

  Prerequisites

  The starting level is B1, which corresponds to C in long Finnish (A-Finnish) or M in short Finnish (B-Finnish) in the student.

  Content of the study unit

  - Repetition of the central grammar
  - School and studies
  - Working life
  - Environment
  - Daily situations
  
  Application according to specific education may occur.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Leif Östman

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.01.2024 - 11.02.2024

  Enrollment date range

  01.12.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 2 credits

  Group(s)

  • BYS22D-V
  • BYL22D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Pernilla Fagerström

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management, Degree Programme in Land Surveying

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Finnish TKV22FI01-3008 04.03.2024-14.04.2024  2 credits  (MAP22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student
  - has a good general vocabulary
  - masters the central grammar
  - understands general Finnish texts (factual texts, articles, etc.)
  - understands and is able to write everyday life's letters and messages
  - can orally cope in everyday situations

  Prerequisites

  The starting level is B1, which corresponds to C in long Finnish (A-Finnish) or M in short Finnish (B-Finnish) in the student.

  Content of the study unit

  - Repetition of the central grammar
  - School and studies
  - Working life
  - Environment
  - Daily situations
  
  Application according to specific education may occur.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5). In order to complete the course with an approved grade (grade 1), the student should have the knowledge required for level B1.1. Approved grades in this course are required to participate in the Työelämän suomi course.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Kaj Rintanen

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Material i Moodle (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  04.03.2024 - 14.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  01.12.2023 - 03.03.2024

  • 2 credits

  Group(s)

  • MAP22D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Pernilla Fagerström

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management, Degree Programme in Land Surveying

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Finnish for Working Life TKV18FI02-3020 02.10.2023-17.12.2023  4 credits  (ELA21D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  To master the central vocabulary in the own field
  To deal with work-related situations orally and in writing
  To be able to write different types of texts and prepare different types of documents
  Understand and be able to make use of information from texts (articles, official documents etc.) concerning the own industry
  To be able to give a structured presentation in Finnish
  Being able to attend and lead a meeting in Finnish
  Orally and in writing master the central grammar

  Prerequisites

  Suomi

  Content of the study unit

  Working life and own field
  Entrepreneurship
  Business Communications
  Meeting technology and terminology
  Thesis abstract

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.
  
  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).
  
  Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.
  
  All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.
  
  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).
  
  Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.
  
  All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.
  
  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).
  
  Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.
  
  All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  ---

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Compendium + other material on Moodle.

  Learning methods

  - Language of teaching Finnish
  - Interactive lessons (attendance 75 %)
  - Shorter lectures
  - Pair and group discussions
  - Written exercises and written assignments
  - Own work
  - Presentation and opposition
  - Oral and written exam

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Assessment on the basis of
  - Oral exam, oral presentation and other oral exercises (including kokous)
  - Written exams/tests
  - Written assignments
  - Class activity
  - Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  02.10.2023 - 17.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 01.10.2023

  • 4 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-A (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-E (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-K (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-I (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Pernilla Fagerström

  Additional information

  Remember to also sign up for the written and oral parts:
  YH10FI01-M-3096
  YH10FI01-S-3090

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying), Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Bilingual students can take the course partially at a distance. Some occasions are mandatory for everyone. More info on the first lesson.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Written exam during the last lesson.
  Retake on general re-examination.

  Student's schedule and workload

  4 credits = 108 h work (c. 42 h in class, c. 66 h own work)

  Assessment criteria

  The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
  Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
  Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
  Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
  Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

•   Finnish for Working Life TKV18FI02-3022 28.08.2023-29.10.2023  4 credits  (MAP21D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  To master the central vocabulary in the own field
  To deal with work-related situations orally and in writing
  To be able to write different types of texts and prepare different types of documents
  Understand and be able to make use of information from texts (articles, official documents etc.) concerning the own industry
  To be able to give a structured presentation in Finnish
  Being able to attend and lead a meeting in Finnish
  Orally and in writing master the central grammar

  Prerequisites

  Suomi

  Content of the study unit

  Working life and own field
  Entrepreneurship
  Business Communications
  Meeting technology and terminology
  Thesis abstract

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.
  
  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).
  
  Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.
  
  All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.
  
  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).
  
  Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.
  
  All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.
  
  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).
  
  Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.
  
  All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  ---

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Compendium + other material on Moodle.

  Learning methods

  - Language of teaching Finnish
  - Interactive lessons (attendance 75 %)
  - Shorter lectures
  - Pair and group discussions
  - Written exercises and written assignments
  - Own work
  - Presentation and opposition
  - Oral and written exam

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Assessment on the basis of
  - Oral exam, oral presentation and other oral exercises (including kokous)
  - Written exams/tests
  - Written assignments
  - Class activity
  - Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  28.08.2023 - 29.10.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 28.08.2023

  • 4 credits

  Group(s)

  • MAP21D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Pernilla Fagerström

  Additional information

  Remember to also sign up for the written and oral parts:
  YH10FI01-M-3096
  YH10FI01-S-3090

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying), Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Bilingual students can take the course partially at a distance. Some occasions are mandatory for everyone. More info on the first lesson.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Written exam during the last lesson.
  Retake on general re-examination.

  Student's schedule and workload

  4 credits = 108 h work (c. 42 h in class, c. 66 h own work)

  Assessment criteria

  The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
  Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
  Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
  Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
  Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

•   Finnish for Working Life TKV18FI02-3023 28.08.2023-03.12.2023  4 credits  (BYL21D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  To master the central vocabulary in the own field
  To deal with work-related situations orally and in writing
  To be able to write different types of texts and prepare different types of documents
  Understand and be able to make use of information from texts (articles, official documents etc.) concerning the own industry
  To be able to give a structured presentation in Finnish
  Being able to attend and lead a meeting in Finnish
  Orally and in writing master the central grammar

  Prerequisites

  Suomi

  Content of the study unit

  Working life and own field
  Entrepreneurship
  Business Communications
  Meeting technology and terminology
  Thesis abstract

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.
  
  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).
  
  Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.
  
  All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.
  
  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).
  
  Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.
  
  All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.
  
  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).
  
  Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.
  
  All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  ---

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Compendium + other material on Moodle.

  Learning methods

  - Language of teaching Finnish
  - Interactive lessons (attendance 75 %)
  - Shorter lectures
  - Pair and group discussions
  - Written exercises and written assignments
  - Own work
  - Presentation and opposition
  - Oral and written exam

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Assessment on the basis of
  - Oral exam, oral presentation and other oral exercises (including kokous)
  - Written exams/tests
  - Written assignments
  - Class activity
  - Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  28.08.2023 - 03.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 28.08.2023

  • 4 credits

  Group(s)

  • BYL21D-V
  • BYS21D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Pernilla Fagerström

  Additional information

  Remember to also sign up for the written and oral parts:
  YH10FI01-M-3096
  YH10FI01-S-3090

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying), Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Bilingual students can take the course partially at a distance. Some occasions are mandatory for everyone. More info on the first lesson.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Written exam during the last lesson.
  Retake on general re-examination.

  Student's schedule and workload

  4 credits = 108 h work (c. 42 h in class, c. 66 h own work)

  Assessment criteria

  The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
  Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
  Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
  Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
  Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

•   Finnish for Working Life TKV18FI02-3021 28.08.2023-29.10.2023  4 credits  (PRE21D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  To master the central vocabulary in the own field
  To deal with work-related situations orally and in writing
  To be able to write different types of texts and prepare different types of documents
  Understand and be able to make use of information from texts (articles, official documents etc.) concerning the own industry
  To be able to give a structured presentation in Finnish
  Being able to attend and lead a meeting in Finnish
  Orally and in writing master the central grammar

  Prerequisites

  Suomi

  Content of the study unit

  Working life and own field
  Entrepreneurship
  Business Communications
  Meeting technology and terminology
  Thesis abstract

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.
  
  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).
  
  Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.
  
  All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.
  
  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).
  
  Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.
  
  All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student must demonstrate knowledge of Finnish that is required by the law (424/2003) by public employees and should show satisfactory (grade 1, 2 or 3) or good (grade 4 or 5) ability to use Finnish in speech and writing.
  
  The Common European Reference Framework for Languages ​​(CEFR) is used to assess knowledge of Finnish. Levels B1.1 and B1.2 indicate satisfactory knowledge (grades 1-3) and level B2 or higher indicates good knowledge (grades 4-5).
  
  Oral and written ability is assessed with different grades.
  
  All universities in Finland follow the same assessment criteria.

  ---

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Compendium + other material on Moodle.

  Learning methods

  - Language of teaching Finnish
  - Interactive lessons (attendance 75 %)
  - Shorter lectures
  - Pair and group discussions
  - Written exercises and written assignments
  - Own work
  - Presentation and opposition
  - Oral and written exam

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Assessment on the basis of
  - Oral exam, oral presentation and other oral exercises (including kokous)
  - Written exams/tests
  - Written assignments
  - Class activity
  - Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  28.08.2023 - 29.10.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

  • 4 credits

  Group(s)

  • PRE21D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Pernilla Fagerström

  Additional information

  Remember to also sign up for the written and oral parts:
  YH10FI01-M-3096
  YH10FI01-S-3090

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying), Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Bilingual students can take the course partially at a distance. Some occasions are mandatory for everyone. More info on the first lesson.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Written exam during the last lesson.
  Retake on general re-examination.

  Student's schedule and workload

  4 credits = 108 h work (c. 42 h in class, c. 66 h own work)

  Assessment criteria

  The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
  Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
  Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
  Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The assessment of the knowledge in Finnish is based on the European Framework of Reference for Languages ​​(CEFR). Level B1 refers to satisfactory knowledge (grades 1–3) and level B2 refers to good knowledge (grades 4–5). The same assessment criteria are used at all universities in Finland. Level A2 or lower is failed.
  Oral and written proficiency is assessed with different grades.

•   Frequency Analysis ELA22GY15-3001 15.01.2024-17.03.2024  3 credits  (ELA22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - understands how a signal is sampled and represented (in the time and frequency domain)
  - interprets and is able to use the information in a frequency spectrum
  - is able to perform frequency analysis of a given signal
  - can use suitable software to do frequency analysis

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites

  Content of the study unit

  Different types of signals
  Periodic functions and signals
  Fourier series and representation of periodic signals
  Sampling and the sampling theorem
  Fourier transform and FFT algorithm
  Frequency analysis and interpretation of FFT spectrum
  Signal analysis in matlab

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Knows the characteristics of the frequency spectrum for a periodic signal
  Knows the characteristics of the frequency spectrum for an aperiodic signal
  Can interpret the results of a frequency analysis

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can use Fourier Series conversion tables to determine the frequency spectrum of some typical signals.
  Understands, on a fundamental level, the relationship between the rate of change of the signal and the frequency spectrum of the signal.
  Can use a frequency analyzer.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Master the integral technique to determine the fourier coefficients for periodic signals.
  Master the transform technique to determine the frequency spectra of aperiodic signals.
  Can use a frequency analyzer and is also familiar with the use of Matlab as a tool for frequency analysis.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Lecture notes
  Web-based material

  Learning methods

  Lectures
  Exercises
  Self studies

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Examination is based on an individual exam and assignments.
  A minimum of points in the exam is required to pass the course.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  15.01.2024 - 17.03.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA22D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA22-A (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA22-E (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA22-K (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA22-I (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Roger Mäntylä

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Student's schedule and workload

  Totally 81 hours, of which 36 hours as classroom education.

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 10 points in the exam.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  At least 10 points in the exam.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  At least 16 points in the exam.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  At least 22 points in the exam.

•   Fundamentals of Electrical Energy ET22TE03-3002 04.09.2023-29.10.2023  3 credits  (ET23D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - knows the basics in electrical engineering
  - knows the terminology that's needed for the course AC Drives
  - knows the basic mathematics for calculating electrical circuits

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites.

  Content of the study unit

  - DC circuits
  - AC circuits
  - three phase alternating current
  - effect calculations
  - transformers
  - motors / generators
  - electrical safety

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Know how power sources and resistors works in a circuit.
  Can calculate currents and voltages in simple DC and AC circuits.
  Knows the relationship between active, reactive and apparent power.
  Can describe the structure and properties of the transformer.
  Can describe the construction and characteristics of DC motors.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can calculate serial and parallel connections in resistive, inductive and capacitive circuits.
  Masters the calculation of the power of simple series and parallel circuits.
  Understands the principle of a symmetrical three-phase system
  Can describe the function of transformers.
  Can describe the basic functions of AC motors and generators.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can calculate current and voltage in combined series and parallel connections of resistors, inductors and capacitors.
  Knows the principles for power adjustment and phase compensation.
  Can calculate voltages and currents in Y- and D-connected symmetrical three-phase systems.
  Can describe the function of three phase transformers.
  Can perform AC motor calculations e.g. efficiency, torque and effect.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Compendium
  Supplementary material.

  Learning methods

  Lectures
  Calculation exercises
  Self studies

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Written exam, at least 33.3 % for approved course grade. (50 % calculation tasks, 50 % theory tasks in the exam).
  No own material allowed at the exam.
  Preparatory exam, can raise the calculation part of the exam (only) at approved course exam (does not apply at re-takes).

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  04.09.2023 - 29.10.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ET23D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Matts Nickull

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Energy Technology, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Written exam (and preparatory exam).

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  The exam is arranged week 43.

  Student's schedule and workload

  A total of 81 hours, of which lectures / calculation exercises 36 hours (weeks 36 - 43).

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 33.3% of the total points.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Rating 1: 33.3 % - 47.2 % of total points.
  Rating 2: 47.3 % - 61.1 % of total points.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Rating 3: 61.2 % - 74.9 % of the total points.
  Rating 4: 75.0 % - 88.8 % of total points.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  More than 88.8 % of the total points.

•   General Energy Technology TKV22AE01-3001 28.08.2023-15.10.2023  3 credits  (PRE22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After completing the course, the student should be able to describe energy use, energy sources, energy conversion processes and energy technical equipment. The student should be able to assess these, at a basic level, from a technical, economic and sustainability point of view.

  Prerequisites

  Hydromechanics and Thermal Physics (recommended)

  Content of the study unit

  Energy use in Finland and globally
  Energy sources and energy production
  Energy engineering apparatus
  Energy conversion, storage and transport
  Fuels and combustion technology
  Combustion engines and other heat engines
  Power production
  Sustainability and environmental aspects of energy production
  Energy economy

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Can describe the usual energy sources and extraction methods.
  Can describe apparatus and central processes in energy production and energy use and can say where they are used.
  Can describe the main features of energy supply and use in Finland and globally.
  Can mention the most important environmental aspects of energy production and energy use.
  Can list the greenhouse gases and describe how and where they are emitted.
  Can explain the central cost components of energy production.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can compare different energy sources regarding properties and limitations.
  Can compare properties and limitations of equipment and processes in energy technology. Can explain the operating principle of energy engineering equipment.
  Can compare energy supply and consumption in Finland, neighboring countries and other important countries.
  Can name methods for reducing the environmental impact and can explain their operating principle.
  Can compare the climate impact fof different forms of energy production.
  Can compare the costs of the most common forms of energy production.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can describe development trends and be able to assess the development opportunities for new energy sources and new types of energy equipment.
  Can explain the underlying causes of differences in energy supply and energy use between different countries and regions.
  Can assess methods for reducing environmental impact from a technical and economic perspective.
  Can describe how the greenhouse effect works and can explain the most important mechanisms in the climate system.
  Can make a profitability calculation for simple energy-technical investments.

  ---

  Mode of delivery

  67% Face-to-face, 33% Distance learning

  Learning material

  Material på moodle
  Materialet är huvudsakligen på svenska, men innehåller också delar på finska och engelska (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar och räkneövningar (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Examinering sker genom moodleförhör i samband med lektionerna, inlämningsuppgifter och tentamen.
  Kursvitsordet baseras på totalpoängen från dessa. (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  28.08.2023 - 15.10.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • PRE22D-V

  Seats

  0 - 60

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Mats Borg

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Share of online studies

  1 credits

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  - (not translated)

  Practical training and working life co-operation

  - (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Enligt schema på MOODLE (not translated)

  Internationa connections

  - (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Totalt 80 h fördelat på
  32 h föreläsningar och räkneövningar
  2 h tentamen
  46 h självstudier (not translated)

  Content scheduling

  Enligt schema på MOODLE (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1 (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Kan beskriva de vanliga energikällorna och utvinningsmetoderna.
  Kan beskriva apparatur och centrala processer inom energiproduktion och energianvändning och kan nämna användningsområden för dessa.
  Kan beskriva huvuddragen i energiförsörjningen och energianvändningen i Finland och globalt.
  Kan nämna de viktigaste miljöaspekterna kring energiproduktion och energianvändning.
  Kan nämna växthusgaserna och beskriva hur och var de uppstår.
  Kan förklara de centrala kostnadskomponenterna i energiproduktionen. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Kan jämföra olika energikällor gällande egenskaper och begränsningar.
  Kan jämföra egenskaper och begränsningar för apparatur och processer inom energitekniken. Kan förklara funktionsprincipen hos energiteknisk apparatur.
  Kan jämföra energiförsörjning och energianvändning i Finland, grannländerna och andra centrala länder.
  Kan nämna metoder för att reducera miljöpåverkan och kan förklara deras funktionsprincip.
  Kan jämföra klimatpåverkan för olika energiproduktionsformer.
  Kan jämföra kostnaderna för de vanligaste energiproduktionsformerna. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Kan beskriva utvecklingstrender och kan bedöma utvecklingsmöjligheterna för nya energikällor och ny energiteknisk apparatur.
  Kan förklara de bakomliggande orsakerna till skillnader i energiförsörjning och energianvändning mellan olika länder och regioner.
  Kan bedöma metoder för att reducera miljöpåverkan ur tekniskt och ekonomiskt perspektiv.
  Kan beskriva hur växthuseffekten fungerar och kan förklara de viktigaste mekanismerna i klimatsystemet.
  Kan göra en lönsamhetskalkyl för enkla energitekniska investeringar (not translated)

•   General Energy Technology TKV22AE01-3004 02.01.2024-16.01.2024  3 credits  (ÖH23FLEXING) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After completing the course, the student should be able to describe energy use, energy sources, energy conversion processes and energy technical equipment. The student should be able to assess these, at a basic level, from a technical, economic and sustainability point of view.

  Prerequisites

  Hydromechanics and Thermal Physics (recommended)

  Content of the study unit

  Energy use in Finland and globally
  Energy sources and energy production
  Energy engineering apparatus
  Energy conversion, storage and transport
  Fuels and combustion technology
  Combustion engines and other heat engines
  Power production
  Sustainability and environmental aspects of energy production
  Energy economy

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Can describe the usual energy sources and extraction methods.
  Can describe apparatus and central processes in energy production and energy use and can say where they are used.
  Can describe the main features of energy supply and use in Finland and globally.
  Can mention the most important environmental aspects of energy production and energy use.
  Can list the greenhouse gases and describe how and where they are emitted.
  Can explain the central cost components of energy production.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can compare different energy sources regarding properties and limitations.
  Can compare properties and limitations of equipment and processes in energy technology. Can explain the operating principle of energy engineering equipment.
  Can compare energy supply and consumption in Finland, neighboring countries and other important countries.
  Can name methods for reducing the environmental impact and can explain their operating principle.
  Can compare the climate impact fof different forms of energy production.
  Can compare the costs of the most common forms of energy production.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can describe development trends and be able to assess the development opportunities for new energy sources and new types of energy equipment.
  Can explain the underlying causes of differences in energy supply and energy use between different countries and regions.
  Can assess methods for reducing environmental impact from a technical and economic perspective.
  Can describe how the greenhouse effect works and can explain the most important mechanisms in the climate system.
  Can make a profitability calculation for simple energy-technical investments.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Matts Nickull

  Mode of delivery

  34% Face-to-face, 66% Distance learning

  Learning material

  Material på MOODLE
  
  Som bredvidläsning rekommenderas
  1) Boyle, Everett & Ramage: "Energy systems and sustainability: Power for a sustainable future",
  2) L. D. Danny Harvey: "Energy and the New Reality 2: Carbon-free Energy Supply" (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar (till största delen inspelade) och räkneövningar (per distans) (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Examinering sker genom moodleförhör och inlämningsuppgifter.
  Kursvitsordet baseras på totalpoängen från dessa. (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  02.01.2024 - 16.01.2024

  Enrollment date range

  01.12.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH23FLEXING

  Seats

  0 - 100

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Mats Borg

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Share of online studies

  2 credits

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Enligt schema på MOODLE (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Totalt 80 h fördelat på
  12 h tidsbundna föreläsningar och räkneövningar
  68 h självstudier (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1 eller lämnar in plagierade uppgifter (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Kan beskriva de vanliga energikällorna och utvinningsmetoderna.
  Kan beskriva apparatur och centrala processer inom energiproduktion och energianvändning och kan nämna användningsområden för dessa.
  Kan beskriva huvuddragen i energiförsörjningen och energianvändningen i Finland och globalt.
  Kan nämna de viktigaste miljöaspekterna kring energiproduktion och energianvändning.
  Kan nämna växthusgaserna och beskriva hur och var de uppstår.
  Kan förklara de centrala kostnadskomponenterna i energiproduktionen. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Kan jämföra olika energikällor gällande egenskaper och begränsningar.
  Kan jämföra egenskaper och begränsningar för apparatur och processer inom energitekniken. Kan förklara funktionsprincipen hos energiteknisk apparatur.
  Kan jämföra energiförsörjning och energianvändning i Finland, grannländerna och andra centrala länder.
  Kan nämna metoder för att reducera miljöpåverkan och kan förklara deras funktionsprincip.
  Kan jämföra klimatpåverkan för olika energiproduktionsformer.
  Kan jämföra kostnaderna för de vanligaste energiproduktionsformerna. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Kan beskriva utvecklingstrender och kan bedöma utvecklingsmöjligheterna för nya energikällor och ny energiteknisk apparatur.
  Kan förklara de bakomliggande orsakerna till skillnader i energiförsörjning och energianvändning mellan olika länder och regioner.
  Kan bedöma metoder för att reducera miljöpåverkan ur tekniskt och ekonomiskt perspektiv.
  Kan beskriva hur växthuseffekten fungerar och kan förklara de viktigaste mekanismerna i klimatsystemet.
  Kan göra en lönsamhetskalkyl för enkla energitekniska investeringar (not translated)

•   General Energy Technology TKV22AE01-3005 07.02.2024-14.04.2024  3 credits  (MAP23D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After completing the course, the student should be able to describe energy use, energy sources, energy conversion processes and energy technical equipment. The student should be able to assess these, at a basic level, from a technical, economic and sustainability point of view.

  Prerequisites

  Hydromechanics and Thermal Physics (recommended)

  Content of the study unit

  Energy use in Finland and globally
  Energy sources and energy production
  Energy engineering apparatus
  Energy conversion, storage and transport
  Fuels and combustion technology
  Combustion engines and other heat engines
  Power production
  Sustainability and environmental aspects of energy production
  Energy economy

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Can describe the usual energy sources and extraction methods.
  Can describe apparatus and central processes in energy production and energy use and can say where they are used.
  Can describe the main features of energy supply and use in Finland and globally.
  Can mention the most important environmental aspects of energy production and energy use.
  Can list the greenhouse gases and describe how and where they are emitted.
  Can explain the central cost components of energy production.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can compare different energy sources regarding properties and limitations.
  Can compare properties and limitations of equipment and processes in energy technology. Can explain the operating principle of energy engineering equipment.
  Can compare energy supply and consumption in Finland, neighboring countries and other important countries.
  Can name methods for reducing the environmental impact and can explain their operating principle.
  Can compare the climate impact fof different forms of energy production.
  Can compare the costs of the most common forms of energy production.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can describe development trends and be able to assess the development opportunities for new energy sources and new types of energy equipment.
  Can explain the underlying causes of differences in energy supply and energy use between different countries and regions.
  Can assess methods for reducing environmental impact from a technical and economic perspective.
  Can describe how the greenhouse effect works and can explain the most important mechanisms in the climate system.
  Can make a profitability calculation for simple energy-technical investments.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Kaj Rintanen

  Mode of delivery

  67% Face-to-face, 33% Distance learning

  Learning material

  Material på MOODLE
  
  Som bredvidläsning rekommenderas
  1) Boyle, Everett & Ramage: "Energy systems and sustainability: Power for a sustainable future",
  2) L. D. Danny Harvey: "Energy and the New Reality 2: Carbon-free Energy Supply" (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar och räkneövningar (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Examinering sker genom moodleförhör i samband med lektionerna, inlämningsuppgifter och tentamen.
  Kursvitsordet baseras på totalpoängen från dessa. (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  07.02.2024 - 14.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 11.02.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • MAP23D-V

  Seats

  0 - 60

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Mats Borg

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Share of online studies

  1 credits

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Enligt schema på MOODLE (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Totalt 80 h fördelat på
  34 h tidsbundna föreläsningar och räkneövningar
  2 h tentamen
  44 h självstudier (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1 eller lämnar in plagierade uppgiftssvar (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Kan beskriva de vanliga energikällorna och utvinningsmetoderna.
  Kan beskriva apparatur och centrala processer inom energiproduktion och energianvändning och kan nämna användningsområden för dessa.
  Kan beskriva huvuddragen i energiförsörjningen och energianvändningen i Finland och globalt.
  Kan nämna de viktigaste miljöaspekterna kring energiproduktion och energianvändning.
  Kan nämna växthusgaserna och beskriva hur och var de uppstår.
  Kan förklara de centrala kostnadskomponenterna i energiproduktionen. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Kan jämföra olika energikällor gällande egenskaper och begränsningar.
  Kan jämföra egenskaper och begränsningar för apparatur och processer inom energitekniken. Kan förklara funktionsprincipen hos energiteknisk apparatur.
  Kan jämföra energiförsörjning och energianvändning i Finland, grannländerna och andra centrala länder.
  Kan nämna metoder för att reducera miljöpåverkan och kan förklara deras funktionsprincip.
  Kan jämföra klimatpåverkan för olika energiproduktionsformer.
  Kan jämföra kostnaderna för de vanligaste energiproduktionsformerna. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Kan beskriva utvecklingstrender och kan bedöma utvecklingsmöjligheterna för nya energikällor och ny energiteknisk apparatur.
  Kan förklara de bakomliggande orsakerna till skillnader i energiförsörjning och energianvändning mellan olika länder och regioner.
  Kan bedöma metoder för att reducera miljöpåverkan ur tekniskt och ekonomiskt perspektiv.
  Kan beskriva hur växthuseffekten fungerar och kan förklara de viktigaste mekanismerna i klimatsystemet.
  Kan göra en lönsamhetskalkyl för enkla energitekniska investeringar (not translated)

•   General Energy Technology TKV22AE01-3003 23.10.2023-10.12.2023  3 credits  (ET23D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After completing the course, the student should be able to describe energy use, energy sources, energy conversion processes and energy technical equipment. The student should be able to assess these, at a basic level, from a technical, economic and sustainability point of view.

  Prerequisites

  Hydromechanics and Thermal Physics (recommended)

  Content of the study unit

  Energy use in Finland and globally
  Energy sources and energy production
  Energy engineering apparatus
  Energy conversion, storage and transport
  Fuels and combustion technology
  Combustion engines and other heat engines
  Power production
  Sustainability and environmental aspects of energy production
  Energy economy

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Can describe the usual energy sources and extraction methods.
  Can describe apparatus and central processes in energy production and energy use and can say where they are used.
  Can describe the main features of energy supply and use in Finland and globally.
  Can mention the most important environmental aspects of energy production and energy use.
  Can list the greenhouse gases and describe how and where they are emitted.
  Can explain the central cost components of energy production.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can compare different energy sources regarding properties and limitations.
  Can compare properties and limitations of equipment and processes in energy technology. Can explain the operating principle of energy engineering equipment.
  Can compare energy supply and consumption in Finland, neighboring countries and other important countries.
  Can name methods for reducing the environmental impact and can explain their operating principle.
  Can compare the climate impact fof different forms of energy production.
  Can compare the costs of the most common forms of energy production.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can describe development trends and be able to assess the development opportunities for new energy sources and new types of energy equipment.
  Can explain the underlying causes of differences in energy supply and energy use between different countries and regions.
  Can assess methods for reducing environmental impact from a technical and economic perspective.
  Can describe how the greenhouse effect works and can explain the most important mechanisms in the climate system.
  Can make a profitability calculation for simple energy-technical investments.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Course documentation is within Moodle together with relevant teaching materials and reference documents

  Learning methods

  Competence objectives of the study unit
  After completing the course, the student should be able to describe energy use, energy sources, energy conversion processes and energy technical equipment. The student should be able to assess these, at a basic level, from a technical, economic and sustainability point of view.
  
  Format of delivery
  Lectures, and self-study
  
  Information and study materials are provided in Moodle for the course

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The following criteria are used for evaluation:
  
  1. Moodle multichoice exam(s)
  2. Written exam
  
  The course grade is based on the total points from these.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  23.10.2023 - 10.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 22.10.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ET23D-V
  • ELA22D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA22-S (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA22-Y (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ET (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Philip Hollins

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Moodle exams at week intervals
  Exams to be held in 48
  Resit exam held in 49
  
  Final resit exam to be held January 2024

  Student's schedule and workload

  3 ETCS = 81 hours
  
  Contact teaching ~ 20 hr
  Independent studying and preparation ~ 60 hr

  Assessment criteria

  <40% of the maximum number of credits earned in the assignments

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  40-59% (=1) or 60-69% (=2) of the maximum number of credits earned in the assignments respectively

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  70-79% (=3) or 80-89% (=4) of the maximum number of credits earned in the examination respectively

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  90-100% (=5) of the maximum number of credits earned in the examination respectively

•   Geometry and Vectors TKV22MA02-3011 13.02.2024-05.03.2024  3 credits  (ÖH23FLEXING) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student :
  - is able to solve every kind of triangle ( both right angled triangles and others )
  - is able to calculate areas and volumes of figures and solids
  - is able to perform calculations with two-dimensional vectors and three-dimensional vectors.
  - is familiar with matrices and masters simply calculations with matrices

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites

  Content of the study unit

  - Right angled triangles
  - Basic trigonometric functions (cosine, sine and tangent)
  - Angle units (degrees vs radians)
  - The sine and cosine formula
  - Uniformity and scales
  - Area- and volume caculations
  - Definition of the vector concept
  - Rules for vector operations
  - Dot product
  - Projections
  - Cross product
  - Introduction to matrices
  - MatchCad exercises
  
  Application according to specific education may occur.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Trigonometry: Master the trigonometry of right angled triangles
  Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes of simple figures and bodies
  Vectors: Can perform calculations with two-dimensional vectors
  Matrices: Knows matrices and can perform simple calculations with them
  Models and problem solving: Have some understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Trigonometry: Master the trigonometry of any triangle
  Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes for more complicated figures and bodies
  Vectors: Can do basic calculations with three-dimensional vectors
  Matrices: Is able to calculate the value of a determinant
  Models and problem solving: Have a good understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Trigonometry: Can apply the theory for solving more complicated problems
  Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes for figures and bodies using vectors
  Vectors: Can apply vectors to more complicated problems and master the use of vectors in software programs.
  Matrices: Master the use of matrices in software programs
  Models and problem solving: Can apply mathematical models to technical problems.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Matts Nickull

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Allt kursmaterial finns i Moodle-kursen. Materialet blir tillgängligt när man anmält sig till kursen i Peppi.
  
  Maols tabellsamling, eller annan dylik tabellsamling, får användas under tentitllfällena.
  Under kursens gång används det digitala verktyget eMath. Även Mathcad används. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Schemalagda träffar ordnas åtminstone en gång per vecka. Under kursen förväntas studerande ta del av materialet på kurssidan och räkna uppgifterna i eMath på egen hand.
  Via kurssidan eller under träffarna har studerande möjlighet att ställa frågor. (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Kursen bedöms utgående från den studerandes prestationer i tentamen samt inlämningsuppgifter och hemuppgifter.
  
  Tentamen kan ge max 30 poäng och det krävs minst 10 poäng för att bli godkänd.
  Utöver detta innehåller kursen en inlämningsuppgift (20 p) samt hemuppgifter (10 p).
  
  Vitsordsskalan:
  20 p - 1
  28 p - 2
  36 p - 3
  44 p - 4
  52 p - 5 (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  13.02.2024 - 05.03.2024

  Enrollment date range

  01.12.2023 - 18.02.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH23FLEXING

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Sofia Frilund

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management, Degree Programme in Land Surveying

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Kursen bedöms med en tentamen samt inlämningsuppgifter. (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tidpunkt för tentamen samt omtentamen meddelas vid kursens början.
  En studerande har rätt att tentera en kurs max 3 gånger. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Undervisning i klass: åtminstone 12 h
  Tentamen: 4 h
  Eget arbete: 65 h
  Totalt: 81 h (not translated)

  Content scheduling

  Se kursens rekommenderade studietakt i Moodle. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1 (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Behärskar rätvinkliga triangelns trigonometri.
  Kan beräkna areor och volymer av enkla figurer och kroppar.
  Kan utföra beräkningar med tvådimensionella vektorer
  Har viss förståelse för hur man använder en matematisk modell och hur denna kan lösas. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Behärskar godtyckliga triangelns trigonometri.
  Kan beräkna areor och volymer för mer komplicerade figurer och kroppar.
  Kan grundläggande beräkningar med tre-dimensionella vektorer.
  Har god förståelse för hur man använder en matematisk modell och hur denna kan lösas. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Behärskar alla typer av trianglars trigonometri och kan lösa mer komplicerade problemställningar.
  Kan beräkna areor och volymer för figurer och kroppar analytiskt och med hjälp av vektorer.
  Kan tillämpa vektorer på mer komplicerade problemställningar och behärskar användning av vektorer i beräkningsprogram.
  Kan tillämpa matematiska modeller på tekniska problemställningar. (not translated)

•   Geometry and Vectors TKV22MA02-3005 06.11.2023-31.12.2023  3 credits  (MAP23D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student :
  - is able to solve every kind of triangle ( both right angled triangles and others )
  - is able to calculate areas and volumes of figures and solids
  - is able to perform calculations with two-dimensional vectors and three-dimensional vectors.
  - is familiar with matrices and masters simply calculations with matrices

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites

  Content of the study unit

  - Right angled triangles
  - Basic trigonometric functions (cosine, sine and tangent)
  - Angle units (degrees vs radians)
  - The sine and cosine formula
  - Uniformity and scales
  - Area- and volume caculations
  - Definition of the vector concept
  - Rules for vector operations
  - Dot product
  - Projections
  - Cross product
  - Introduction to matrices
  - MatchCad exercises
  
  Application according to specific education may occur.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Trigonometry: Master the trigonometry of right angled triangles
  Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes of simple figures and bodies
  Vectors: Can perform calculations with two-dimensional vectors
  Matrices: Knows matrices and can perform simple calculations with them
  Models and problem solving: Have some understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Trigonometry: Master the trigonometry of any triangle
  Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes for more complicated figures and bodies
  Vectors: Can do basic calculations with three-dimensional vectors
  Matrices: Is able to calculate the value of a determinant
  Models and problem solving: Have a good understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Trigonometry: Can apply the theory for solving more complicated problems
  Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes for figures and bodies using vectors
  Vectors: Can apply vectors to more complicated problems and master the use of vectors in software programs.
  Matrices: Master the use of matrices in software programs
  Models and problem solving: Can apply mathematical models to technical problems.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ing-Britt Rögård

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Allt kursmaterial finns i Moodle-kursen. Materialet blir tillgängligt när man anmält sig till kursen i Peppi.
  
  Maols tabellsamling, eller annan dylik tabellsamling, får användas under tentitllfällena.
  Under kursens gång används det digitala verktyget eMath. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Undervisningen sker i form av Flipped classroom, vilket betyder att studerande förväntas ta del av materialet i Moodle på egen hand innan lektionen.
  
  Under lektionstid görs räkneövningar i det digitala verktyget eMath under handledning av läraren.
  De studerande bör närvara på största delen av lektionerna. (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Kursen bedöms utgående från den studerandes prestationer i tentamen, minitest samt antalet räknade uppgifter i eMath.
  
  Tentamen kan ge max 30 poäng. Minitest kan ge max 15 poäng och hemuppgifter max 15 poäng.
  I kursen krävs totalt minst 20 poäng för att bli godkänd, varav 10 poäng ska vara från tentamen.
  
  Vitsordsskalan:
  20 p - 1
  28 p - 2
  36 p - 3
  44 p - 4
  52 p - 5 (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  06.11.2023 - 31.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 17.11.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • MAP23D-V
  • ÖH23MAP-LED-V

  Small group(s)

  • MAP23-S (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • MAP23-Y (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ing-Britt Rögård, Sofia Frilund

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management, Degree Programme in Land Surveying

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Vid validering : Godkänd valideringstent ( bör ske senast 10.11 )
  
  Vid deltagande i kursen : Kursen bedöms med en tentamen, minitest och hemuppgifter. (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tidpunkt för tentamen samt omtentamen meddelas vid kursens början.
  En studerande har rätt att tentera en kurs max 3 gånger. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Undervisning i klass: 36 timmar
  Tentamen: 4 timmar
  Eget arbete: 41 timmar
  Totalt: 81 timmar (not translated)

  Content scheduling

  Se kursens lektionsplanering i Moodle. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1 (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Behärskar rätvinkliga triangelns trigonometri.
  Kan beräkna areor och volymer av enkla figurer och kroppar.
  Kan utföra beräkningar med tvådimensionella vektorer
  Har viss förståelse för hur man använder en matematisk modell och hur denna kan lösas. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Behärskar godtyckliga triangelns trigonometri.
  Kan beräkna areor och volymer för mer komplicerade figurer och kroppar.
  Kan grundläggande beräkningar med tre-dimensionella vektorer.
  Har god förståelse för hur man använder en matematisk modell och hur denna kan lösas. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Behärskar alla typer av trianglars trigonometri och kan lösa mer komplicerade problemställningar.
  Kan beräkna areor och volymer för figurer och kroppar analytiskt och med hjälp av vektorer.
  Kan tillämpa vektorer på mer komplicerade problemställningar och behärskar användning av vektorer i beräkningsprogram.
  Kan tillämpa matematiska modeller på tekniska problemställningar. (not translated)

•   Geometry and Vectors TKV22MA02-3006 23.10.2023-17.12.2023  3 credits  (ELA23D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student :
  - is able to solve every kind of triangle ( both right angled triangles and others )
  - is able to calculate areas and volumes of figures and solids
  - is able to perform calculations with two-dimensional vectors and three-dimensional vectors.
  - is familiar with matrices and masters simply calculations with matrices

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites

  Content of the study unit

  - Right angled triangles
  - Basic trigonometric functions (cosine, sine and tangent)
  - Angle units (degrees vs radians)
  - The sine and cosine formula
  - Uniformity and scales
  - Area- and volume caculations
  - Definition of the vector concept
  - Rules for vector operations
  - Dot product
  - Projections
  - Cross product
  - Introduction to matrices
  - MatchCad exercises
  
  Application according to specific education may occur.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Trigonometry: Master the trigonometry of right angled triangles
  Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes of simple figures and bodies
  Vectors: Can perform calculations with two-dimensional vectors
  Matrices: Knows matrices and can perform simple calculations with them
  Models and problem solving: Have some understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Trigonometry: Master the trigonometry of any triangle
  Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes for more complicated figures and bodies
  Vectors: Can do basic calculations with three-dimensional vectors
  Matrices: Is able to calculate the value of a determinant
  Models and problem solving: Have a good understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Trigonometry: Can apply the theory for solving more complicated problems
  Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes for figures and bodies using vectors
  Vectors: Can apply vectors to more complicated problems and master the use of vectors in software programs.
  Matrices: Master the use of matrices in software programs
  Models and problem solving: Can apply mathematical models to technical problems.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Allt kursmaterial finns i Moodle-kursen. Materialet blir tillgängligt när man anmält sig till kursen i Peppi.
  
  Maols tabellsamling, eller annan dylik tabellsamling, får användas under tentitllfällena.
  Under kursens gång används det digitala verktyget eMath. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Undervisningen sker i form av Flipped classroom, vilket betyder att studerande förväntas ta del av materialet i Moodle på egen hand innan lektionen.
  
  Under lektionstid görs räkneövningar i det digitala verktyget eMath under handledning av läraren.
  De studerande bör närvara på största delen av lektionerna. (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Kursen bedöms utgående från den studerandes prestationer i tentamen, minitest samt antalet räknade uppgifter i eMath.
  
  Tentamen kan ge max 30 poäng. Minitest kan ge max 15 poäng och hemuppgifter max 15 poäng.
  I kursen krävs totalt minst 20 poäng för att bli godkänd, varav 10 poäng ska vara från tentamen.
  
  Vitsordsskalan:
  20 p - 1
  28 p - 2
  36 p - 3
  44 p - 4
  52 p - 5 (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  23.10.2023 - 17.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 22.10.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA23D-V
  • ÖH23ELA-LED-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA23-S (Size: 45. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA23-Y (Size: 45. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Lina Åberg, Sofia Frilund

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management, Degree Programme in Land Surveying

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Vid validering : Godkänd valideringstent ( bör ske senast 10.11 )
  
  Vid deltagande i kursen : Kursen bedöms med en tentamen, minitest och hemuppgifter. (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tidpunkt för tentamen samt omtentamen meddelas vid kursens början.
  En studerande har rätt att tentera en kurs max 3 gånger. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Undervisning i klass: 36 timmar
  Tentamen: 4 timmar
  Eget arbete: 41 timmar
  Totalt: 81 timmar (not translated)

  Content scheduling

  Se kursens lektionsplanering i Moodle. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1 (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Behärskar rätvinkliga triangelns trigonometri.
  Kan beräkna areor och volymer av enkla figurer och kroppar.
  Kan utföra beräkningar med tvådimensionella vektorer
  Har viss förståelse för hur man använder en matematisk modell och hur denna kan lösas. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Behärskar godtyckliga triangelns trigonometri.
  Kan beräkna areor och volymer för mer komplicerade figurer och kroppar.
  Kan grundläggande beräkningar med tre-dimensionella vektorer.
  Har god förståelse för hur man använder en matematisk modell och hur denna kan lösas. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Behärskar alla typer av trianglars trigonometri och kan lösa mer komplicerade problemställningar.
  Kan beräkna areor och volymer för figurer och kroppar analytiskt och med hjälp av vektorer.
  Kan tillämpa vektorer på mer komplicerade problemställningar och behärskar användning av vektorer i beräkningsprogram.
  Kan tillämpa matematiska modeller på tekniska problemställningar. (not translated)

•   Geometry and Vectors TKV22MA02-3007 23.10.2023-17.12.2023  3 credits  (ÖH23UIT-LED-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student :
  - is able to solve every kind of triangle ( both right angled triangles and others )
  - is able to calculate areas and volumes of figures and solids
  - is able to perform calculations with two-dimensional vectors and three-dimensional vectors.
  - is familiar with matrices and masters simply calculations with matrices

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites

  Content of the study unit

  - Right angled triangles
  - Basic trigonometric functions (cosine, sine and tangent)
  - Angle units (degrees vs radians)
  - The sine and cosine formula
  - Uniformity and scales
  - Area- and volume caculations
  - Definition of the vector concept
  - Rules for vector operations
  - Dot product
  - Projections
  - Cross product
  - Introduction to matrices
  - MatchCad exercises
  
  Application according to specific education may occur.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Trigonometry: Master the trigonometry of right angled triangles
  Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes of simple figures and bodies
  Vectors: Can perform calculations with two-dimensional vectors
  Matrices: Knows matrices and can perform simple calculations with them
  Models and problem solving: Have some understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Trigonometry: Master the trigonometry of any triangle
  Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes for more complicated figures and bodies
  Vectors: Can do basic calculations with three-dimensional vectors
  Matrices: Is able to calculate the value of a determinant
  Models and problem solving: Have a good understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Trigonometry: Can apply the theory for solving more complicated problems
  Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes for figures and bodies using vectors
  Vectors: Can apply vectors to more complicated problems and master the use of vectors in software programs.
  Matrices: Master the use of matrices in software programs
  Models and problem solving: Can apply mathematical models to technical problems.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Kaj Wikman

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  23.10.2023 - 17.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 22.10.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH23UIT-LED-V
  • UIT23D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Lina Åberg

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management, Degree Programme in Land Surveying

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Geometry and Vectors TKV22MA02-3009 30.10.2023-31.12.2023  3 credits  (BYL23D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student :
  - is able to solve every kind of triangle ( both right angled triangles and others )
  - is able to calculate areas and volumes of figures and solids
  - is able to perform calculations with two-dimensional vectors and three-dimensional vectors.
  - is familiar with matrices and masters simply calculations with matrices

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites

  Content of the study unit

  - Right angled triangles
  - Basic trigonometric functions (cosine, sine and tangent)
  - Angle units (degrees vs radians)
  - The sine and cosine formula
  - Uniformity and scales
  - Area- and volume caculations
  - Definition of the vector concept
  - Rules for vector operations
  - Dot product
  - Projections
  - Cross product
  - Introduction to matrices
  - MatchCad exercises
  
  Application according to specific education may occur.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Trigonometry: Master the trigonometry of right angled triangles
  Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes of simple figures and bodies
  Vectors: Can perform calculations with two-dimensional vectors
  Matrices: Knows matrices and can perform simple calculations with them
  Models and problem solving: Have some understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Trigonometry: Master the trigonometry of any triangle
  Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes for more complicated figures and bodies
  Vectors: Can do basic calculations with three-dimensional vectors
  Matrices: Is able to calculate the value of a determinant
  Models and problem solving: Have a good understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Trigonometry: Can apply the theory for solving more complicated problems
  Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes for figures and bodies using vectors
  Vectors: Can apply vectors to more complicated problems and master the use of vectors in software programs.
  Matrices: Master the use of matrices in software programs
  Models and problem solving: Can apply mathematical models to technical problems.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Leif Östman

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Allt kursmaterial finns i Moodle-kursen. Materialet blir tillgängligt när man anmält sig till kursen i Peppi.
  
  Maols tabellsamling, eller annan dylik tabellsamling, får användas under tentitllfällena.
  Under kursens gång används det digitala verktyget eMath. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Undervisningen sker i form av Flipped classroom, vilket betyder att studerande förväntas ta del av materialet i Moodle på egen hand innan lektionen.
  
  Under lektionstid görs räkneövningar i det digitala verktyget eMath under handledning av läraren.
  De studerande bör närvara på största delen av lektionerna. (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Kursen bedöms utgående från den studerandes prestationer i tentamen, minitest samt antalet räknade uppgifter i eMath.
  
  Tentamen kan ge max 30 poäng. Minitest kan ge max 15 poäng och hemuppgifter max 15 poäng.
  I kursen krävs totalt minst 20 poäng för att bli godkänd, varav 10 poäng ska vara från tentamen.
  
  Vitsordsskalan:
  20 p - 1
  28 p - 2
  36 p - 3
  44 p - 4
  52 p - 5 (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  30.10.2023 - 31.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 08.11.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • BYL23D-V
  • BYS23D-V
  • ÖH23BYS-LED-V
  • ÖH23ULA-LED-V

  Small group(s)

  • BYS23-S (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • BYS23-Y (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • BYL (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ing-Britt Rögård, Kennet Tallgren

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management, Degree Programme in Land Surveying

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Vid validering : Godkänd valideringstent ( bör ske senast 10.11 )
  
  Vid deltagande i kursen : Kursen bedöms med en tentamen, minitest och hemuppgifter. (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tidpunkt för tentamen samt omtentamen meddelas vid kursens början.
  En studerande har rätt att tentera en kurs max 3 gånger. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Undervisning i klass: 36 timmar
  Tentamen: 4 timmar
  Eget arbete: 41 timmar
  Totalt: 81 timmar (not translated)

  Content scheduling

  Se kursens lektionsplanering i Moodle. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1 (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Behärskar rätvinkliga triangelns trigonometri.
  Kan beräkna areor och volymer av enkla figurer och kroppar.
  Kan utföra beräkningar med tvådimensionella vektorer
  Har viss förståelse för hur man använder en matematisk modell och hur denna kan lösas. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Behärskar godtyckliga triangelns trigonometri.
  Kan beräkna areor och volymer för mer komplicerade figurer och kroppar.
  Kan grundläggande beräkningar med tre-dimensionella vektorer.
  Har god förståelse för hur man använder en matematisk modell och hur denna kan lösas. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Behärskar alla typer av trianglars trigonometri och kan lösa mer komplicerade problemställningar.
  Kan beräkna areor och volymer för figurer och kroppar analytiskt och med hjälp av vektorer.
  Kan tillämpa vektorer på mer komplicerade problemställningar och behärskar användning av vektorer i beräkningsprogram.
  Kan tillämpa matematiska modeller på tekniska problemställningar. (not translated)

•   Geometry and Vectors TKV22MA02-3010 06.11.2023-31.12.2023  3 credits  (PRE23D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student :
  - is able to solve every kind of triangle ( both right angled triangles and others )
  - is able to calculate areas and volumes of figures and solids
  - is able to perform calculations with two-dimensional vectors and three-dimensional vectors.
  - is familiar with matrices and masters simply calculations with matrices

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites

  Content of the study unit

  - Right angled triangles
  - Basic trigonometric functions (cosine, sine and tangent)
  - Angle units (degrees vs radians)
  - The sine and cosine formula
  - Uniformity and scales
  - Area- and volume caculations
  - Definition of the vector concept
  - Rules for vector operations
  - Dot product
  - Projections
  - Cross product
  - Introduction to matrices
  - MatchCad exercises
  
  Application according to specific education may occur.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Trigonometry: Master the trigonometry of right angled triangles
  Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes of simple figures and bodies
  Vectors: Can perform calculations with two-dimensional vectors
  Matrices: Knows matrices and can perform simple calculations with them
  Models and problem solving: Have some understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Trigonometry: Master the trigonometry of any triangle
  Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes for more complicated figures and bodies
  Vectors: Can do basic calculations with three-dimensional vectors
  Matrices: Is able to calculate the value of a determinant
  Models and problem solving: Have a good understanding of how to use a mathematical model and how it can be solved.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Trigonometry: Can apply the theory for solving more complicated problems
  Area and volume calculations: Can calculate areas and volumes for figures and bodies using vectors
  Vectors: Can apply vectors to more complicated problems and master the use of vectors in software programs.
  Matrices: Master the use of matrices in software programs
  Models and problem solving: Can apply mathematical models to technical problems.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Roger Nylund

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Allt kursmaterial finns i Moodle-kursen. Materialet blir tillgängligt när man anmält sig till kursen i Peppi.
  
  Maols tabellsamling, eller annan dylik tabellsamling, får användas under tentitllfällena.
  Under kursens gång används det digitala verktyget eMath. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Undervisningen sker i form av Flipped classroom, vilket betyder att studerande förväntas ta del av materialet i Moodle på egen hand innan lektionen.
  
  Under lektionstid görs räkneövningar i det digitala verktyget eMath under handledning av läraren.
  De studerande bör närvara på största delen av lektionerna. (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Kursen bedöms utgående från den studerandes prestationer i tentamen, minitest samt antalet räknade uppgifter i eMath.
  
  Tentamen kan ge max 30 poäng. Minitest kan ge max 15 poäng och hemuppgifter max 15 poäng.
  I kursen krävs totalt minst 20 poäng för att bli godkänd, varav 10 poäng ska vara från tentamen.
  
  Vitsordsskalan:
  20 p - 1
  28 p - 2
  36 p - 3
  44 p - 4
  52 p - 5 (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  06.11.2023 - 31.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 08.11.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • PRE23D-V
  • ÖH23PRE-LED-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ing-Britt Rögård

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management, Degree Programme in Land Surveying

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Vid validering : Godkänd valideringstent ( bör ske senast 10.11 )
  
  Vid deltagande i kursen : Kursen bedöms med en tentamen, minitest och hemuppgifter. (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tidpunkt för tentamen samt omtentamen meddelas vid kursens början.
  En studerande har rätt att tentera en kurs max 3 gånger. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Undervisning i klass: 36 timmar
  Tentamen: 4 timmar
  Eget arbete: 41 timmar
  Totalt: 81 timmar (not translated)

  Content scheduling

  Se kursens lektionsplanering i Moodle. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1 (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Behärskar rätvinkliga triangelns trigonometri.
  Kan beräkna areor och volymer av enkla figurer och kroppar.
  Kan utföra beräkningar med tvådimensionella vektorer
  Har viss förståelse för hur man använder en matematisk modell och hur denna kan lösas. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Behärskar godtyckliga triangelns trigonometri.
  Kan beräkna areor och volymer för mer komplicerade figurer och kroppar.
  Kan grundläggande beräkningar med tre-dimensionella vektorer.
  Har god förståelse för hur man använder en matematisk modell och hur denna kan lösas. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Behärskar alla typer av trianglars trigonometri och kan lösa mer komplicerade problemställningar.
  Kan beräkna areor och volymer för figurer och kroppar analytiskt och med hjälp av vektorer.
  Kan tillämpa vektorer på mer komplicerade problemställningar och behärskar användning av vektorer i beräkningsprogram.
  Kan tillämpa matematiska modeller på tekniska problemställningar. (not translated)

•   Graphic Programming ELA18DS02-3004 15.01.2024-17.04.2024  3 credits  (ELA21D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  In this course, the student will learn how to create 2D and 3D models for visualization. The course also teaches the underlying mathematics needed to be able to program and implement visual systems.

  Prerequisites

  All mathematics and programming courses.

  Content of the study unit

  - 3D math
  - Visualization tools
  - Modeling
  - Simulation modeling and programming

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Understand the visualization math for both 2D and 3D.
  Can make simple visualizations using software.
  Basic knowledge how to use software to design graphic elements. Understand on interactive elements.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can apply calculation models for visualization.
  Can modify and maintain visualization programs.
  Can produce new graphic elements and visualization artifacts. Can create interactive elements via scripts or tools.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can develop and change calculation models for given problems.
  Can develop new software for specific new visualization needs.
  Can design AR / VR based graphic elements and program new interactive elements.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  15.01.2024 - 17.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 14.01.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-I (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Kaj Wikman

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   High Voltage Engineering ELA18EK03-3003 04.09.2023-17.12.2023  3 credits  (ELA20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After passing the course, the student is expected to:
  Know and be able to calculate how the electric field strength is distributed when combining different insulating materials.
  Know and be able to describe different electrical phenomena that can occur in different types of insulating material.
  Know and be able to describe how different insulating materials are ageing, and how this can be monitored.
  Know and be able to describe how different overvoltages occur, and how to protect electrical equipment against them.
  Know and be able to choose equipment for testing and measuring high voltages.

  Prerequisites

  The course Electric Power Utilization.

  Content of the study unit

  Insulators in electric fields.
  Electric discharges.
  Isolation process of ageing.
  Overvoltage surges.
  Test and measurement technology.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Knows how the electric field strength is distributed when combining different insulating materials.
  Knows different discharge phenomena that can occur in different types of insulating materials.
  Knows how different insulating materials become obsolete, and how the aging process can be monitored.
  Knows how different surges occur, and how different electrical equipment can be protected against these surges.
  Knows equipment for testing and measuring high voltages.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can calculate how the electric field strength is distributed when combining different insulating materials.
  Can describe different discharge phenomena that can occur in different types of insulating materials.
  Can describe how different insulating materials become obsolete, and how the aging process can be monitored.
  Can describe how different surges occur, and how different electrical equipment can be protected against these surges.
  Can select and describe equipment for testing and measuring high voltages.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can calculate different sizes for more complex insulation arrangements.
  Can make a detailed description of different discharge phenomena that can occur in different types of insulating materials.
  Can make a detailed description of how different insulating materials become obsolete, and how the aging process can be monitored.
  Can make a detailed description of how different surges occur, and how different electrical equipment can be protected against these surges.
  Can select and describe equipment for testing and measuring high voltages, and describe the accuracy.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Compendium, found on Moodle
  Elkraftsystem 1, from Elkrafthandboken-series
  Suurjännitetekniikka by Aro, Elovaara, etc.

  Learning methods

  Lectures
  Practical calculation
  Self studies
  Assessed lab

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The written exam consists of five questions of 4 points, ie a total of 20 points. About 50% theoretical questions, other half calculations.
  In the calculation exercises, an answer gives four points if the calculations are complete with the right values ​​and the correct answer. Careless errors give deductions.
  The lab is assessed with points 1-5 per lab, ie a total of 10 points. The report is primarily assessed, but the own activity during the laboratory session is also taken into account.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  04.09.2023 - 17.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 08.09.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA20-K (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Written exam
  Two lab reports, approved.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Exam around week 43.

  Student's schedule and workload

  A total of 81 hours, of which contact lessons are six weeks with two lessons of two hours per week. In addition, two laboratory sessions of 4-5 hours.

  Content scheduling

  Theory during weeks 36 - 41. Laborations during weeks 43 - 50.

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 10 points and/or unapproved labreports.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Grade 1: 10 - 11,5 points
  Grade 2: 12 - 14,5 points

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Grade 3: 15 - 18,5 points
  Grade 4: 19 - 23,5 points

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  24 points and more

•   Hybrid Systems ELA18DS04-3004 22.01.2024-28.04.2024  5 credits  (ELA21D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student should understand the development of hybrid cloud systems. A hybrid cloud service is a combination of a private cloud, its own data center and / or a public cloud.

  Prerequisites

  All IT courses in grade 3.

  Content of the study unit

  - Virtualization in distributed data centers
  - The structure of the infrastructure
  - Programming and business activities, what to consider.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Understand the concepts and be able to plan virtualization solutions.
  Know about different solution models.
  Can implement simple cloud solutions.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can deploy virtualized solutions.
  Can deploy cloud solutions.
  Can implement solutions that use nodes both locally and in the cloud.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can distribute virtualized software.
  Can deploy hybrid cloud solutions.
  Can implement integrated solutions that use hybrid clouds.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  22.01.2024 - 28.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 21.01.2024

  • 5 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-I (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Kaj Wikman

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Hydromechanics and Thermal Physics TKV22HV01-3001 28.08.2023-12.11.2023  4 credits  (PRE22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After passing the course the student is expected to:
  - know basic concepts and important relationships for understanding heat and the thermal properties of matter.
  - be able to analyzing measurements and writing reports on the results.

  Prerequisites

  Mechanics (recommended)

  Content of the study unit

  Pressure, Archimedes' principle and buoyancy
  Fluid flow, linear and quadratic drag
  Heat and temperature
  Heat capacity and calorimetry
  Phase transitions
  Humidity
  Heating value and combustion
  Heating processes with continuous flows
  The ideal gas law
  Heat transfer mechanisms
  Heat conduction through layers
  Analysing and reporting measurements from laboratory work (measurement uncertainty, regression analysis)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Can carry out measurements according to instructions and correctly record measurements.
  - Can assess the uncertainty of a measured value.
  - Can calculate with propagation of errors.
  - Can write a report containing all the essential structural elements and present results in an understandable way.
  - Can calculate hydrostatic pressure.
  - Can use the continuity condition.
  - Can determine the nature of the flow (laminar/turbulent) in a pipe.
  - Understands central quantities and concepts in heat theory.
  - Can make simple calculations with heat expansion, gas laws, heat capacity and heat transport.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Can plan measurements to obtain representative values.
  - Can systematically note measurements.
  - Can calculate uncertainties with regression analysis.
  - Can assess the relative impact of measurement uncertainties on the uncertainty of the end result.
  - Can write a report with correct formalism regarding units, notation, rounding, table structure and graphical presentation.
  - Can calculate forces on bodies in a fluid, both at rest and in relative motion.
  - Can do calorimetric calculations.
  - Can apply the ideal gas law to closed systems.
  - Can calculate heat transfer through flat walls.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Can perform measurements efficiently and systematically.
  - Can plan the measurements and make corrections to determine the final results with good accuracy.
  - Can perform an uncertainty analysis by linearizing physical relationships.
  - Can write a report that is balanced, economical and virtually free from formal errors.
  - Can present the data and analysis process in a systematic and easy to read manner.
  - Can calculate the motion for a body falling though a fluid.
  - Can perform calorimetric calculations with phase transitions.
  - Can apply the ideal gas law to open systems.

  ---

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Kompendium och annat material delas på kurssidan (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar och övningar
  Laborationer med rapportering
  Inlämningsuppgifter (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Vitsordet baserar sig på labbrapporter, inlämningsuppgifter och tentamen. (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  28.08.2023 - 12.11.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

  • 4 credits

  Group(s)

  • PRE22D-V

  Small group(s)

  • Group 1 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • Group 2 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Anders Skjäl

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tentamen mot slutet av kursen
  Två omtagningsmöjligheter på specificerade allmänna omtagningstillfällen (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  108 h
  Närundervisning 38 h
  Laboratoriearbete 12 h
  Rapportering 16 h
  Inlämningsuppgifter 22 h
  Självstudier 20 h (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Kan genomföra mätningar enligt anvisningar och korrekt notera uppmätta resultat.
  - Kan bedöma osäkerheten hos ett uppmätt värde.
  - Kan beräkna osäkerhetsprogression.
  - Kan skriva en rapport som innehåller alla väsentliga strukturella element och presentera resultat på ett förståeligt sätt.
  - Kan räkna hydrostatiskt tryck.
  - Kan använda kontinuitetsvillkoret.
  - Kan för rörströmning avgöra strömningens karaktär.
  - Förstår innebörden av centrala storheter och begrepp i värmeläran.
  - Kan göra enkla beräkningar med värmeutvidgning, gaslagar, värmekapacitet och värmetransport. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Kan planera mätningar för att erhålla representativa och väl spridda värden.
  - Kan systematiskt notera uppmätta resultat.
  - Kan beräkna osäkerhet genom regressionsanalys.
  - Kan bedöma den relativa inverkan av mätosäkerheten hos olika uppmätta variabler på slutresultatets osäkerhet.
  - Kan skriva en rapport med huvudsakligen korrekt formalism gällande enheter, beteckningar, avrundning, tabellstruktur och grafisk presentation
  - Kan beräkna krafter på kroppar i en fluid både i vila och i relativ rörelse.
  - Kan göra kalorimetriska beräkningar.
  - Kan tillämpa idealgaslagen på slutna system.
  - Kan räkna värmegenomgång genom plan vägg. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Kan effektivt och systematiskt utföra mätningar.
  - Kan planera dessa och vidta korrigerande åtgärder så att slutresultat med god noggrannhet erhålls.
  - Kan göra en osäkerhetsanalys genom att linearisera fysikaliska samband.
  - Kan skriva en rapport som är balanserad, ekonomisk och så gott som fri från formella fel.
  - Kan presentera data och analysprocessen på ett systematiskt och lättläst sätt.
  - Kan räkna fallrörelse för kropp i fluid.
  - Kan göra kalorimetriska beräkningar med fasövergångar.
  - Kan tillämpa idealgaslagen på öppna system. (not translated)

•   Hydromechanics and Thermal Physics TKV22HV01-3004 14.02.2024-26.03.2024  4 credits  (ÖH22FLEXING) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After passing the course the student is expected to:
  - know basic concepts and important relationships for understanding heat and the thermal properties of matter.
  - be able to analyzing measurements and writing reports on the results.

  Prerequisites

  Mechanics (recommended)

  Content of the study unit

  Pressure, Archimedes' principle and buoyancy
  Fluid flow, linear and quadratic drag
  Heat and temperature
  Heat capacity and calorimetry
  Phase transitions
  Humidity
  Heating value and combustion
  Heating processes with continuous flows
  The ideal gas law
  Heat transfer mechanisms
  Heat conduction through layers
  Analysing and reporting measurements from laboratory work (measurement uncertainty, regression analysis)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Can carry out measurements according to instructions and correctly record measurements.
  - Can assess the uncertainty of a measured value.
  - Can calculate with propagation of errors.
  - Can write a report containing all the essential structural elements and present results in an understandable way.
  - Can calculate hydrostatic pressure.
  - Can use the continuity condition.
  - Can determine the nature of the flow (laminar/turbulent) in a pipe.
  - Understands central quantities and concepts in heat theory.
  - Can make simple calculations with heat expansion, gas laws, heat capacity and heat transport.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Can plan measurements to obtain representative values.
  - Can systematically note measurements.
  - Can calculate uncertainties with regression analysis.
  - Can assess the relative impact of measurement uncertainties on the uncertainty of the end result.
  - Can write a report with correct formalism regarding units, notation, rounding, table structure and graphical presentation.
  - Can calculate forces on bodies in a fluid, both at rest and in relative motion.
  - Can do calorimetric calculations.
  - Can apply the ideal gas law to closed systems.
  - Can calculate heat transfer through flat walls.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Can perform measurements efficiently and systematically.
  - Can plan the measurements and make corrections to determine the final results with good accuracy.
  - Can perform an uncertainty analysis by linearizing physical relationships.
  - Can write a report that is balanced, economical and virtually free from formal errors.
  - Can present the data and analysis process in a systematic and easy to read manner.
  - Can calculate the motion for a body falling though a fluid.
  - Can perform calorimetric calculations with phase transitions.
  - Can apply the ideal gas law to open systems.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Matts Nickull

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  14.02.2024 - 26.03.2024

  Enrollment date range

  01.12.2023 - 18.02.2024

  • 4 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH22FLEXING

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Anders Skjäl

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Hydromechanics and Thermal Physics TKV22HV01-3002 28.08.2023-12.11.2023  4 credits  (ELA22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After passing the course the student is expected to:
  - know basic concepts and important relationships for understanding heat and the thermal properties of matter.
  - be able to analyzing measurements and writing reports on the results.

  Prerequisites

  Mechanics (recommended)

  Content of the study unit

  Pressure, Archimedes' principle and buoyancy
  Fluid flow, linear and quadratic drag
  Heat and temperature
  Heat capacity and calorimetry
  Phase transitions
  Humidity
  Heating value and combustion
  Heating processes with continuous flows
  The ideal gas law
  Heat transfer mechanisms
  Heat conduction through layers
  Analysing and reporting measurements from laboratory work (measurement uncertainty, regression analysis)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Can carry out measurements according to instructions and correctly record measurements.
  - Can assess the uncertainty of a measured value.
  - Can calculate with propagation of errors.
  - Can write a report containing all the essential structural elements and present results in an understandable way.
  - Can calculate hydrostatic pressure.
  - Can use the continuity condition.
  - Can determine the nature of the flow (laminar/turbulent) in a pipe.
  - Understands central quantities and concepts in heat theory.
  - Can make simple calculations with heat expansion, gas laws, heat capacity and heat transport.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Can plan measurements to obtain representative values.
  - Can systematically note measurements.
  - Can calculate uncertainties with regression analysis.
  - Can assess the relative impact of measurement uncertainties on the uncertainty of the end result.
  - Can write a report with correct formalism regarding units, notation, rounding, table structure and graphical presentation.
  - Can calculate forces on bodies in a fluid, both at rest and in relative motion.
  - Can do calorimetric calculations.
  - Can apply the ideal gas law to closed systems.
  - Can calculate heat transfer through flat walls.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Can perform measurements efficiently and systematically.
  - Can plan the measurements and make corrections to determine the final results with good accuracy.
  - Can perform an uncertainty analysis by linearizing physical relationships.
  - Can write a report that is balanced, economical and virtually free from formal errors.
  - Can present the data and analysis process in a systematic and easy to read manner.
  - Can calculate the motion for a body falling though a fluid.
  - Can perform calorimetric calculations with phase transitions.
  - Can apply the ideal gas law to open systems.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Kompendium och annat material delas på kurssidan (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar och övningar
  Laborationer med rapportering
  Inlämningsuppgifter (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Vitsordet baserar sig på labbrapporter, inlämningsuppgifter och tentamen. (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  28.08.2023 - 12.11.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

  • 4 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA22D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA22-S1 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA22-S2 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA22-Y1 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA22-Y2 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Anders Skjäl, Lina Åberg

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tentamen mot slutet av kursen
  Två omtagningsmöjligheter på specificerade allmänna omtagningstillfällen (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  108 h
  Närundervisning 38 h
  Laboratoriearbete 12 h
  Rapportering 16 h
  Inlämningsuppgifter 22 h
  Självstudier 20 h (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Kan genomföra mätningar enligt anvisningar och korrekt notera uppmätta resultat.
  - Kan bedöma osäkerheten hos ett uppmätt värde.
  - Kan beräkna osäkerhetsprogression.
  - Kan skriva en rapport som innehåller alla väsentliga strukturella element och presentera resultat på ett förståeligt sätt.
  - Kan räkna hydrostatiskt tryck.
  - Kan använda kontinuitetsvillkoret.
  - Kan för rörströmning avgöra strömningens karaktär.
  - Förstår innebörden av centrala storheter och begrepp i värmeläran.
  - Kan göra enkla beräkningar med värmeutvidgning, gaslagar, värmekapacitet och värmetransport. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Kan planera mätningar för att erhålla representativa och väl spridda värden.
  - Kan systematiskt notera uppmätta resultat.
  - Kan beräkna osäkerhet genom regressionsanalys.
  - Kan bedöma den relativa inverkan av mätosäkerheten hos olika uppmätta variabler på slutresultatets osäkerhet.
  - Kan skriva en rapport med huvudsakligen korrekt formalism gällande enheter, beteckningar, avrundning, tabellstruktur och grafisk presentation
  - Kan beräkna krafter på kroppar i en fluid både i vila och i relativ rörelse.
  - Kan göra kalorimetriska beräkningar.
  - Kan tillämpa idealgaslagen på slutna system.
  - Kan räkna värmegenomgång genom plan vägg. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Kan effektivt och systematiskt utföra mätningar.
  - Kan planera dessa och vidta korrigerande åtgärder så att slutresultat med god noggrannhet erhålls.
  - Kan göra en osäkerhetsanalys genom att linearisera fysikaliska samband.
  - Kan skriva en rapport som är balanserad, ekonomisk och så gott som fri från formella fel.
  - Kan presentera data och analysprocessen på ett systematiskt och lättläst sätt.
  - Kan räkna fallrörelse för kropp i fluid.
  - Kan göra kalorimetriska beräkningar med fasövergångar.
  - Kan tillämpa idealgaslagen på öppna system. (not translated)

•   Hydromechanics and Thermal Physics TKV22HV01-3003 28.08.2023-10.12.2023  4 credits  (MAP22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After passing the course the student is expected to:
  - know basic concepts and important relationships for understanding heat and the thermal properties of matter.
  - be able to analyzing measurements and writing reports on the results.

  Prerequisites

  Mechanics (recommended)

  Content of the study unit

  Pressure, Archimedes' principle and buoyancy
  Fluid flow, linear and quadratic drag
  Heat and temperature
  Heat capacity and calorimetry
  Phase transitions
  Humidity
  Heating value and combustion
  Heating processes with continuous flows
  The ideal gas law
  Heat transfer mechanisms
  Heat conduction through layers
  Analysing and reporting measurements from laboratory work (measurement uncertainty, regression analysis)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Can carry out measurements according to instructions and correctly record measurements.
  - Can assess the uncertainty of a measured value.
  - Can calculate with propagation of errors.
  - Can write a report containing all the essential structural elements and present results in an understandable way.
  - Can calculate hydrostatic pressure.
  - Can use the continuity condition.
  - Can determine the nature of the flow (laminar/turbulent) in a pipe.
  - Understands central quantities and concepts in heat theory.
  - Can make simple calculations with heat expansion, gas laws, heat capacity and heat transport.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Can plan measurements to obtain representative values.
  - Can systematically note measurements.
  - Can calculate uncertainties with regression analysis.
  - Can assess the relative impact of measurement uncertainties on the uncertainty of the end result.
  - Can write a report with correct formalism regarding units, notation, rounding, table structure and graphical presentation.
  - Can calculate forces on bodies in a fluid, both at rest and in relative motion.
  - Can do calorimetric calculations.
  - Can apply the ideal gas law to closed systems.
  - Can calculate heat transfer through flat walls.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Can perform measurements efficiently and systematically.
  - Can plan the measurements and make corrections to determine the final results with good accuracy.
  - Can perform an uncertainty analysis by linearizing physical relationships.
  - Can write a report that is balanced, economical and virtually free from formal errors.
  - Can present the data and analysis process in a systematic and easy to read manner.
  - Can calculate the motion for a body falling though a fluid.
  - Can perform calorimetric calculations with phase transitions.
  - Can apply the ideal gas law to open systems.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Kaj Rintanen

  Mode of delivery

  75% Face-to-face, 25% Distance learning

  Learning material

  Kompendium och annat material finns i moodle (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar, räkneövningar och laborationer (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Vitsordet baserar sig på laborationsrapporter, inlämningsuppgifter och tentamen. (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  28.08.2023 - 10.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

  • 4 credits

  Group(s)

  • MAP22D-V

  Seats

  0 - 60

  Small group(s)

  • Group 1 (Size: 18. Open university: 0.)
  • Group 2 (Size: 18. Open university: 0.)
  • Group 3 (Size: 18. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Mats Borg

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Share of online studies

  1 credits

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tentamen på teoridelen. Två omtagningsmöjligheter vid specificerade omtagningstillfällen. Tidpunkterna för dessa anges i kursschemat i moodle.
  Tidtabell för inlämning av laborationsrapporter anges i kursschemat i moodle. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Total tidsåtgång 107 h, varav
  * Teorilektioner och räkneövningar 34 h
  * Laboratoriearbete 12 h
  * Tentamen 2h
  * Självstudier, arbete med uppgifter och rapportering 59 h (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Kan genomföra mätningar enligt anvisningar och korrekt notera uppmätta resultat.
  - Kan bedöma osäkerheten hos ett uppmätt värde.
  - Kan beräkna osäkerhetsprogression.
  - Kan skriva en rapport som innehåller alla väsentliga strukturella element och presentera resultat på ett förståeligt sätt.
  - Kan räkna hydrostatiskt tryck.
  - Kan använda kontinuitetsvillkoret.
  - Kan för rörströmning avgöra strömningens karaktär.
  - Förstår innebörden av centrala storheter och begrepp i värmeläran.
  - Kan göra enkla beräkningar med värmeutvidgning, gaslagar, värmekapacitet och värmetransport. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Kan planera mätningar för att erhålla representativa och väl spridda värden.
  - Kan systematiskt notera uppmätta resultat.
  - Kan beräkna osäkerhet genom regressionsanalys.
  - Kan bedöma den relativa inverkan av mätosäkerheten hos olika uppmätta variabler på slutresultatets osäkerhet.
  - Kan skriva en rapport med huvudsakligen korrekt formalism gällande enheter, beteckningar, avrundning, tabellstruktur och grafisk presentation
  - Kan beräkna krafter på kroppar i en fluid både i vila och i relativ rörelse.
  - Kan göra kalorimetriska beräkningar.
  - Kan tillämpa idealgaslagen på slutna system.
  - Kan räkna värmegenomgång genom plan vägg. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Kan effektivt och systematiskt utföra mätningar.
  - Kan planera dessa och vidta korrigerande åtgärder så att slutresultat med god noggrannhet erhålls.
  - Kan göra en osäkerhetsanalys genom att linearisera fysikaliska samband.
  - Kan skriva en rapport som är balanserad, ekonomisk och så gott som fri från formella fel.
  - Kan presentera data och analysprocessen på ett systematiskt och lättläst sätt.
  - Kan räkna fallrörelse för kropp i fluid.
  - Kan göra kalorimetriska beräkningar med fasövergångar.
  - Kan tillämpa idealgaslagen på öppna system. (not translated)

•   Industrial Automation Systems ELA18AU03-3004 04.09.2023-03.12.2023  6 credits  (ELA21D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The goal of the course is to give understanding for and skills in configuration and use of industrial automation systems. The course deals with the importance, function and application of automation systems in industrial processes, different systems types, system functionalities and principles for selecting systems. The course also deals with acquisition of automation systems from the perspective of both the user and the supplier, as well as the importance of creating usable systems.

  Prerequisites

  No requirements in advance

  Content of the study unit

  - industrial processes and their need for supervisory, control and automation systems
  - the configuration and functionality of the systems
  - system components and building blocks
  - system functions
  - system types
  - function and system requirement specifications
  - the interaction between man and system and process
  - usability
  - system configurations
  - selecting components and building blocks
  - practical assignments in project form

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Concerning functional and system requirements, knows the specifications and their importance.
  Concerning configuration and functionality of industrial automation systems, knows the the basic principles.
  Concerning parametrization and programming, knows the principles.
  Concerning usability, knows the principles.
  Concerning selection of components and building blocks for industrial automation systems, knws the principles for selecting equipment.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Concerning functional and system requirements, can make use of these specifications.
  Concerning configuration and functionality of industrial automation systems, understands and can make use of the functionality of the system components and building blocks.
  Concerning parametrization and programming, can make use of software program and set parameters for basic applications.
  Concerning usability, can make use of the principles for usability.
  Concerning selection of components and building blocks for industrial automation systems, knows how to select equipment for basic applications.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Concerning functional and system requirements, is able to create and write such requirements.
  Concerning configuration and functionality of industrial automation systems, is able to plan and configure the functionality of systems components and building blocks.
  Concerning parametrization and programming, is able to create software programs and decide parameters for advanced applications.
  Concerning usability, is able to utilize usability principles in design work.
  Concerning selection of components and building blocks for industrial automation systems, is able to plan and select equipment for advanced system applications.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning methods

  - Lectures
  - Exercises
  - Project work
  - Individual studies

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  - Competence in functional and system specifications
  - Competence in the structure and function of industrial automation systems
  - Competence in parameterization and programming of industrial automation systems
  - Competence in usability and user interface
  - Expertise in selecting components and building blocks for industrial automation systems

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  04.09.2023 - 03.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

  • 6 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-A (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Joachim Böling

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Pass in exercises, project work, and examination

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Autumn 2023

  Student's schedule and workload

  160 working hours

  Assessment criteria

  - function and system specifications are unknown
  - lacks knowledge of the basic principles for the construction and operation of industrial automation systems
  - does not know the principles for parameterization and programming of industrial automation systems
  - lacks knowledge of usability and user interface
  - does not know the principles for selecting equipment for industrial automation systems

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - knows about functional and system specifications
  - knows the basic principles for the design and function of industrial automation systems
  - knows the principles for parameterization and programming of industrial automation systems
  - knows the principles of usability and user interface
  - knows the principles for the choice of equipment for industrial automation systems

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - understands the importance of functional and system specifications
  - can specify requirements for construction and function of industrial automation systems
  - can handle basic parametrization and can create programs for simple industrial automation systems
  - understands the importance of usability and user interface
  - is able to select equipment for simple industrial automation

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - considers functional and system specifications in planning and construction of more comprehensive industrial automation systems
  - can deploy and configure more extensive industrial automation systems
  - is capable of parameterization and can create programs for more extensive industrial automation systems
  - considers the principles of usability and user interface in planning and configuring more comprehensive industrial automation systems
  - is able to select equipment for more extensive industrial automation systems

•   Internet of Things ET22EC06-3002 12.02.2024-28.04.2024  6 credits  (ET23D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Knowledge and understanding
  After completing the course, the student should be able to:
  - explain the advantages of using IoT solutions
  - define the need for IoT solutions in applications
  
  Skills and Abilities
  After completing the course, the student should be able to:
  - create simple Node-Red applications
  - communicate using Wireless communication
  - optimize the availability of data using Cloud services
  - analyze the needs for Smart home solutions
  
  Evaluation Ability and Approach
  After completing the course, the student should be able to:
  - select relevant technology based on application
  - justify the choice of technology in IoT applications

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites

  Content of the study unit

  Introduction and Raspberry PI
  What is IoT and the future
  Getting to know Raspberry PI: Installation, Node-red, Dashboard, MQTT
  One hands on exercise (Node-Red and MQTT)
  
  Wireless technology
  Overview of the wireless technology used today: Bluetooth, Wifi, LoraWAN (and Sigfox), NB IoT with 4G and 5G cellular network
  How to connect LoraWAN sensors. LoraWAN commercial network from Digita (national network) and global open network from The Things Network.
  Make your own IoT sensor with ESP32 and DS18B20, a battery powered temperature sensor with Wifi.
  3 Hands on exercises (Bluetooth & Wifi, LoraWAN and ESP32)
  
  Cloud services for IoT
  Basic overview
  Azure and/or AWS
  One hands on exercise
  
  Smart home
  Using cloud services and Raspberry Pi to control and measuring your home.
  Using voice control with smart speakers from Amazon and Google.
  One hands on exercise

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Lecture slides

  Learning methods

  Shorter theory briefings accompanied by hands on tasks that are partly solved during the scheduled time slots and partly at home. Tasks are done in groups of two persons.

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  All task solutions and documentation of the tasks are gathered into a portfolio. The portfolio is graded. There is no exam.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  12.02.2024 - 28.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 25.02.2024

  • 6 credits

  Group(s)

  • ET23D-V
  • ELA22D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA22-E (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • ET23 (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Hans Lindén

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Energy Technology, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 50% of the tasks have been solved and documented.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  In Between 50% and 69% of the tasks have been solved and documented.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  In Between 70% and 89% of the tasks have been solved and documented.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  90% or more of the tasks have been solved and documented.

•   Luminaries and Lighing Techniques ELA18EI02-3006 04.03.2024-21.04.2024  3 credits  (ELA21D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Understand and be able to explain basic lighting concepts
  To know the structure and function of light fixtures.
  To be able to plan lighting for different purposes
  Knowing control principles for different types of lighting sources.
  To know and be able to apply the economic use of lighting.
  To know and be able to make basic measurements of illumination.
  To know about different requirements that are set for lighting intensity depending on the place of use.

  Prerequisites

  The basics of installation technology.

  Content of the study unit

  Lighting basic concepts
  Structure and function of light fixtures.
  Planning of lighting.
  Control principles for different types of lighting sources.
  Economical use of lighting.
  Measurement methods.
  Different requirements that are set for lighting intensity depending on the place of use.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Know the basics of lighting technology.
  Knows different ballasts.
  Knows the control principle for different lamp types.
  Knows measurement methods for measuring illuminance.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Understands the construction of light fixtures.
  Understand why different light sources require different ballasts.
  Can explain the control principles for different lamp types.
  Knows what lighting forces are required in different spaces.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can plan indoor and outdoor lighting.
  Can use different ballasts.
  Understands the control principle so that economical use of lighting is possible.
  Can plan lighting according to the requirements with the help of computer programs

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Compendiums, degree projects and info from manufacturers of luminaries.
  Info and links are available in Moodle for the course.

  Learning methods

  Lectures, calculations, laboratory work and self-study.
  Information and study material are presented in Moodle for the course.

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Basis for the grade in the course is determined by the points in the course exam, the laboratory work and the reports. All parts must be passed in order to receive a final grade.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  04.03.2024 - 21.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 03.03.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-K (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Henrik Järveläinen

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Assessment of assignments, laboratory work, laboratory reports and theoretical tests.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  The time for the joint exam and any extra exam is determined in agreement with the students during the course. Lessons in class and laboratory sessions according to the established schedule in Peppi. Laboratory reports are submitted within two weeks of each laboratory.

  Student's schedule and workload

  A total of 81 hours divided into lessons in class, laboratory sessions, self-study and preparation of laboratory reports.

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 30% of the total points or some part of the course work is missing.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Grade 1: 30 - 39% of the total points
  Grade 2: 40 - 57% of the total points

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Grade 3: 58 - 74% of the total points
  Grade 4: 75 - 91% of the total points

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Grade 5: 92 - 100% of the total points

•   Maintenance Technology BK2308-3002 04.04.2024-02.05.2024  5 credits  (ÖH23ELA-BK-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Student:
  - can identify, name the concepts used to describe operational safety
  - can calculate key figures that describe how well the maintenance works
  - can take into account the operational safety aspects that should be taken into account when procuring new machines
  - can create service schedules for machines and equipment
  - understands the importance of functional safety-oriented maintenance
  - can perform measurement techniques for inspection and condition monitoring
  - has in-depth knowledge of how maintenance in various production systems is planned, carried out and evaluated

  Prerequisites

  None

  Content of the study unit

  - Maintenance theory
  - Maintenance processes, strategies and maintenance activities for different production systems
  - Calculation of maintenance key figures, life cycle costs
  - Methods and principles for preventive maintenance
  - Functional safety-oriented maintenance
  - Methods for inspection and condition monitoring

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  • Be able to perform simple calculations in maintenance technology
  • Know the connections between maintenance and operational reliability
  • Know different types of maintenance and their benefits

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  • Be able to perform calculations in operation and maintenance technology
  • Be able to draw conclusions about the appropriate type of maintenance based on operational safety requirements
  • Be able to plan maintenance and secure repairs

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  • Be able to perform and teach maintenance tasks to operating personnel
  • Being able to independently perform advanced calculations on the maintenance system's various departments
  • Be able to draw conclusions about whether the maintenance is working based on measurements and data

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Boris Ståhl

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  04.04.2024 - 02.05.2024

  Enrollment date range

  01.12.2023 - 25.04.2024

  • 5 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH23ELA-BK-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Martina Englund-Perälä, Andreas Gammelgård

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Mechanics TKV22ME01-3006 01.01.2024-30.04.2024  5 credits  (UIT23D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After passing the course the student can apply basic physics concepts such as power, torque, energy and momentum to bodies in motion and in equilibrium.

  Prerequisites

  None

  Content of the study unit

  Unit conversions, formulas
  Graphical descriptions of movement
  Velocity, acceleration
  Vectors in physics
  Curvilinear motion and normal acceleration
  Forces and Newton's laws
  Energy, work, the work-energy principle
  Power and efficiency
  Impulse and momentum
  Torques
  Center of mass
  Mechanical equilibrium
  Truss analysis
  
  Application according to specific education may occur.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Students fulfill the objectives of the course, and in the relevant realization compulsory parts, at a satisfactory level.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Students fulfill the objectives of the course, and in the relevant realization compulsory parts, at a good level.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Students fulfill the objectives of the course, and in the relevant realization compulsory parts, at an excellent level.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Kaj Wikman

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Dokument med teoriavsnitt och övningsuppgifter
  Kursbok (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar
  Räkneövningar
  Inlämningsuppgifter (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Inlämningsuppgifter
  Delförhör/Tentamen (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 5 credits

  Group(s)

  • UIT23D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Lina Åberg

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Industrial Management, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Information Technology

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tre delförhör under kursen
  Två omtagningsmöjligheter på specificerade allmänna omtagningstillfällen (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  135 h
  Närundervisning 64 h
  Inlämningsuppgifter 46 h
  Självstudier 25 h (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Kan göra enhetsomvandlingar och avrundningar.
  - Kan beräkna sökt storhet ur formler.
  - Kan bestämma komponenter och addera vektorer.
  - Förstår innebörden av centrala storheter och begrepp i kinematiken.
  - Kan göra standardberäkningar med rörelse i en dimension.
  - Kan beräkna centripetalacceleration
  - Känner till olika krafttyper och kan rita frikroppsdiagram.
  - Kan tillämpa Newtons lagar i endimensionella situationer.
  - Känner till de olika energiformerna.
  - Kan räkna med mekanisk energi, arbete, effekt och verkningsgrad.
  - Kan beräkna impuls utgående från (t,F)‐diagram.
  - Kan göra beräkningar med impuls och rörelsemängd.
  - Kan räkna raka, fullständigt oelastiska stötar.
  - Kan räkna tyngdpunkter för enkla geometrier.
  - Kan beräkna moment från en eller flera krafter. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Kan beräkna sökt storhet genom att kombinera flera olika formler.
  - Kan tillämpa vektoralgebra på tvådimensionella fysikaliska problem.
  - Kan räkna endimensionell rörelse med icke‐likformigt varierande hastighet.
  - Kan göra enklare beräkningar med rörelse i två dimensioner så som likformig banrörelse.
  - Kan tillämpa Newtons lagar i enklare tvådimensionella situationer så som lutande plan.
  - Kan tillämpa energiprincipen när den mekaniska energin bevaras.
  - Kan räkna sneda, fullständigt oelastiska stötar.
  - Kan räkna tyngdpunkter för kombinationer av enkla geometrier.
  - Kan frilägga en kropp och tillämpa jämviktsvillkoren i tvådimensionella situationer. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Kan härleda nya formler genom att symboliskt kombinera formler.
  - Kan tillämpa vektoralgebra på tredimensionella fysikaliska problem.
  - Kan göra beräkningar med krökt och tangentiellt accelererad rörelse i två dimensioner.
  - Kan tillämpa Newtons lagar i mer krävande två‐ och tredimensionella situationer, så som flerkroppsproblem och doserade kurvor.
  - Kan tillämpa energiprincipen när icke‐mekaniska energiformer och yttre arbeten är involverade.
  - Kan räkna raka stötar med studs.
  - Kan göra beräkningar där både energiprincipen och lagen om rörelsemängdens bevarande ingår.
  - Kan tillämpa jämviktsvillkoren i tvådimensionella problem med flera kroppar.
  - Kan räkna plana fackverk med knutpunktsmetoden och snittmetoden. (not translated)

•   Mechanics TKV22ME01-3007 13.09.2023-23.10.2023  5 credits  (ÖH22FLEXING) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After passing the course the student can apply basic physics concepts such as power, torque, energy and momentum to bodies in motion and in equilibrium.

  Prerequisites

  None

  Content of the study unit

  Unit conversions, formulas
  Graphical descriptions of movement
  Velocity, acceleration
  Vectors in physics
  Curvilinear motion and normal acceleration
  Forces and Newton's laws
  Energy, work, the work-energy principle
  Power and efficiency
  Impulse and momentum
  Torques
  Center of mass
  Mechanical equilibrium
  Truss analysis
  
  Application according to specific education may occur.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Students fulfill the objectives of the course, and in the relevant realization compulsory parts, at a satisfactory level.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Students fulfill the objectives of the course, and in the relevant realization compulsory parts, at a good level.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Students fulfill the objectives of the course, and in the relevant realization compulsory parts, at an excellent level.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Matts Nickull

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Materialet delas via kurssidan:
  - Dokument med teori och övningar
  - Videor (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar
  Räkneövningar
  Inlämningsuppgifter (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Inlämningsuppgifter
  Delförhör/Tentamen (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  13.09.2023 - 23.10.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 17.09.2023

  • 5 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH22FLEXING

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Anders Skjäl

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management, Degree Programme in Information Technology

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tidtabellen för tenter meddelas i början av kursen och på kurssidan. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  135 h
  Närundervisning 25 h
  Inlämningsuppgifter 60 h
  Självstudier 50 h (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Kan göra enhetsomvandlingar och avrundningar.
  - Kan beräkna sökt storhet ur formler.
  - Kan bestämma komponenter och addera vektorer.
  - Förstår innebörden av centrala storheter och begrepp i kinematiken.
  - Kan göra standardberäkningar med rörelse i en dimension.
  - Kan beräkna centripetalacceleration
  - Känner till olika krafttyper och kan rita frikroppsdiagram.
  - Kan tillämpa Newtons lagar i endimensionella situationer.
  - Känner till de olika energiformerna.
  - Kan räkna med mekanisk energi, arbete, effekt och verkningsgrad.
  - Kan beräkna impuls utgående från (t,F)‐diagram.
  - Kan göra beräkningar med impuls och rörelsemängd.
  - Kan räkna raka, fullständigt oelastiska stötar.
  - Kan räkna tyngdpunkter för enkla geometrier.
  - Kan beräkna moment från en eller flera krafter. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Kan beräkna sökt storhet genom att kombinera flera olika formler.
  - Kan tillämpa vektoralgebra på tvådimensionella fysikaliska problem.
  - Kan räkna endimensionell rörelse med icke‐likformigt varierande hastighet.
  - Kan göra enklare beräkningar med rörelse i två dimensioner så som likformig banrörelse.
  - Kan tillämpa Newtons lagar i enklare tvådimensionella situationer så som lutande plan.
  - Kan tillämpa energiprincipen när den mekaniska energin bevaras.
  - Kan räkna sneda, fullständigt oelastiska stötar.
  - Kan räkna tyngdpunkter för kombinationer av enkla geometrier.
  - Kan frilägga en kropp och tillämpa jämviktsvillkoren i tvådimensionella situationer. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Kan härleda nya formler genom att symboliskt kombinera formler.
  - Kan tillämpa vektoralgebra på tredimensionella fysikaliska problem.
  - Kan göra beräkningar med krökt och tangentiellt accelererad rörelse i två dimensioner.
  - Kan tillämpa Newtons lagar i mer krävande två‐ och tredimensionella situationer, så som flerkroppsproblem och doserade kurvor.
  - Kan tillämpa energiprincipen när icke‐mekaniska energiformer och yttre arbeten är involverade.
  - Kan räkna raka stötar med studs.
  - Kan göra beräkningar där både energiprincipen och lagen om rörelsemängdens bevarande ingår.
  - Kan tillämpa jämviktsvillkoren i tvådimensionella problem med flera kroppar.
  - Kan räkna plana fackverk med knutpunktsmetoden och snittmetoden. (not translated)

•   Mechanics TKV22ME01-3004 01.01.2024-11.04.2024  5 credits  (PRE23D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After passing the course the student can apply basic physics concepts such as power, torque, energy and momentum to bodies in motion and in equilibrium.

  Prerequisites

  None

  Content of the study unit

  Unit conversions, formulas
  Graphical descriptions of movement
  Velocity, acceleration
  Vectors in physics
  Curvilinear motion and normal acceleration
  Forces and Newton's laws
  Energy, work, the work-energy principle
  Power and efficiency
  Impulse and momentum
  Torques
  Center of mass
  Mechanical equilibrium
  Truss analysis
  
  Application according to specific education may occur.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Students fulfill the objectives of the course, and in the relevant realization compulsory parts, at a satisfactory level.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Students fulfill the objectives of the course, and in the relevant realization compulsory parts, at a good level.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Students fulfill the objectives of the course, and in the relevant realization compulsory parts, at an excellent level.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Anders Skjäl

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Dokument med teoriavsnitt och övningsuppgifter
  Kursbok (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar
  Räkneövningar
  Inlämningsuppgifter (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Inlämningsuppgifter
  Delförhör/Tentamen (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.01.2024 - 11.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  02.12.2023 - 31.12.2023

  • 5 credits

  Group(s)

  • PRE23D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Anders Skjäl

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tre delförhör under kursen
  Två omtagningsmöjligheter på specificerade allmänna omtagningstillfällen (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  135 h
  Närundervisning 64 h
  Inlämningsuppgifter 46 h
  Självstudier 25 h (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Kan göra enhetsomvandlingar och avrundningar.
  - Kan beräkna sökt storhet ur formler.
  - Kan bestämma komponenter och addera vektorer.
  - Förstår innebörden av centrala storheter och begrepp i kinematiken.
  - Kan göra standardberäkningar med rörelse i en dimension.
  - Kan beräkna centripetalacceleration
  - Känner till olika krafttyper och kan rita frikroppsdiagram.
  - Kan tillämpa Newtons lagar i endimensionella situationer.
  - Känner till de olika energiformerna.
  - Kan räkna med mekanisk energi, arbete, effekt och verkningsgrad.
  - Kan beräkna impuls utgående från (t,F)‐diagram.
  - Kan göra beräkningar med impuls och rörelsemängd.
  - Kan räkna raka, fullständigt oelastiska stötar.
  - Kan räkna tyngdpunkter för enkla geometrier.
  - Kan beräkna moment från en eller flera krafter. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Kan beräkna sökt storhet genom att kombinera flera olika formler.
  - Kan tillämpa vektoralgebra på tvådimensionella fysikaliska problem.
  - Kan räkna endimensionell rörelse med icke‐likformigt varierande hastighet.
  - Kan göra enklare beräkningar med rörelse i två dimensioner så som likformig banrörelse.
  - Kan tillämpa Newtons lagar i enklare tvådimensionella situationer så som lutande plan.
  - Kan tillämpa energiprincipen när den mekaniska energin bevaras.
  - Kan räkna sneda, fullständigt oelastiska stötar.
  - Kan räkna tyngdpunkter för kombinationer av enkla geometrier.
  - Kan frilägga en kropp och tillämpa jämviktsvillkoren i tvådimensionella situationer. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Kan härleda nya formler genom att symboliskt kombinera formler.
  - Kan tillämpa vektoralgebra på tredimensionella fysikaliska problem.
  - Kan göra beräkningar med krökt och tangentiellt accelererad rörelse i två dimensioner.
  - Kan tillämpa Newtons lagar i mer krävande två‐ och tredimensionella situationer, så som flerkroppsproblem och doserade kurvor.
  - Kan tillämpa energiprincipen när icke‐mekaniska energiformer och yttre arbeten är involverade.
  - Kan räkna raka stötar med studs.
  - Kan göra beräkningar där både energiprincipen och lagen om rörelsemängdens bevarande ingår.
  - Kan tillämpa jämviktsvillkoren i tvådimensionella problem med flera kroppar.
  - Kan räkna plana fackverk med knutpunktsmetoden och snittmetoden. (not translated)

•   Mechanics TKV22ME01-3005 02.10.2023-17.12.2023  5 credits  (MAP23D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After passing the course the student can apply basic physics concepts such as power, torque, energy and momentum to bodies in motion and in equilibrium.

  Prerequisites

  None

  Content of the study unit

  Unit conversions, formulas
  Graphical descriptions of movement
  Velocity, acceleration
  Vectors in physics
  Curvilinear motion and normal acceleration
  Forces and Newton's laws
  Energy, work, the work-energy principle
  Power and efficiency
  Impulse and momentum
  Torques
  Center of mass
  Mechanical equilibrium
  Truss analysis
  
  Application according to specific education may occur.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Students fulfill the objectives of the course, and in the relevant realization compulsory parts, at a satisfactory level.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Students fulfill the objectives of the course, and in the relevant realization compulsory parts, at a good level.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Students fulfill the objectives of the course, and in the relevant realization compulsory parts, at an excellent level.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Kaj Rintanen

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Dokument med teoriavsnitt och övningsuppgifter
  Kursbok (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar
  Räkneövningar
  Inlämningsuppgifter (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Inlämningsuppgifter
  Delförhör/Tentamen (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  02.10.2023 - 17.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 01.10.2023

  • 5 credits

  Group(s)

  • MAP23D-V
  • ÖH23MAP-LED-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Anders Skjäl

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management, Degree Programme in Information Technology

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tre delförhör under kursen
  Två omtagningsmöjligheter på specificerade allmänna omtagningstillfällen (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  135 h
  Närundervisning 64 h
  Inlämningsuppgifter 46 h
  Självstudier 25 h (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Kan göra enhetsomvandlingar och avrundningar.
  - Kan beräkna sökt storhet ur formler.
  - Kan bestämma komponenter och addera vektorer.
  - Förstår innebörden av centrala storheter och begrepp i kinematiken.
  - Kan göra standardberäkningar med rörelse i en dimension.
  - Kan beräkna centripetalacceleration
  - Känner till olika krafttyper och kan rita frikroppsdiagram.
  - Kan tillämpa Newtons lagar i endimensionella situationer.
  - Känner till de olika energiformerna.
  - Kan räkna med mekanisk energi, arbete, effekt och verkningsgrad.
  - Kan beräkna impuls utgående från (t,F)‐diagram.
  - Kan göra beräkningar med impuls och rörelsemängd.
  - Kan räkna raka, fullständigt oelastiska stötar.
  - Kan räkna tyngdpunkter för enkla geometrier.
  - Kan beräkna moment från en eller flera krafter. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Kan beräkna sökt storhet genom att kombinera flera olika formler.
  - Kan tillämpa vektoralgebra på tvådimensionella fysikaliska problem.
  - Kan räkna endimensionell rörelse med icke‐likformigt varierande hastighet.
  - Kan göra enklare beräkningar med rörelse i två dimensioner så som likformig banrörelse.
  - Kan tillämpa Newtons lagar i enklare tvådimensionella situationer så som lutande plan.
  - Kan tillämpa energiprincipen när den mekaniska energin bevaras.
  - Kan räkna sneda, fullständigt oelastiska stötar.
  - Kan räkna tyngdpunkter för kombinationer av enkla geometrier.
  - Kan frilägga en kropp och tillämpa jämviktsvillkoren i tvådimensionella situationer. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Kan härleda nya formler genom att symboliskt kombinera formler.
  - Kan tillämpa vektoralgebra på tredimensionella fysikaliska problem.
  - Kan göra beräkningar med krökt och tangentiellt accelererad rörelse i två dimensioner.
  - Kan tillämpa Newtons lagar i mer krävande två‐ och tredimensionella situationer, så som flerkroppsproblem och doserade kurvor.
  - Kan tillämpa energiprincipen när icke‐mekaniska energiformer och yttre arbeten är involverade.
  - Kan räkna raka stötar med studs.
  - Kan göra beräkningar där både energiprincipen och lagen om rörelsemängdens bevarande ingår.
  - Kan tillämpa jämviktsvillkoren i tvådimensionella problem med flera kroppar.
  - Kan räkna plana fackverk med knutpunktsmetoden och snittmetoden. (not translated)

•   Mechanics TKV22ME01-3008 01.01.2024-21.04.2024  5 credits  (ELA23D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After passing the course the student can apply basic physics concepts such as power, torque, energy and momentum to bodies in motion and in equilibrium.

  Prerequisites

  None

  Content of the study unit

  Unit conversions, formulas
  Graphical descriptions of movement
  Velocity, acceleration
  Vectors in physics
  Curvilinear motion and normal acceleration
  Forces and Newton's laws
  Energy, work, the work-energy principle
  Power and efficiency
  Impulse and momentum
  Torques
  Center of mass
  Mechanical equilibrium
  Truss analysis
  
  Application according to specific education may occur.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Students fulfill the objectives of the course, and in the relevant realization compulsory parts, at a satisfactory level.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Students fulfill the objectives of the course, and in the relevant realization compulsory parts, at a good level.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Students fulfill the objectives of the course, and in the relevant realization compulsory parts, at an excellent level.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Dokument med teoriavsnitt och övningsuppgifter
  Kursbok (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar
  Räkneövningar
  Inlämningsuppgifter (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Inlämningsuppgifter
  Delförhör/Tentamen (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.01.2024 - 21.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 5 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA23D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA23-S (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA23-Y (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Anders Skjäl, Lina Åberg

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tre delförhör under kursen
  Två omtagningsmöjligheter på specificerade allmänna omtagningstillfällen (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  135 h
  Närundervisning 64 h
  Inlämningsuppgifter 46 h
  Självstudier 25 h (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Uppnår inte kriterierna för vitsordet 1. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - Kan göra enhetsomvandlingar och avrundningar.
  - Kan beräkna sökt storhet ur formler.
  - Kan bestämma komponenter och addera vektorer.
  - Förstår innebörden av centrala storheter och begrepp i kinematiken.
  - Kan göra standardberäkningar med rörelse i en dimension.
  - Kan beräkna centripetalacceleration
  - Känner till olika krafttyper och kan rita frikroppsdiagram.
  - Kan tillämpa Newtons lagar i endimensionella situationer.
  - Känner till de olika energiformerna.
  - Kan räkna med mekanisk energi, arbete, effekt och verkningsgrad.
  - Kan beräkna impuls utgående från (t,F)‐diagram.
  - Kan göra beräkningar med impuls och rörelsemängd.
  - Kan räkna raka, fullständigt oelastiska stötar.
  - Kan räkna tyngdpunkter för enkla geometrier.
  - Kan beräkna moment från en eller flera krafter. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - Kan beräkna sökt storhet genom att kombinera flera olika formler.
  - Kan tillämpa vektoralgebra på tvådimensionella fysikaliska problem.
  - Kan räkna endimensionell rörelse med icke‐likformigt varierande hastighet.
  - Kan göra enklare beräkningar med rörelse i två dimensioner så som likformig banrörelse.
  - Kan tillämpa Newtons lagar i enklare tvådimensionella situationer så som lutande plan.
  - Kan tillämpa energiprincipen när den mekaniska energin bevaras.
  - Kan räkna sneda, fullständigt oelastiska stötar.
  - Kan räkna tyngdpunkter för kombinationer av enkla geometrier.
  - Kan frilägga en kropp och tillämpa jämviktsvillkoren i tvådimensionella situationer. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - Kan härleda nya formler genom att symboliskt kombinera formler.
  - Kan tillämpa vektoralgebra på tredimensionella fysikaliska problem.
  - Kan göra beräkningar med krökt och tangentiellt accelererad rörelse i två dimensioner.
  - Kan tillämpa Newtons lagar i mer krävande två‐ och tredimensionella situationer, så som flerkroppsproblem och doserade kurvor.
  - Kan tillämpa energiprincipen när icke‐mekaniska energiformer och yttre arbeten är involverade.
  - Kan räkna raka stötar med studs.
  - Kan göra beräkningar där både energiprincipen och lagen om rörelsemängdens bevarande ingår.
  - Kan tillämpa jämviktsvillkoren i tvådimensionella problem med flera kroppar.
  - Kan räkna plana fackverk med knutpunktsmetoden och snittmetoden. (not translated)

•   Microcontroller Techniques ET22EC05-3002 18.03.2024-28.04.2024  3 credits  (ET23D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Knowledge and understanding
  After completing the course, the student should be able to:
  - explain the difference between low-level and high-level programmed microcontroller-based systems
  - define the need for register configuration based on application
  - define the need for Interrupt functionality based on application
  - describe the advantages and disadvantages of microcontroller-based systems based on application
  
  Skills and Abilities
  After completing the course, the student should be able to:
  - create interactive microcontroller-based applications
  - optimize performance using interrupt routines
  - use, describe and visualize facts from existing reference documents
  - communicate with external equipment
  
  Evaluation Ability and Approach
  After completing the course, the student should be able to:
  - perform relevant choices of methodology in the design of application
  - justify the choice of program and register structure
  - select relevant technology based on application

  Prerequisites

  Digital logic basics
  Practical Boolean control

  Content of the study unit

  The structure of the microcontroller
  
  High level programming in C
  - Embedded functions and techniques
  
  Interrupt controlled functions:
  - Timers
  - A/D conversion
  - Communication

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Possesses basic knowledge of the microcontroller and its function and structure.
  Possesses basic knowledge of programming in microcontroller environments.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Is well acquainted with the function and structure of microprocessors.
  Have a good knowledge of how to program microcontroller-based systems.
  Is well acquainted with the use of interrupted routines.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Has excellent insight into the function and structure of microprocessors.
  Capability of independent creation of applications for microcontroller-based systems.
  Recognizes the importance of the reference documentation and possesses the ability to create functionality with its help.
  Includes innovative solutions in the assignments.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Course compendium
  Supplementary material
  Reference document (ATmega644P)

  Learning methods

  Lectures/Supervised teaching
  Laboratory
  Self studies

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The course is assessed according to the results of the laboratory assignment and associated documentation.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  18.03.2024 - 28.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 17.03.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ET23D-V
  • ELA22D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA22-E (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ET23 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Roger Mäntylä

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Energy Technology, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  No alternative methods of performance. Requires presence due to access to laboratory equipment.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Course examination one week after completion of the course.
  The course examination consists of submitted portfolio documentation.

  Internationa connections

  The laboratory tasks and their documentation is carried out in class and outside lecture hours.

  Content scheduling

  Weeks 13-17

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 40% of the course credits.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  40% - 63% of the course credits.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  64% - 87% of the course credits.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  At least 88% of the course credits.

•   Microcontroller Technology ELA18AD02-3004 01.01.2024-24.03.2024  6 credits  (ELA21D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The aim of the course is for the student to gain knowledge of the creation of Microcontroller-controlled systems.

  Prerequisites

  Digitalteknik (Digital technology)
  Grunderna i programmering (Programming basics)

  Content of the study unit

  The structure of the microprocontroller
  Low level programming at binary level and interrupt functions:
  - timer control
  - A/D conversion
  - communication
  C programming and interrupt functions:
  - clock control
  - A/D conversion
  - communication
  - signal synthesis
  - analysis of signals

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Possesses basic knowledge of the microcontroller and its function and structure
  Possesses basic knowledge of low level and C programming in microcontroller environments

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Is well acquainted with the function and structure of microprocessors
  Have a good knowledge of how to program microcontroller-based systems
  Is well acquainted with the use of interrupted routines

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Has excellent insight into the function and structure of microprocessors
  Can independently make advanced applications for microcontroller-based systems
  Recognizes the importance of the reference documentation and possesses the ability to create functionality with its help
  Includes innovative solutions in the course portfolio

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Course compendium
  Supplementary material
  Reference document (Atmega644P)

  Learning methods

  Lectures/Supervised teaching
  Laboratory
  Self studies

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The course is assessed according to the results of the laboratory assignment and associated documentation as well as the result of the test.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.01.2024 - 24.03.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 6 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-A (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Roger Mäntylä

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  No alternative methods of performance. Requires presence due to access to laboratory equipment.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Course examination 1 week after completion of the course.
  The course examination consists of submitted portfolio documentation and a test.

  Student's schedule and workload

  The laboratory tasks and their documentation is carried out in class and outside lecture hours.

  Content scheduling

  w. 1-13

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 40% of the course credits.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  40% - 63% of the course credits.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  64% - 87% of the course credits.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  At least 88% of the course credits.

•   Mobile Systems ELA18IK03-3003 04.09.2023-26.11.2023  4 credits  (ELA20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After passing the course, the student is expected to understand how to program mobile systems.

  Prerequisites

  All programming courses in grades 2-3.

  Content of the study unit

  - Javascript, HTML, CSS
  - Apache Cordova platforms
  - Distribution to Android and Apple based systems

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Knows what different mobile systems and application frameworks are available; can program simple solutions.
  Understand the concepts of security and distribution for mobile systems.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can use different mobile systems and make them communicate with other systems. Able to plan and understand what special requirements and restrictions exist.
  Can plan and design solutions that are safe.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can handle interprocess communication between different mobile systems and understands how to choose solutions based on needs.
  Can implement secure solutions that communicate with different servers.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Hänvisat i moodle, lärarens material och Cordova dokumentationen. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Kursen baserar sig på föreläsningar, självstudier och övningar i klassrumsmiljö. Laborationerna obligatoriska, teorilektionerna inte. (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Av inlämningsfrågornas poäng måste man få minst 30% för att erhålla ett vitsord i kursen, oavsett provets total poängsumma.
  Totalt så tillämpas 30% för godkänt på prov och inlämningsuppgifter och lineär skala. (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  04.09.2023 - 26.11.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 06.09.2023

  • 4 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA20-I (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Kaj Wikman

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Hösten 2023 eller våren 2024 (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Ca 45% närvaruundervisning och ca 55% självstudier. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Känner till vilka olika mobila system och applikations ramverk som finns; kan programmera enkla lösningar.
  Minst 10/30p. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Kan ta i bruk olika mobila system och få dessa att kommunicera med andra system. Kan planera och förstå vilka specialkrav och begränsningar som finns.
  Minst 18/30p. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Kan hantera interprocess-kommunikation mellan olika mobila system och förstår hur man väljer lösningar behovsbaserat.
  Minst 26/30p. (not translated)

•   Modeling and Optimization of Energy Systems ET22ED02-3002 08.01.2024-17.03.2024  3 credits  (ET23D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Students will learn relevant modeling and optimization skills and apply them to energy system planning problems.
  The course focuses on both theory and use of software.

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites.

  Content of the study unit

  - Modeling technical and economic considerations as optimization problems
  - Learning to model and solve certain types of optimization problems using software
  - Using Matlab, Excel and specialized software to perform calculations and present results

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  35% – 60% of course work and exam completed

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  60% – 85% of course work and exam completed

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  85% – 100% of course work and exam completed

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Shared documents with theory and exercises
  Software tutorial materials
  Course literature

  Learning methods

  Lectures
  Computer lab sessions
  Home assignments and small projects

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Homework assignments
  Project work
  Exam

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  08.01.2024 - 17.03.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ET23D-V
  • ELA22D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA22-E (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • ET23 (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Anders Skjäl

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Energy Technology, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  An exam scheduled during normal lecture hours towards the end of the course.

  Student's schedule and workload

  Lectures 36 h
  Home assignments and projects 25 h
  Self studies 20 h

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  35% – 60% of course work and exam completed

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  60% – 85% of course work and exam completed

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  85% – 100% of course work and exam completed

•   Network Systems ELA18IK02-3003 23.10.2023-17.12.2023  3 credits  (ELA20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After passing the course, the student is expected to understand:
  - how a network-based system is constructed.
  - how to choose client / server software and hardware.
  - how to document and test the system.
  - how the software is designed
  - how data security is structured

  Prerequisites

  All programming courses.

  Content of the study unit

  - Definition of a network-based system
  - How to program network-based client and server systems.
  - Project documentation.
  - Testing the system.
  - Programming / Scripting
  - Cyber security

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Understanding of technical specifications.
  Create documentation of the work process and the roles of the team members.
  Basic knowledge of script programming.
  Installation and verification of software / hardware functioning.
  Ability to be responsible for certain tasks within a team.
  Understands on scripts and security aspects

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Installation and evaluation of Linux and Windows based client solutions.
  Use of network software.
  Detailed descriptions of individual technical solutions as part of an individual project.
  Script management in multiple operating systems.
  Create relevant test cases and execute them.
  Ability to plan the team's activities and work around any technical and administrative problems.
  Can create own scripts and programs that are secure

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Installation and evaluation of Linux and Windows based server solutions.
  Use of network hardware.
  Create documentation for an entire network, its services and describe the work that resulted in that network.
  Automated scripts.
  Create a test plan and utilize it in system development.
  Ability to support other team members.
  Manages to program applications that are network-aware and takes into account data security.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Moodle (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Kursen baserar sig på föreläsningar, självstudier och övningar i klassrumsmiljö. Laborationerna obligatoriska, teorilektionerna inte. (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Av inlämningsfrågornas poäng måste man få minst 30% för att erhålla ett vitsord i kursen, oavsett provets total poängsumma.
  Totalt så tillämpas 30% för godkänt per prov och lineär skala. (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  23.10.2023 - 17.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 22.10.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA20-I (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Kaj Wikman

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Våren 2024 (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  50%/50% (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Förstå begreppen och kan planera virtualiserings lösningar.
  Känna till olika lösningmodeller
  Minst 10/30p. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Förstår sig på hur man skyddar nätverk och datore
  Kan finna säkerhetsproblem.
  Minst 18/30p. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Kan distribuera virtualiserad programvara.
  Kan ta i bruk lösningar som gör system säkrare.
  Kan implementera integrerade lösningar som använder distriburade metoder.
  Minst 26/30p. (not translated)

•   Networks ELA22GY13-3001 23.10.2023-17.12.2023  3 credits  (ELA22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - understands the basic concepts of network technology
  - knows and understands the function of network protocol and the communication model

  Prerequisites

  -

  Content of the study unit

  - get to know a network
  - analyze a network using various tools
  - basic principles for network equipment
  - transmission and data transfer
  - protocol

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - knows and understands the concepts of network and computer communication
  - can identify the most common network components

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - can analyze networks and protocols
  - knows how signals are transmitted via medium
  - can perform basic network equipment configuration

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - can independently perform configuration and connection of network equipment at the advanced level.
  - understands and can define the structure of a network and its structure.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Moodle .
  Books belonging to the course:
  • The TCP/IP Guide V3 C.M.Kozierok (available in moodle) GUIDE

  Learning methods

  Lectures, practical tasks and eventually asessments

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The review is done with an written exam and approved reports from the practical tasks.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  23.10.2023 - 17.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 22.10.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA22D-V

  Small group(s)

  • Group A (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • Group B (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • Group C (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Jan Berglund

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Written exam and approved lab reports

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Information on the moodle page for the course

  Student's schedule and workload

  81h in total of which 16h is lectures and 16h is practical tasks.
  Lectures and practical tasks is given 2h/week for 8 weeks each.

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 33.3 % of maximum points

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Grade 1: 33,3 % - 47,2 % of maximum points.
  Grade 2: 47,3 % - 61,1 % of maximum points.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Grade 1: 61,2 % - 74,9 % of maximum points.
  Grade 2: 75,0 % - 88,8 % of maximum points.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  More than 88,8 % of total points.

•   Object Oriented Programming ELA22PR04-3001 01.01.2024-25.02.2024  3 credits  (ELA22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - understands the differences between procedural programming and object oriented programming
  - can program object oriented by using encapsulation, inheritance and polymorphism
  - can code applications where collections and exceptions are needed

  Prerequisites

  The course Programming Basics.

  Content of the study unit

  - Procedural programming vs object oriented programming
  - Rehearsal of procedural programming
  - Classes and objects.
  - Inheritance.
  - Abstract classes.
  - Interfaces.
  - Collections.
  - Generics.
  - Exceptions.
  - File management, serialization.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student understands the difference between value types and reference types.
  The student understands the basic principle with object-oriented code and can encode simple classes, inheritances, interfaces, etc.
  The student can write simple code to handle data in any type of collection.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student can create more advanced object-oriented code and handle exceptions.
  The student can write more advanced code to handle data in different types of generic collections.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student can apply object-oriented programming to solve programming tasks.
  The student can independently choose the right type of collection as well as versatile use generic collections, methods and classes in code.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  material på Moodle (not translated)

  Learning methods

  föreläsningar, datasalsövningar (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  godkänd tentamen
  godkända uppgifter (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.01.2024 - 25.02.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA22D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA22-I (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Susanne Österholm

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  godkänd tentamen
  godkända uppgifter (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  entamen mars 2024
  omtentamen 1 april 2024
  omtentamen 2 maj 2024 (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  närundervisning ca 35 h, eget arbete ca 45 h (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Studeranden uppnår inte kunskaper som motsvarar vitsordet tillfredsställande. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Studeranden kan grundläggande producera kod med programmeringsspråket C# som innefattar klasser och objekt.
  Studerande kan grundläggande producera kod som hanterar enklare samlingar av objekt. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Studerande kan producera kod med programmeringsspråket C# som innefattar klasser och objekt, arv och interfaces.
  Studeranden kan producera kod som hanterar olika typer av samlingar. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Studeranden kan producera avancerad kod med programmeringsspråket C# som innefattar klasser och objekt, arv och interfaces.
  Studeranden kan producera kod som mångsidigt hanterar olika typer av samlingar. (not translated)

•   Planning of Electrical Installations ELA18EI03-3006 08.01.2024-07.04.2024  6 credits  (ELA21D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Understand and define general characteristics (maximum load and equalization of load, distribution system, electrical system compatibility, safety system)
  
  To know and be able to apply protection methods (base protection, fault protection, additional protection, protection against thermal influences, protection against overcurrent, design of protective devices, protection against overload, protection against short circuits, coordination of protection, protection against voltage disturbances and electromagnetic interference)
  
  To have a basic understanding of the choice of electrical equipment (protection classes, identification and documentation, management choices, different types of wiring, external influences, wiring loads, voltage drops, connections, minimization of fire spreads, coupling devices, protection devices, overcurrent protection, overcurrent protection, overvoltage protection, surge protection) and terminals, protective conductor design, potential equalization, earth electrodes, generator systems, capacitor systems, light fixtures, safety systems)
  
  Knowing and being able to perform checks (pre-commissioning checks, inspections, testing, maintenance checks)
  
  Know about requirements for installations in special areas (bathing and shower rooms, swimming pools, saunas, construction sites, agricultural and horticultural use, narrow conductive areas, camping areas, marinas, medical facilities, temporary facilities, furniture, lighting installations, outdoor, mobile or lighting installations in camping vehicles, supply of electric vehicles, distribution centers, heating systems)
  
  Complementary requirements for certain installations (distribution networks, repairs, alterations, expansion, electrical repair workshops, electrical laboratories, humid and wet spaces, spaces)

  Prerequisites

  The basics of installation technology.

  Content of the study unit

  Requirements relating to electrical installations (planning and ensuring the protection requirements).
  
  Definition of general characteristics (maximum load and equalization of load, distribution system, electrical system compatibility, safety system)
  
  Protection methods (base protection, fault protection, auxiliary protection, protection against thermal influences, protection against overcurrent, design of protective devices, protection against overload, protection against short circuits, coordination of protection, protection against voltage and electromagnetic interference)
  
  Selection and installation of electrical equipment (enclosure classes, identification and documentation, wiring choices, different types of wires, external influences, wiring load capacity, voltage drops, connections, minimization of fire spreads, coupling devices, protective devices, overcurrent protection, overvoltage protection, disconnection, disconnection, disconnection, disconnection, disconnection design of protective conductors, potential equalization, earth electrodes, generator systems, capacitor systems, light fixtures, safety systems)
  
  Controls (pre-commissioning inspections, inspections, testing, maintenance checks)
  
  Requirements for installations in special areas (bathing and shower rooms, swimming pools, saunas, construction sites, agricultural and horticulture, congested areas, camping areas, marinas, medical facilities, temporary facilities, furniture, outdoor lighting installations, mobile installations or mobile installations , supply of electric vehicles, distribution centers, heating systems)
  
  Complementary requirements for certain installations (distribution networks, repairs, alterations, expansion, electrical repair workshops, electrical laboratories, humid and wet spaces, spaces)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Know the basics of electrical planning.
  Know rules for grouping and understands the difference between group management and path management.
  Understands the function of the earth fault switch.
  Master the switching schemes of the centers.
  Can do simple electrical planning and calculate material costs.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can find suitable electrical material for electrical planning.
  Can consider fuse size, conductor area and short-circuit currents.
  Can use and connect earth fault switches in different applications.
  Can make up central schedules.
  Can electrically plan home houses and calculate material costs.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can make specific material list and specify a price for used components.
  Can observe rules for grouping in different installations and understands the fuse release times.
  Understands the relationship between triggering time and contact voltage.
  Can draw circuit diagram for other equipment in the power plant and measurement of energy.
  Can do electrical planning for larger property and calculate material costs

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  D1-2017 Handbok om byggnaders elinstallationer
  SFS 6000 (2017) Lågspänningselinstallationer:
  Lågspänningselinstallationer. Del 1-1, Allmänna krav (SFS 6000 delarna 1-6) = Low-voltage electrical installations. Part 1-1, General requirements (SFS 6000 parts 1 to 6)
  Lågspänningselinstallationer. Del 1-2, Installationer i specialutrymmen och tilläggskrav (SFS 6000 delarna 7-8) = Low-voltage electrical installations. Part 1-2, Special and supplementary requirements (SFS 6000 parts 7 to 8)
  SFS handbok 601:2018 Högspänningselinstallationer och luftledningar inkluderar standarden SFS 6001 (2015) Högspänningselinstallationer och grundkraven för luftledningsstandarderna
  SFS 6002 (3:e upplagan), 2015 + A1 2018 Säkerhet vid elarbeten (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar och dataövningar (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Tent och inlämningsarbete (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  08.01.2024 - 07.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 6 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-K (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Henrik Järveläinen

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Student's schedule and workload

  162 timmar uppdelade på föreläsningar, dataövningar och självständigt studerande (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Under 50% av totala poängen i kursen (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Över 50% av totala poängen i kursen (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Över 70% av totala poängen i kursen (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Över 90% av totala poängen i kursen (not translated)

•   Power Electronics ELA18SS01-3004 19.02.2024-28.04.2024  3 credits  (ELA21D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  To provide a basic knowledge of dimensioning and planning of power electronics applications.

  Prerequisites

  Analog electronics

  Content of the study unit

  - basic characteristics
  - power electronics components
  - converters
  - voltage regulation

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Know central power electronics components and their basic features.
  Understanding the need for protection circuits.
  Can describe the basic functions of the most common converter couplings.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Be able to calculate power losses during stationary load cases and to assess the need for cooling.
  Can describe the reasons for the need for protection circuits.
  Can calculate voltage drops and assess component durability in specific circuits.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Be able to interpret data sheets and make calculations from accurate descriptions of basic electronic components.
  Master accurate calculations of protection circuits.
  Can explain the emergence of harmonics and the consequences of this and also describe different filters.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Compendium
  Supplementary material.
  Datasheets from component manufacturers.
  Recommended additional reading:
  Mohan, Undeland, Robbins: Power Electronics.
  ISBN 978-0-471-22693-2.

  Learning methods

  Lectures
  Calculation exercises
  Simulation exercises
  Assignment
  Self studies

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Written exam.
  For course grade: At least 33.3 % in the exam (maximum three attempts).

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  19.02.2024 - 28.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 18.02.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-K (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-E (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Matts Nickull

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Solutions to the compendium's exercises are submitted to Moodle (Mandatory! => "Right to take part in the exam")
  Mandatory assignment (PS) and written exam (33.3 % in the course exam for approved grade).
  The assignment give extra points in an approved course exam.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  The exam is arranged in week 7 or 8 in period 4

  Student's schedule and workload

  A total of 81 hours, of which lectures/calculation exercises/exam 36 hours.

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 33.3 % of the total score.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Grade 1: 33.3 % - 47.2 % of the total score.
  Grade 2: 47.3 % - 61.1 % of the total score.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Grade 3: 61.2 % - 74.9 % of the total score.
  Grade 4: 75.0 % - 88.8 % of the total score.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  More than 88.8 % of the total score.

•   Power Quality ELA18EK02-3003 04.09.2023-17.12.2023  3 credits  (ELA20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After passing the course the student is expected to:
  Know and be able to calculate generator protection.
  Know when and how to use symmetrical components.
  Know and be able to specify the principles for regulating voltage and reactive power.
  Know and be able to specify the principles for frequency control and active power.
  Know the principles of and be able to calculate static and dynamic stability.

  Prerequisites

  The course Electrical Power Utilization.

  Content of the study unit

  Static stability.
  Dynamic stability.
  Symmetrical components.
  Frequency and active power.
  Voltage and reactive power.
  Generator protection.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Knows about the various protection functions of the generator protection, as well as their setting values.
  Knows the use of symmetrical components and can calculate simpler examples.
  Know the basic principles of voltage regulation and regulation of reactive power.
  Know the basic principles for controlling active power and frequency.
  Know the principles of how static stability is achieved.
  Know the principles of how dynamic stability is achieved.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Knows the various protection functions of the generator protection carefully and be able to calculate their setting values.
  Can describe the use of symmetrical components and can calculate more difficult examples.
  Can specify the basic principles of voltage control and reactive power control.
  Can describe how regulation of active power and frequency is realized.
  Can calculate how static stability is achieved.
  Can describe how dynamic stability is achieved.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Able to choose generator protection, and calculate their set values ​​for a demanding application.
  Can describe in detail the use of symmetrical components and calculate complex applications.
  Can specify in detail how voltage control and control of reactive power are realized.
  Can describe in detail how control of active power and frequency is realized.
  Can calculate how static stability is achieved, and describe the effect of various factors on stability.
  Can calculate how dynamic stability is achieved, and describe the effect of various factors on stability.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Powerpoint presentations
  Sähkölaitostekniikan perusteet by Elovaara & Laiho
  Electric Power Systems by Weedy & Cory
  Power Supply Challenges by Klimstra.

  Learning methods

  Lectures
  Practical calculation
  Self studies
  Assessed labs

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The written exam consists of five or six questions of 6 or 9 points, with a total of 42 points. About half theoretical questions, other half calculations.
  In the calculation exercises, an answer gives full points if the calculations are complete with the right values ​​and the correct answer. Careless errors give deductions.
  The lab is assessed with a score of 1-10, ie a maximum of 10 points. The report is primarily assessed, but the own activity during the laboratory session is also taken into account.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  04.09.2023 - 17.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 08.09.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA20-K (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Written exam
  One approved laboration report.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Exam around week 41.

  Student's schedule and workload

  A total of 81 hours, of which contact lessons are six weeks with two lessons of two hours per week. In addition, one laboratory session of 4-5 hours.

  Content scheduling

  Theory during weeks 36 - 41. Laborations during weeks 43 - 50.

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 12 points from the exam and/or less than 16 points in total.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Grade 1: 16 - 21,5 points
  Grade 2: 22 - 27,5 points

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Grade 3: 28 - 35,5 points
  Grade 4: 36 - 42,5 points

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  43 points and more

•   Practical Boolean Control ET22EC04-3002 05.02.2024-24.03.2024  3 credits  (ET23D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Knowledge and understanding
  After completing the course, the student should be able to:
  - describe how Boolean gates are applied in digital circuit contexts
  - analyze and simplify Boolean logic circuits
  - explain the function of Flip-Flops
  
  Skills and Abilities
  After completing the course, the student should be able to:
  - plan and realize a digital circuit with Boolean design
  - re-design and simplify combinatorial circuits
  - develop a stand-alone solution in a PLC environment
  
  Evaluation ability and Approach
  After completing the course, the student should be able to:
  - perform relevant selections of Boolean components, logical building blocks and PLC program structures
  - justify the choice of logical functions of a digital solution (circuit or PLC program)

  Prerequisites

  Digital technology

  Content of the study unit

  Boolean design with logical circuits
  Boolean design with PLC

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Possesses the ability to create a relevant structural solution to the problem.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Possesses the ability to realize a solution model that is mostly functional.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Possesses the ability to create a fully functioning solution model that, to some extent, has its own innovative elements.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Online literature

  Learning methods

  Laboratory assignment

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The course assessment is based on the laboratory assignment and associated documentation.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  05.02.2024 - 24.03.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 04.02.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ET23D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Roger Mäntylä

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Energy Technology, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  No alternative methods of performance.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Submission of laboratory assignment according to given deadline.

  Student's schedule and workload

  The laboratory task and its documentation is carried out as self studies.

  Content scheduling

  w. 6-12

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 40% of the course credits.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  40% - 63% of the course credits.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  64% - 87% of the course credits.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  At least 88% of the course credits.

•   Process Systems Engineering ELA22PT01-3001 01.01.2024-21.04.2024  6 credits  (ELA22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - understands the basic physical and chemical principles of the process systems
  - is able to execute basic dimension analysis
  - understands and is able to execute basic balance equation calculations
  - has a basic understanding of the basic principles of common unit processes and transport processes
  - is able to read simple P&I diagrams
  - knows the basics of classification of and instrumentation in explosive areas.

  Prerequisites

  No requirements in advance

  Content of the study unit

  - basic principles of process systems
  - dimension analysis
  - balance equations
  - mass balances
  - energy balances
  - heat transfer
  - pipe flow system
  - unit processes
  - explosive areas and related standards

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student:
  - has basic skills in basic dimension calculations in process systems
  - is able to execute basic mass and energy balance calculations
  - has basic skills in material transport in process systems
  - has basic skills in heat transfer in process systems
  - has basic understanding of explosive areas and related instrumentation.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student:
  - has good skills in dimension calculations in process systems
  - is able to execute more advanced mass and energy balance calculations
  - has good skills in the principles of material transport in process systems
  - has good skills in the principles of heat transfer in process systems
  - has good skills in the principles of explosive areas and related instrumentation.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student:
  - has excellent skills in dimension calculations in process systems
  - is able to execute complex mass and energy balance calculations
  - has excellent skills in the principles of material transport in process systems
  - has excellent skills in the principles of heat transfer in process systems
  - has excellent skills in the principles of explosive areas and related instrumentation.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Will be informed in Moodle

  Learning methods

  Lectures
  Assignments
  Individual studies

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  - Competence in process engineering unit operations
  - Competence in mass, substance and energy balances
  - Competence in various industrial standards, e.g. ATEX/Ex
  - Competence in obsolescence management

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.01.2024 - 21.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 6 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA22D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA22-A (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Joachim Böling

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Pass in assignments and examination

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Will be informed during the course in Moodle

  Student's schedule and workload

  162 working hours

  Assessment criteria

  - process engineering unit operations are unknown a
  - lacks knowledge of mass, substance and energy balances
  - lacks knowledge about industrial standards
  - lacks knowledge about obsolescence management

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  - knows the most common process engineering unit operations
  - can handle simple mass, substance and energy balances
  - knows the basics of the industrial standards reviewed
  - knows the principles of obsolescence management

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  - has a good understanding of the most common process engineering unit operations
  - can handle more extensive mass, substance and energy balances
  - is well acquainted of the industrial standards reviewed
  - is well versed in the principles of obsolescence management

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  - can see the overalls when interconnecting process engineering unit operations
  - can derive and utilize complex mass, substance quantity and energy balances
  - can fluently apply the industrial standards reviewed
  - can perform more complex obsolescence management

•   Programmable Controllers ELA22GY03-3004 02.04.2024-16.04.2024  3 credits  (ÖH23FLEXING) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - understands the basics of logic algebra
  - understands the structure and functionality of programmable controllers
  - manages the basics of PLC programming
  - manages basic selection of control equipment

  Prerequisites

  -

  Content of the study unit

  - automation and control technology
  - processes and their control
  - digital sensors
  - logical algebra
  - construction and function of control system equipment
  - PLC programming
  - control system project.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Knows the relation between logic algebra and programmable controllers
  Knows the basic principles
  Knows the principles of PLC programming
  Knows the principles of control equipment selection

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Is able to derive and simplify basic logic functions
  Is able to specify the basic requirements for control equipment
  Is able to write PLC programs for simple applications
  Is able to select control equipment for simple applications

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Is able to derive and simplify complex logic functions
  Is able to design and configure basic control equipment
  Is able to write PLC programs for demanding applications
  Is able to select control equipment for demanding applications

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Matts Nickull

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  02.04.2024 - 16.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  01.12.2023 - 07.04.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH23FLEXING

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Hans Lindén

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Programmable Controllers ELA22GY03-3003 30.10.2023-17.12.2023  3 credits  (ÖH23UIT-LED-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - understands the basics of logic algebra
  - understands the structure and functionality of programmable controllers
  - manages the basics of PLC programming
  - manages basic selection of control equipment

  Prerequisites

  -

  Content of the study unit

  - automation and control technology
  - processes and their control
  - digital sensors
  - logical algebra
  - construction and function of control system equipment
  - PLC programming
  - control system project.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Knows the relation between logic algebra and programmable controllers
  Knows the basic principles
  Knows the principles of PLC programming
  Knows the principles of control equipment selection

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Is able to derive and simplify basic logic functions
  Is able to specify the basic requirements for control equipment
  Is able to write PLC programs for simple applications
  Is able to select control equipment for simple applications

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Is able to derive and simplify complex logic functions
  Is able to design and configure basic control equipment
  Is able to write PLC programs for demanding applications
  Is able to select control equipment for demanding applications

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Compendium
  Supplementary material.
  Recommended additional reading:
  Haag Bengt, Industriell systemteknik
  Bolton W, Programmable Logic Controllers

  Learning methods

  Lectures
  Exercises/Project work
  Self studies

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Written exam (30 % of course grade) and project work (70 %).
  For course grade: At least 33.3 % in the exam (maximum three attempts) and approved project work / report (possibility to raise the grade once).

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  30.10.2023 - 17.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 29.10.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH23UIT-LED-V
  • ELA23D-V
  • ÖH23ELA-LED-V
  • UIT23D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA23-S1 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA23-S2 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA23-Y1 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA23-Y2 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • UIT23-IT (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Matts Nickull

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Written exam and project report

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  The exam is arranged week 47.

  Student's schedule and workload

  A total of 81 hours, of which lectures / exam 14 hours (weeks 36 - 39) and project work in lab 24 hours (weeks 46 - 50).

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 33.3 % of the total score.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Grade 1: 33.3 % - 47.2 % of the total score.
  Grade 2: 47.3 % - 61.1 % of the total score.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Grade 3: 61.2 % - 74.9 % of the total score.
  Grade 4: 75.0 % - 88.8 % of the total score.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  More than 88.8 % of the total score.

•   Project Management ET22EE01-3002 08.01.2024-21.04.2024  5 credits  (ET23D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student knows Basic Project Management terminology and knowledge areas.
  Furthermore the student is familiar with central documents and elements required in
  project management, such as a project plan, time schedule, budget and a risk assessment
  matrix. The student understands the basic principles of project management.

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites.

  Content of the study unit

  Basic terminology in PM, PM
  Knowledge areas (PMBoK), basics
  Documentation for a project

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student is able, with guidance, to utilize the methods learnt during the study unit.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student is able to utilize the methods learnt during the study unit independently.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student is able to utilize the methods learnt during the study unit independently and is able apply the learnt knowledge in new contexts.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  08.01.2024 - 21.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 5 credits

  Group(s)

  • ET23D-V
  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-E (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ET23 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Philip Hollins

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Energy Technology, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Relays and Station Automation ELA18SS04-3007 02.10.2023-17.12.2023  3 credits  (ELA20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After passing the course the student is expected to:
  Know about protection systems and its use.
  Know the principles and connection between protection systems and protection philosophy.
  Know the principles and be able to configure relay protection communication.
  Be able to build station automation systems.

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites.

  Content of the study unit

  Protection systems.
  Safety philosophy.
  Relay protection communication.
  Design and function of station automation systems.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Various manuals from manufacturers.
  Training material from the DEMVE project.

  Learning methods

  Hands-on work where the end product is a functional system and a manual that describes how to get a functional system in place.

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  During the lesson period, the group should be able to showcase a functioning system.
  With the help of the group's own manual one should be able to build this system.
  Both are considered approved / not approved.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  02.10.2023 - 17.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 01.10.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA20-A (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  Approved/Rejected

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Working system.
  Approved portfolio in the form of a manual.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Portfolio to be submitted within January 2024.

  Student's schedule and workload

  A total of 81 hours. Of this, 42 hours in the laboratory (4 hours/week), the rest self-study and portfolio work.

  Assessment criteria

  Approved / Failed

  Operating system and a manual that sufficiently shows how to arrive at this system -> approved!
  Otherwise, not approved!

•   Relays and Station Automation ELA18SS04-3008 01.01.2024-17.03.2024  3 credits  (ELA21D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After passing the course the student is expected to:
  Know about protection systems and its use.
  Know the principles and connection between protection systems and protection philosophy.
  Know the principles and be able to configure relay protection communication.
  Be able to build station automation systems.

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites.

  Content of the study unit

  Protection systems.
  Safety philosophy.
  Relay protection communication.
  Design and function of station automation systems.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Various manuals from manufacturers.
  Training material from the DEMVE project.

  Learning methods

  Hands-on work where the end product is a functional system and a manual that describes how to get a functional system in place.

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  During the lesson period, the group should be able to showcase a functioning system.
  With the help of the group's own manual one should be able to build this system.
  Both are considered approved / not approved.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.01.2024 - 17.03.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-K (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  Approved/Rejected

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Working system.
  Approved portfolio in the form of a manual.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Portfolio to be submitted within March 2024.

  Student's schedule and workload

  A total of 81 hours. Of this, 42 hours in the laboratory (4 hours/week), the rest self-study and portfolio work.

  Assessment criteria

  Approved / Failed

  Operating system and a manual that sufficiently shows how to arrive at this system -> approved!
  Otherwise, not approved!

•   Rotating Motors ELA22EA03-3001 01.01.2024-28.04.2024  6 credits  (ELA22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - understands and is able to explain basic operating principles for motors and generators
  - understands and is able to calculate induced voltages, effects and torques
  - understands and can explain the structure and basic functions of different types of electric motors and generators
  - Can describe applications and technical applications for electric motors and generators
  - knows about types of operation and peripherals.

  Prerequisites

  Transformers

  Content of the study unit

  Basic operating principles for motors and generators.
  Calculation of induced voltages, effects and torque.
  Design and basic functions for different types of electric motors and generators.
  Applications and technical applications.
  Operating modes and peripherals.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Knows basic functions and connections for motors and generators.
  Can describe the design and characteristics of direct current machines.
  Can describe the basic functions of AC motors and generators.
  Can name and explain the principle for different special motors

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can describe the basic functions and make calculations for torque and effects.
  Can calculate efficiency and losses at different loads for DC machines.
  Can calculate efficiency and losses at different loads for AC machines.
  Can describe the operating principles for eg. stepper motors and the limitations of use.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Master the relationship between electrical and mechanical quantities.
  Master different control principles for DC machines.
  Can calculate and explain the relationships between active and reactive effects and calculate components for phase compensation.
  Can describe and compare different types of motors and their advantages and disadvantages for specific applications.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Compendiums, degree projects and info from transformer manufacturers.
  Info and links are available in Moodle for the course.

  Learning methods

  Lectures, calculations, laboratory work and self-study.
  Information and study material are presented in Moodle for the course.

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The main basis for the grade in the course is determined by the points in the course test. The course test consists of questions that are answered in writing and calculations. (Max 40 points). The laboratory work and the reports are assessed. (Max 20 points)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.01.2024 - 28.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 6 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA22D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA22-K (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Assessment of assignments, laboratory work, laboratory reports and theoretical tests.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  The time for the joint exam and any extra exam is determined in agreement with the students during the course. Lessons in class and laboratory sessions according to the established schedule in Peppi. Laboratory reports are submitted within two weeks of each laboratory.

  Student's schedule and workload

  A total of 162 hours divided into lessons in class (72 h), laboratory sessions (32 h), self-study and preparation of laboratory reports.

  Content scheduling

  Theory during weeks 1-14, Laboratory work during weeks 10-17.

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 30% of the total points in the test or omitted laboratory reports.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Grade 1: 30 - 39% of the total points
  Grade 2: 40 - 52% of the total points

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Grade 3: 53 - 72% of the total points
  Grade 4: 73 - 86% of the total points

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Grade 5: 87 - 100% of the total points

•   Second Life and Recycling of Batteries BK2305-3002 18.01.2024-01.02.2024  3 credits  (ÖH23ELA-BK-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  Student:
  - knows the basics of reusing and recycling batteries
  - understands safety aspects when handling damaged and discarded batteries and battery packs
  - knows the methods for testing, checking the SOH of the batteries
  - knows the methods for safe disassembly of battery modules and battery cells
  - understand the fundamentals and applications of pyro- and hydrometallurgical processes in the context of battery recycling
  - knows the legislation regarding the recycling of batteries

  Prerequisites

  None

  Content of the study unit

  - testing the condition of damaged and discharged batteries
  - handling and storage of damaged and discarded batteries
  - discharge of battery modules
  - repair and replacement of battery modules as well as adaptation for other purposes of use
  - dismantling of battery cells
  - battery types for recycling
  - current state-of-the-art of battery recycling
  - pyrometallurgical process
  - hydrometallurgical process
  - sustainable recycling of batteries
  - legislation and battery directive
  - key activities in connection with the recycling of batteries

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Can explain the difference between reuse and recycling of batteries and has knowledge of the content of the EU's battery directive.
  The student can provide an overview of the handling of damaged and discarded batteries such as testing, discharging and dismantling of battery modules and cells. The student can provide an overview of the basics and application of pyro- and hydrometallurgical processes in connection with the recycling of batteries.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student can give a detailed account of the handling of damaged and discarded batteries such as testing, discharging and dismantling of battery modules and cells. The student can give a detailed account of the basics and application of pyro- and hydrometallurgical processes in connection with the recycling of batteries. The student can give a detailed account of the handling of damaged and discarded batteries such as testing, discharging and dismantling of battery modules and cells. The student can give a detailed account of the basics and application of pyro- and hydrometallurgical processes in connection with the recycling of batteries.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student can give a detailed and nuanced account of the handling of damaged and discarded batteries such as testing, discharging and dismantling of battery modules and cells. The student can give a detailed and nuanced account of the basics and application of pyro- and hydrometallurgical processes in connection with the recycling of batteries.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Boris Ståhl

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  18.01.2024 - 01.02.2024

  Enrollment date range

  01.12.2023 - 11.01.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH23ELA-BK-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Martina Englund-Perälä, Boris Ståhl

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Service Orientated Systems ELA18DS03-3004 23.10.2023-28.01.2024  4 credits  (ELA21D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After passing the course, the student is expected to understand:
  - how a service-oriented system is designed
  - how to program a distributed service-oriented system

  Prerequisites

  All programming courses in grades 1 and 2.

  Content of the study unit

  Programming of distributed systems using REST and SOAP.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Understands what problems arise in distributed systems.
  Can create simple solutions based on the REST and / or SOA concept.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can plan modern solutions.
  Can program REST / SOA solutions running over the network.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can create, document and plan solutions where the application services are on different nodes
  Can create solutions where the services, data management and data storage are distributed across different nodes.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Kompendier på Moodle och öppet online material (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Kursen baserar sig på föreläsningar, självstudier och övningar i klassrumsmiljö. Laborationerna obligatoriska, teorilektionerna inte. (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Av inlämningsfrågornas poäng måste man få minst 30% för att erhålla ett vitsord i kursen, oavsett provens totala poängsumma. 30% för godkänt, per prov. Totalt så tillämpas 30% för godkänt och lineär skala. (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  23.10.2023 - 28.01.2024

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 22.10.2023

  • 4 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-I (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Kaj Wikman

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Hösten 2023/Våren 2024 (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Ca 50% närvarustudier och ca 50% självstudier. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Minst 10p/30p. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Minst 18p/30p. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Minst 26p/30p (not translated)

•   Signals and Measurement Systems ELA22PT02-3001 01.01.2024-27.03.2024  3 credits  (ELA22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - knows industrial standard signals (analog / digital).
  - knows different types of signal conditioning.
  - knows the basics of EMC.

  Prerequisites

  Analog electronics

  Content of the study unit

  Signal conditioning
  Digital inputs and outputs
  EMC
  PCB design

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Knows the principles of voltage / voltage converters
  Knows the principles of digital inputs and outputs in industrial systems
  Knows the most common noise suppression components
  Can design a simple signal conditioning circuit and verify it with simulation programs

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Knows the principles of voltage / current converters
  Understands the construction of digital inputs and outputs
  Is familiar with the most common EMC standards
  Can plan and design a PCB with a simpler signal conditioning circuit based on given specifications

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can design analog signal conditioning circuits according to given specifications
  Can design simpler industrial I / O modules based on given specifications
  Can design easier circuits concidering EMC
  Can design a PCB regarding to EMC

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Molin, Bengt: Analog elektronik.
  Studentlitteratur ISBN 978-91-44-05367-7.
  (Bengtsson, Lars: Elektriska mätsystem och mätmetoder.
  Studentlitteratur ISBN: 9789144080680)
  Kompletterande material (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Föreläsningar
  Räkneövningar
  Simuleringsövningar
  Självstudier (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.01.2024 - 27.03.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA22D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA22-A (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Matts Nickull

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Diagnostiska tester och skriftligt förhör (33,33 % i kurstenten för godkänt vitsord).
  Diagnostiska testerna ger tilläggspoäng endast vid godkänd kurstent. (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Tenten ordnas vecka 7. (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Totalt 81 h, varav föreläsningar/räkneövningar/tentamen 36 h. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Mindre än 33,3 % av totala poängen. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Vitsord 1: 33,3 % - 47,2 % av totala poängen.
  Vitsord 2: 47,3 % - 61,1 % av totala poängen. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Vitsord 3: 61,2 % - 74,9 % av totala poängen.
  Vitsord 4: 75,0 % - 88,8 % av totala poängen. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Mera än 88,8 % av totalpoängen. (not translated)

•   Signals and Systems ELA18DS01-3004 04.03.2024-28.04.2024  3 credits  (ELA21D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After passing the course, the student is expected to understand how to measure, store, handle and filter digital signals.

  Prerequisites

  Mathematics and programming courses according to grades 1-3.

  Content of the study unit

  - Continuous and digital signals.
  - Sampling, quantization and alias effect.
  - Storage and distribution of data between different computer systems.
  - Digital Signal Processing techniques
  - Design and realization of simple digital filters

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Understand the basic concepts of signal processing.
  Can use computer tools to analyze and create simpler signals.
  Understand the function of the components of a measurement system; from physical signal to computer.
  Understand the basics of a digital filter.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Manage to interpret model signals.
  Be able to analyze signals with the help of computer tools.
  Be able to pair measurement sensors with a computer system and make software for analyzing the data.
  Managed to create a digital filter.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Be able to implement different model signals.
  Can use computer tools to load, generate and manipulate a signal.
  Be able to build a complete measurement system and develop necessary software.
  Be able to create a digital filter with different design methods.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  04.03.2024 - 28.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 03.03.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-I (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ray Pörn

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Software Engineering ELA18AM04-3004 28.08.2023-15.10.2023  3 credits  (ELA21D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student shall understand:
  • Software engineering and System architecture
  • Project Management and Staffing
  • Technical facilities

  Prerequisites

  Every programming course in year 1.

  Content of the study unit

  The overall course content will be concerned with the following concepts:
  • Software engineering and System architecture
  • Project Management and Staffing
  • Technical facilities
  
  The used techniques are as follows:
  • SCRUM
  • UP
  • TFS, GIT
  • C++

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Understands what is meant by application development.
  Understand what is meant by software development as a project.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Understands how to plan, document and version manage a software project.
  Understands how to plan, document and execute a project that also includes non-technical aspects.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can independently and in groups implement, execute documentation according to the selected standard and manage a development project.
  Can independently and in group plan and execute a system project.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Materialet finns på Moodle, lärerens dokumentation. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Kursen baserar sig på föreläsningar, självstudier och övningar i klassrumsmiljö. Laborationerna obligatoriska, teorilektionerna inte. (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Bedömningen sker via minst ett prov samt en eller fler eventuella självständiga uppgifter. Dessa kontrolleras genom inlämning och genom att ett antal frågor i provet kan berör uppgiften.
  
  Av "inlämningsfrågors" poäng måste man få minst 30% för att erhålla ett vitsord i kursen, oavsett provets total poängsumma.
  Totalt så tillämpas 30% för godkänt och lineär skala. (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  28.08.2023 - 15.10.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 06.09.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-I (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Kaj Wikman

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Hösten 2023 (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Ca 50% egna studier och 50% lärarled. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  < 10 poäng (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Förstår vad som menas med utveckling av applikationer.
  Förstår vad som menas med programvaruutveckling som ett projekt.
  Minst 10/30p. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Förstår hur man planerar, dokumenterar och versionshanterar ett programvaruprojekt.
  Förstår hur man projekt- planerar, dokumentarar och utför ett projekt som innefattar även icke tekniska aspekter.
  Minst 18/30p. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Kan självständigt och i grupp implementera, utföra dokumentation enligt vald standard och versionshantera ett utvecklingsprojekt med hjälp av Devops. Kan självständigt och i grupp planera och utföra ett system projekt.
  Minst 26/30p (not translated)

•   Software Tools for Electrical Engineering and IT ELA22GY07-3002 01.01.2024-12.03.2024  3 credits  (UIT23D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - can use spreadsheet programs in a variety of ways.
  - can automate routines by using a spreadsheet program.
  - masters the built-in programming capabilities of a spreadsheet program.

  Prerequisites

  Applied Data Tools.

  Content of the study unit

  Rehearsal of spreadsheet programs
  Built in programming capabilities:
  - Editor
  - Objects, Collections, Properties, Methods
  - The programming language
  - Procedures and functions
  - Exceptions
  - Event-oriented programming
  - User Forms
  - Diagrams
  - Connections to other programs
  - Import and export of data

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student knows the possibility of macro programming as well as procedural programming.
  The student can read and write spreadsheets with code and can make simple calculations on the computer.
  The student can write program code that includes selections and iterations.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student can write program code that includes coding functions and function calls.
  The student can modify, verify, search and sort data in a spreadsheet with code.
  The student can write code to import and export text data.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  he student can build customized user interfaces for the calculation.
  The student can solve calculation problems with macro programming.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Kaj Wikman

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  material på Moodle (not translated)

  Learning methods

  föreläsningar, datasalsövningar (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  godkänd tentamen (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.01.2024 - 12.03.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 31.12.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • UIT23D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Jan Berglund

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  godkänd tentamen (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  tentamen: mars 2024 (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  närundervisning ca 35 h, eget arbete ca 45 h (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Studeranden uppnår inte kunskaper som motsvarar vitsordet tillfredsställande. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Studeranden kan använda kalkylprogrammet Excel.
  Studeranden kan grundläggande använda programmering av makron i Excel med Visual Basic for Applications. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Studeranden kan mångsidigt använda kalkylprogrammet Excel.
  Studeranden kan programmera makron i Excel med Visual Basic for Applications. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Studeranden kan mångsidigt lösa kalkyleringsproblem med kalkylprogrammet Excel.
  Studeranden kan mångsidigt lösa kalkyleringsproblem genom att programmera makron i Excel med Visual Basic for Applications. (not translated)

•   Software Tools for Electrical Engineering and IT ELA22GY07-3003 08.01.2024-17.03.2024  3 credits  (ELA23D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - can use spreadsheet programs in a variety of ways.
  - can automate routines by using a spreadsheet program.
  - masters the built-in programming capabilities of a spreadsheet program.

  Prerequisites

  Applied Data Tools.

  Content of the study unit

  Rehearsal of spreadsheet programs
  Built in programming capabilities:
  - Editor
  - Objects, Collections, Properties, Methods
  - The programming language
  - Procedures and functions
  - Exceptions
  - Event-oriented programming
  - User Forms
  - Diagrams
  - Connections to other programs
  - Import and export of data

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student knows the possibility of macro programming as well as procedural programming.
  The student can read and write spreadsheets with code and can make simple calculations on the computer.
  The student can write program code that includes selections and iterations.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student can write program code that includes coding functions and function calls.
  The student can modify, verify, search and sort data in a spreadsheet with code.
  The student can write code to import and export text data.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  he student can build customized user interfaces for the calculation.
  The student can solve calculation problems with macro programming.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  material på Moodle (not translated)

  Learning methods

  föreläsningar, datasalsövningar (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  godkänd tentamen (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  08.01.2024 - 17.03.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA23D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA23-S (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA23-Y (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Jan Berglund

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  godkänd tentamen (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  tentamen: mars 2024 (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  närundervisning ca 35 h, eget arbete ca 45 h (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Studeranden uppnår inte kunskaper som motsvarar vitsordet tillfredsställande. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Studeranden kan använda kalkylprogrammet Excel.
  Studeranden kan grundläggande använda programmering av makron i Excel med Visual Basic for Applications. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Studeranden kan mångsidigt använda kalkylprogrammet Excel.
  Studeranden kan programmera makron i Excel med Visual Basic for Applications. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Studeranden kan mångsidigt lösa kalkyleringsproblem med kalkylprogrammet Excel.
  Studeranden kan mångsidigt lösa kalkyleringsproblem genom att programmera makron i Excel med Visual Basic for Applications. (not translated)

•   Student Internship 1 TKV22PRA01-3006 28.08.2023-17.12.2023  10 credits  (PRE23D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The students:
  -have performed such tasks that belong to their branch and their own field of education
  -have gained insight into what the future professional role can entail
  -have made contacts with the working world and can reflect over their own learning

  Prerequisites

  The Degree Program entails three internship periods. The internship periods builds upon each other and are commonly completed one at a time with theoretical courses in between.

  Content of the study unit

  Actively applied for internship
  Made contact to companies
  Work at the internship place
  Report

  ---

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  28.08.2023 - 17.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 04.09.2022

  • 10 credits

  Group(s)

  • PRE23D-V
  • ÖH23PRE-LED-V

  Small group(s)

  • PRE23-S (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Roger Nylund

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Land Surveying, Degree Programme in Information Technology

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Student Internship 1 TKV22PRA01-3009 28.08.2023-17.12.2023  10 credits  (MAP23D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The students:
  -have performed such tasks that belong to their branch and their own field of education
  -have gained insight into what the future professional role can entail
  -have made contacts with the working world and can reflect over their own learning

  Prerequisites

  The Degree Program entails three internship periods. The internship periods builds upon each other and are commonly completed one at a time with theoretical courses in between.

  Content of the study unit

  Actively applied for internship
  Made contact to companies
  Work at the internship place
  Report

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Kaj Rintanen

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  28.08.2023 - 17.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

  • 10 credits

  Group(s)

  • MAP23D-V
  • ÖH23MAP-LED-V

  Small group(s)

  • MAP23-S (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Land Surveying, Degree Programme in Information Technology

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Student Internship 1 TKV22PRA01-3011 01.08.2023-31.07.2024  10 credits  (ÖH23FLEXING) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The students:
  -have performed such tasks that belong to their branch and their own field of education
  -have gained insight into what the future professional role can entail
  -have made contacts with the working world and can reflect over their own learning

  Prerequisites

  The Degree Program entails three internship periods. The internship periods builds upon each other and are commonly completed one at a time with theoretical courses in between.

  Content of the study unit

  Actively applied for internship
  Made contact to companies
  Work at the internship place
  Report

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Matts Nickull

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.08.2023 - 31.07.2024

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 31.07.2024

  • 10 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH23FLEXING

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Matts Nickull

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Land Surveying, Degree Programme in Information Technology

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Student Internship 1 TKV22PRA01-3013 01.08.2023-31.07.2024  10 credits  (ELA22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The students:
  -have performed such tasks that belong to their branch and their own field of education
  -have gained insight into what the future professional role can entail
  -have made contacts with the working world and can reflect over their own learning

  Prerequisites

  The Degree Program entails three internship periods. The internship periods builds upon each other and are commonly completed one at a time with theoretical courses in between.

  Content of the study unit

  Actively applied for internship
  Made contact to companies
  Work at the internship place
  Report

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.08.2023 - 31.07.2024

  Enrollment date range

  02.07.2023 - 31.07.2023

  • 10 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA22D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Student Internship 2 TKV22PRA02-3008 01.08.2023-31.07.2026  10 credits  (MAP22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The students:
  -have performed such tasks that belong to the branch and their own field of education.
  -have gained insight into what the future professional role may include
  -realizes the connection between the practical experience and theoretical studies
  -have made contacts with the working world and know how to reflect over their own learning

  Prerequisites

  The Degree Program entails three internship periods.
  The internship periods builds upon each other and are commonly completed one at a time with theoretical courses in between.

  Content of the study unit

  Actively applied for internship
  Made contact to companies
  Work at the internship place
  Report

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Kaj Rintanen

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.08.2023 - 31.07.2026

  Enrollment date range

  02.07.2023 - 31.07.2023

  • 10 credits

  Group(s)

  • MAP22D-V

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Land Surveying, Degree Programme in Information Technology

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Student Internship 2 TKV22PRA02-3006 08.03.2024-31.07.2024  10 credits  (PRE22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The students:
  -have performed such tasks that belong to the branch and their own field of education.
  -have gained insight into what the future professional role may include
  -realizes the connection between the practical experience and theoretical studies
  -have made contacts with the working world and know how to reflect over their own learning

  Prerequisites

  The Degree Program entails three internship periods.
  The internship periods builds upon each other and are commonly completed one at a time with theoretical courses in between.

  Content of the study unit

  Actively applied for internship
  Made contact to companies
  Work at the internship place
  Report

  ---

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  08.03.2024 - 31.07.2024

  Enrollment date range

  01.12.2023 - 07.03.2024

  • 10 credits

  Group(s)

  • PRE22D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Roger Nylund

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Land Surveying, Degree Programme in Information Technology

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Student Internship 2 TKV22PRA02-3007 01.08.2023-31.07.2024  10 credits  (ELA21D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The students:
  -have performed such tasks that belong to the branch and their own field of education.
  -have gained insight into what the future professional role may include
  -realizes the connection between the practical experience and theoretical studies
  -have made contacts with the working world and know how to reflect over their own learning

  Prerequisites

  The Degree Program entails three internship periods.
  The internship periods builds upon each other and are commonly completed one at a time with theoretical courses in between.

  Content of the study unit

  Actively applied for internship
  Made contact to companies
  Work at the internship place
  Report

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.08.2023 - 31.07.2024

  Enrollment date range

  02.07.2023 - 31.07.2023

  • 10 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA21D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Land Surveying, Degree Programme in Information Technology

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Student Internship 3 TKV22PRA03-3004 01.08.2023-31.07.2024  10 credits  (ELA20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The students:
  - have performed such tasks that belong to the branch and their own field of education
  - have gained insight into what the future professional role can entail
  - can turn over theoretical knowledge in working life
  - have made versatile contacts with the working life and know how to reflect over their own learning

  Prerequisites

  The Degree Program entails three internship periods.
  The internship periods builds upon each other and are commonly completed one at a time with theoretical courses in between.

  Content of the study unit

  Actively applied for internship
  Made contact to companies
  Work at the internship
  Report

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.08.2023 - 31.07.2024

  Enrollment date range

  02.07.2023 - 31.07.2023

  • 10 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Sustainability in Engineering Solutions ET22EC01-3002 04.09.2023-17.12.2023  6 credits  (ET23D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  In this introductory module, students will develop their skill set and knowledge for a range of sustainable solutions and decision-making in engineering, as well as in Life Cycle Assessment in engineering.

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites.

  Content of the study unit

  Introduction to Sustainable Development
  Circular Economy
  Sustainable approach
  System Analysis
  Transitional Solutions
  Basics of Life Cycle Assessments theory and practice (SimaPro)
  Sustainable Energy Solutions
  Other challenges

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  35% – 60% of course work and exam completed

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  60% – 85% of course work and exam completed

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  85% – 100% of course work and exam completed

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Course documentation is within Moodle together with relevant teaching materials and reference documents

  Learning methods

  Competence objectives of the study unit
  This module familiarises engineers with the principles of sustainability within the global, national and local context.
  
  Areas that will be considered are: Sustainably Development Goals (SDG's), Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA), Circular Economy, Waste to Energy (Wte) and Lifecycle Analysis (LCA) modelling
  
  Format of delivery
  Lectures, presentations, group work, self-study and computer classes and study visit
  
  Information and study materials are provided in Moodle for the course

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  To complete the course the following criteria are used for evaluation:
  
  1. Group Presentation
  2. Directed study
  3. Multichoice exam
  4. Video production
  5. Reports + calculation
  
  
  FYI. Grade scale used - modification of EPS

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  04.09.2023 - 17.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

  • 6 credits

  Group(s)

  • ET23D-V
  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ET23 (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-E (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Philip Hollins

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Energy Technology, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Student's schedule and workload

  6 ETCS = 162 hours
  
  Contact teaching and computer classes approx ~ 30 hr
  Study visit ~4hr
  Independent (and group) studying and preparation ~128 hr

  Assessment criteria

  <50% of the maximum number of credits earned in the assignments

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  50-59% (=1) or 60-69% (=2) of the maximum number of credits earned in the assignments respectively

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  70-79% (=3) or 80-89% (=4) of the maximum number of credits earned in the assignments respectively

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  90-100% (=5) of the maximum number of credits earned in the assignments respectively

•   Swedish for Engineers TKV22SV01-3005 26.09.2023-31.12.2023  3 credits  (MAP23D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - can communicate orally and in writing in a structured and linguistic way.
  - is aware of different ways of looking for information and can use it as well as can report according to standard arrangements.
  - can use the reference system and know the work process for scientific writing.

  Prerequisites

  none

  Content of the study unit

  - Summary's or other longer writing assignments
  - Trade Essay
  - Official letters (meeting documents, business letters)
  - Presentation technique and lectures
  - Language care as needed
  - Rules for written reports and scientific work
  - Application according to specific education may occur.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Oral presentation: Responsible presentation ability characterized by partly stylistically inappropriate language, unstructured content and lack of commitment. Information retrieval: Ability to search for sources
  to a task but the sources are superficial and elementary. Reporting: Ability to compile a report in which the rules for standard layout are to some extent stated. The language is poor and there are errors, but the report text is understandable. Reference system: Attempts to use a reference system and succeed to some extent.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Oral presentation: Good presentation ability characterized by structured content, suitable language and positive attitude. Written presentation: Good written ability which shows that the writer has mastered writing rules and has a sense of style. Information retrieval: Good ability to gather reliable sources for a task. Reporting: Good ability to prepare a clear report in accordance with the rules for standard layout. The language is understandable and functional. Reference system: Good ability to use a reference system in a functional way.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Oral presentation: Excellent presentation ability characterized by well thought out and well structured content, clear and versatile language and positive attitude to the topic and situation. A knowledgeable impression is given. Written presentation: Excellent writing ability that shows that the writer uses a versatile, clean and flawless writing language. Information retrieval: Excellent ability to critically search for reliable and credible sources for a task. Reporting: Excellent ability to set up
  a well-structured and visually appealing report. The report text is well written, adapted to the subject and error free. Reference system: Excellent ability to use
  one or more reference systems and know in which subject areas it is used.

  ---

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Study material at Moodle. Svenska skrivregler (2017) Myndigheternas skrivregler (2014)

  Learning methods

  Lectures, group discussions, writing exercises, reports and oral presentations. Some tasks are done in pairs.

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The course is evaluated on the basis of assignments, oral and written. For an approved performance, all assignments must be approved, as well as written interrogation. Activity under the course is demanded. The student has shown that he / she has mastered the given writing rules, can compile linguistically correct documents and is able to orally present a given topic to the public.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  26.09.2023 - 31.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  25.09.2023 - 27.10.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • MAP23D-V
  • ÖH23MAP-LED-V

  Small group(s)

  • MAP23-S (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • MAP23-Y (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Åsa Fagerudd

  Additional information

  -

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying), Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  -

  Practical training and working life co-operation

  -

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Rehearsal interrogation at the last lesson.

  Internationa connections

  -

  Student's schedule and workload

  81 hours work for 3 credits, of which 30 hours in class and 51 hours work on their own time.

  Content scheduling

  -

  Assessment criteria

  Does not meet the requirements for the grade 1.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Oral presentation: Responsible presentation ability characterized by partially stylistically inappropriate language, unstructured content and lack of commitment.
  Written presentation: Responsible written ability demonstrating uncertainty regarding rewrite rules and expressing ice cream.
  Information retrieval: Ability to search for sources of a task but the sources erratic and elementary.
  Reporting: Ability to prepare a report in which the rules for the standard layout appear to some extent. The language is poor and there are errors, but the report text is understandable.
  Reference system: Attempts to use a reference system and succeed to some extent.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Oral presentation: Good presentation ability characterized by structured content, suitable language and positive attitude.
  Written presentation: Good written ability which shows that the writer has mastered writing rules and has a sense of style.
  Information retrieval: Good ability to gather reliable sources for a task.
  Reporting: Good ability to prepare a clear report in accordance with the rules for standard layout. The language is
  understandable and functioning.
  Reference system: Good ability to use a reference system in a functional way.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Oral presentation: Excellent presentation ability characterized by well thought out and well structured content, clear and versatile language and positive attitude to the topic and situation. A knowledgeable impression is given.
  Written presentation: Excellent writing ability which shows that the writer uses a versatile, clean and flawless written language.
  Information retrieval: Excellent ability to critically search for reliable and credible sources of a task.
  Reporting: Excellent ability to produce a well-structured and visually appealing report. The report text is well written, adapted to the subject and error free.
  Reference system: Excellent ability to use one or more reference systems and to know in which subject areas it is used.

•   Swedish for Engineers TKV22SV01-3006 23.10.2023-22.12.2023  3 credits  (BYL23D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - can communicate orally and in writing in a structured and linguistic way.
  - is aware of different ways of looking for information and can use it as well as can report according to standard arrangements.
  - can use the reference system and know the work process for scientific writing.

  Prerequisites

  none

  Content of the study unit

  - Summary's or other longer writing assignments
  - Trade Essay
  - Official letters (meeting documents, business letters)
  - Presentation technique and lectures
  - Language care as needed
  - Rules for written reports and scientific work
  - Application according to specific education may occur.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Oral presentation: Responsible presentation ability characterized by partly stylistically inappropriate language, unstructured content and lack of commitment. Information retrieval: Ability to search for sources
  to a task but the sources are superficial and elementary. Reporting: Ability to compile a report in which the rules for standard layout are to some extent stated. The language is poor and there are errors, but the report text is understandable. Reference system: Attempts to use a reference system and succeed to some extent.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Oral presentation: Good presentation ability characterized by structured content, suitable language and positive attitude. Written presentation: Good written ability which shows that the writer has mastered writing rules and has a sense of style. Information retrieval: Good ability to gather reliable sources for a task. Reporting: Good ability to prepare a clear report in accordance with the rules for standard layout. The language is understandable and functional. Reference system: Good ability to use a reference system in a functional way.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Oral presentation: Excellent presentation ability characterized by well thought out and well structured content, clear and versatile language and positive attitude to the topic and situation. A knowledgeable impression is given. Written presentation: Excellent writing ability that shows that the writer uses a versatile, clean and flawless writing language. Information retrieval: Excellent ability to critically search for reliable and credible sources for a task. Reporting: Excellent ability to set up
  a well-structured and visually appealing report. The report text is well written, adapted to the subject and error free. Reference system: Excellent ability to use
  one or more reference systems and know in which subject areas it is used.

  ---

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Study material at Moodle. Svenska skrivregler (2017) Myndigheternas skrivregler (2014)

  Learning methods

  Lectures, group discussions, writing exercises, reports and oral presentations. Some tasks are done in pairs.

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The course is evaluated on the basis of assignments, oral and written. For an approved performance, all assignments must be approved, as well as written interrogation. Activity under the course is demanded. The student has shown that he / she has mastered the given writing rules, can compile linguistically correct documents and is able to orally present a given topic to the public.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  23.10.2023 - 22.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  25.10.2023 - 31.10.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • BYL23D-V
  • BYS23D-V
  • ÖH23BYS-LED-V
  • ÖH23ULA-LED-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Åsa Fagerudd

  Additional information

  -

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying), Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  -

  Practical training and working life co-operation

  -

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Rehearsal interrogation at the last lesson.

  Internationa connections

  -

  Student's schedule and workload

  81 hours work for 3 credits, of which 30 hours in class and 51 hours work on their own time.

  Content scheduling

  -

  Assessment criteria

  Does not meet the requirements for the grade 1.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Oral presentation: Responsible presentation ability characterized by partially stylistically inappropriate language, unstructured content and lack of commitment.
  Written presentation: Responsible written ability demonstrating uncertainty regarding rewrite rules and expressing ice cream.
  Information retrieval: Ability to search for sources of a task but the sources erratic and elementary.
  Reporting: Ability to prepare a report in which the rules for the standard layout appear to some extent. The language is poor and there are errors, but the report text is understandable.
  Reference system: Attempts to use a reference system and succeed to some extent.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Oral presentation: Good presentation ability characterized by structured content, suitable language and positive attitude.
  Written presentation: Good written ability which shows that the writer has mastered writing rules and has a sense of style.
  Information retrieval: Good ability to gather reliable sources for a task.
  Reporting: Good ability to prepare a clear report in accordance with the rules for standard layout. The language is
  understandable and functioning.
  Reference system: Good ability to use a reference system in a functional way.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Oral presentation: Excellent presentation ability characterized by well thought out and well structured content, clear and versatile language and positive attitude to the topic and situation. A knowledgeable impression is given.
  Written presentation: Excellent writing ability which shows that the writer uses a versatile, clean and flawless written language.
  Information retrieval: Excellent ability to critically search for reliable and credible sources of a task.
  Reporting: Excellent ability to produce a well-structured and visually appealing report. The report text is well written, adapted to the subject and error free.
  Reference system: Excellent ability to use one or more reference systems and to know in which subject areas it is used.

•   Swedish for Engineers TKV22SV01-3011 02.01.2024-23.02.2024  3 credits  (PRE23D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - can communicate orally and in writing in a structured and linguistic way.
  - is aware of different ways of looking for information and can use it as well as can report according to standard arrangements.
  - can use the reference system and know the work process for scientific writing.

  Prerequisites

  none

  Content of the study unit

  - Summary's or other longer writing assignments
  - Trade Essay
  - Official letters (meeting documents, business letters)
  - Presentation technique and lectures
  - Language care as needed
  - Rules for written reports and scientific work
  - Application according to specific education may occur.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Oral presentation: Responsible presentation ability characterized by partly stylistically inappropriate language, unstructured content and lack of commitment. Information retrieval: Ability to search for sources
  to a task but the sources are superficial and elementary. Reporting: Ability to compile a report in which the rules for standard layout are to some extent stated. The language is poor and there are errors, but the report text is understandable. Reference system: Attempts to use a reference system and succeed to some extent.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Oral presentation: Good presentation ability characterized by structured content, suitable language and positive attitude. Written presentation: Good written ability which shows that the writer has mastered writing rules and has a sense of style. Information retrieval: Good ability to gather reliable sources for a task. Reporting: Good ability to prepare a clear report in accordance with the rules for standard layout. The language is understandable and functional. Reference system: Good ability to use a reference system in a functional way.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Oral presentation: Excellent presentation ability characterized by well thought out and well structured content, clear and versatile language and positive attitude to the topic and situation. A knowledgeable impression is given. Written presentation: Excellent writing ability that shows that the writer uses a versatile, clean and flawless writing language. Information retrieval: Excellent ability to critically search for reliable and credible sources for a task. Reporting: Excellent ability to set up
  a well-structured and visually appealing report. The report text is well written, adapted to the subject and error free. Reference system: Excellent ability to use
  one or more reference systems and know in which subject areas it is used.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Åsa Fagerudd

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  02.01.2024 - 23.02.2024

  Enrollment date range

  01.12.2023 - 01.01.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • PRE23D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Åsa Fagerudd

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying), Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Swedish for Engineers TKV22SV01-3009 01.01.2024-10.03.2024  3 credits  (ELA23D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - can communicate orally and in writing in a structured and linguistic way.
  - is aware of different ways of looking for information and can use it as well as can report according to standard arrangements.
  - can use the reference system and know the work process for scientific writing.

  Prerequisites

  none

  Content of the study unit

  - Summary's or other longer writing assignments
  - Trade Essay
  - Official letters (meeting documents, business letters)
  - Presentation technique and lectures
  - Language care as needed
  - Rules for written reports and scientific work
  - Application according to specific education may occur.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Oral presentation: Responsible presentation ability characterized by partly stylistically inappropriate language, unstructured content and lack of commitment. Information retrieval: Ability to search for sources
  to a task but the sources are superficial and elementary. Reporting: Ability to compile a report in which the rules for standard layout are to some extent stated. The language is poor and there are errors, but the report text is understandable. Reference system: Attempts to use a reference system and succeed to some extent.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Oral presentation: Good presentation ability characterized by structured content, suitable language and positive attitude. Written presentation: Good written ability which shows that the writer has mastered writing rules and has a sense of style. Information retrieval: Good ability to gather reliable sources for a task. Reporting: Good ability to prepare a clear report in accordance with the rules for standard layout. The language is understandable and functional. Reference system: Good ability to use a reference system in a functional way.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Oral presentation: Excellent presentation ability characterized by well thought out and well structured content, clear and versatile language and positive attitude to the topic and situation. A knowledgeable impression is given. Written presentation: Excellent writing ability that shows that the writer uses a versatile, clean and flawless writing language. Information retrieval: Excellent ability to critically search for reliable and credible sources for a task. Reporting: Excellent ability to set up
  a well-structured and visually appealing report. The report text is well written, adapted to the subject and error free. Reference system: Excellent ability to use
  one or more reference systems and know in which subject areas it is used.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.01.2024 - 10.03.2024

  Enrollment date range

  01.12.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA23D-V
  • ÖH23ELA-LED-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA23-S (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA23-Y (Size: 40. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Åsa Fagerudd

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying), Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Switchgears ELA22EA04-3001 29.01.2024-21.04.2024  3 credits  (ELA22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - knows about switchgears, measuring transformers and work protection in electrical stations
  - knows and is able to calculate short-circuit effects and currents
  - knows about the impact of reactive power on the electrical network and how to compensate for it
  - knows the control of electrical power.

  Prerequisites

  The course Basics in Electrical Engineering, AC.

  Content of the study unit

  Switchgear and power stations.
  Short-circuit currents and short-circuit power.
  Compensation.
  Control of electrical power..

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Knows different switchgear and general equipment as well as distribution transformers.
  Knows how the short-circuit current is propagated.
  Knows about the effect of the reactive power on the net.
  Knows different control options.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Understands the use of current and voltage transformers and other equipment and work protection.
  Can calculate short-circuit current, short-circuit power and earth-current current.
  Capable of sizing capacitor battery and choke.
  Understands the control principle from the control center.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can design appliances and busbar systems for switchgear and observe work protection when working in switchgear and power stations.
  Can calculate short-circuit current and short-circuit power over transformer.
  Understands the use of automatic battery and the risk of overcompensation.
  Understands the principle of TCP / IP control.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  The lectures as power point presentations, will be found on Moodle.
  Based on the books:
  Sähkölaitostekniikan perusteet by Elovaara & Laiho
  Elkraftsystem 1 & 2 from Elkrafthandboken
  In addition, various links to material will be posted on Moodle.

  Learning methods

  Lectures.
  Excercises.
  Laboration.
  Self studies.

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The written exam consists of five questions of 6 points, with a total of 30 points. About half theoretical questions, other half calculations.
  In the calculation exercises, an answer gives full points if the calculations are complete with the right values ​​and the correct answer. Careless errors give deductions.
  The lab is assessed with a score of 1-10, ie a maximum of 10 points. The report is primarily assessed, but the own activity during the laboratory session is also taken into account.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  29.01.2024 - 21.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 28.01.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA22D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA22-K (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Henrik Järveläinen

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Written exam.
  Laboration.
  Lab report.

  Student's schedule and workload

  A total of 81 hours, of which contact lessons are six weeks with two lessons of two hours per week. In addition, one laboratory session of 4-5 hours.

•   System Administration ELA18AM02-3004 23.10.2023-17.12.2023  5 credits  (ELA21D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The course will provide the student with applied knowledge of how to handle larger system units. How to deploy client-server based systems and their software.
  
  The student should be familiar with the system administrator's tasks and be able to plan and configure systems that are distributed and consisting of application and database servers.
  
  The student should also understand the principles of IT security.

  Prerequisites

  Network

  Content of the study unit

  - Protocol mechanisms
  - Router and switch units and architecture
  - Network Address Translation (NAT) and DHCP / DNS for larger systems
  - Virtualization and data security

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Knows about the system administrator's tasks and understands the basic concepts in the field

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can perform routine system tasks of the system administrator.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can plan and configure systems that are distributed and locally made up of application and database servers.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  På Moodle (not translated)

  Learning methods

  Kursen baserar sig på föreläsningar, självstudier och övningar i klassrumsmiljö. Dessutom skall man i grupp utför en specificerade uppgift och övningar i klassrumsmiljö. Laborationerna obligatoriska, teorilektionerna inte. (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Bedömningen sker genom verifierade lösningar på basen av uppdrag samt en eller fler eventuella självständiga uppgifter. Dessa kontrolleras genom inlämning och genom att ett antal frågor i presentation som kan berör uppgiften. En tent.
  
  Totalt så tillämpas 30% för godkänt och lineär skala. (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  23.10.2023 - 17.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 22.10.2023

  • 5 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-I (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Kaj Wikman

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Hösten 2023 (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  Ca 80% självstudier och 20% lärarledda laborationer (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Förståelse av tekniska specifikationer.
  Känner till systemadministratörens arbetsuppgifter
  Förmåga att ansvara för vissa arbetsuppgifter inom ett team.
  Minst 10/30p. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Kan utföra systemadministratörens rutinmässiga arbetsuppgifter. Klarar av att dokumentera lösningarna.
  Minst 18/30p. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Kan planera och konfigurera system som är distribuerade och lokala bestående av applikations- och databasservrar.
  Kan utförligt redogöra för hur uppgifterna löst och ordentligt system dokumentation finns.
  Minst 26/30p. (not translated)

•   System Programming ELA18AM03-3004 28.08.2023-29.10.2023  3 credits  (ELA21D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  After passing the course the student is expected to understand the difference between normal programming and programming at System level.
  The course treats data security from a system perspective.

  Prerequisites

  All programming courses according to grades.

  Content of the study unit

  1. Windows API
  2. Linux API
  3. Datasecurity
  4. Project

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Understand the concepts of system programming and be able to solve simple problems.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Create solutions that take into account the different systems ' specific differences.
  Create simple system architectural solutions.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can independently and in group implement solutions that use different systems.
  Understand layer-based solutions and be able to implement more-layered solution in project form

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Hänvisat i moodle, lärarens material. (not translated)

  Learning methods

  The course is based on lectures, self-study and exercises in a classroom environment. The labs are compulsory, the theory lessons not

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Of the marks of the examination questions, you must obtain at least 30% in order to obtain a grade in the course, irrespective of the total score of the exams. 30% for pass, per exam. In total, 30% is applied for approved and linear scale.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  28.08.2023 - 29.10.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 06.09.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-I (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Kaj Wikman

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Hösten 2024 (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Förstå begreppen och kunna lösa enkla problem. Min 10/30 (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Skapa lösningar som beaktar de olika systems specifika skillnader.
  Skapa enkel system arkitektur lösningar 18/30 (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Kan självständigt och i grupp implementera lösningar som använder sig av olika system.
  Förstå lagerbaserade lösningar och kunna implementera fler-lager lösning i projektform. Min 26/30 p (not translated)

•   Technical English for Engineers TKV18EN02-3018 23.10.2023-17.12.2023  3 credits  (MAP21D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The course enables the students to understand the differences between Standard English and language for special purposes.
  Students will also broaden their knowledge of common features of academic and technical writing and are able to apply their skills to their future engineering reports.Students learn how to express themselves orally by presenting and discussing technical phenomena whereby they will also be given tools to expand their grammatical knowledge and engineering English vocabulary enabling them to use a greater range of structures while speaking and writing in English.

  Prerequisites

  English for Working Life

  Content of the study unit

  General technical functions, materials and components; technical problems and technical development; linguistic dimension of engineering English; presenting as an engineer; scientific writing and engineering documents.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Being able to identify general technical functions and descriptions of materials and components in English.
  Being able to identify general technical problems and technical development in English .
  Being able to identify the specific linguistic features in engineering English on grammatical level.
  Being able to present an engineering related phenomenon.
  Being able to identify the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Being able to describe general technical functions and materials and components in English.
  Being able to describe, asses and interpret faults and feasibility, and discuss technical requirements and improvements in English.
  Being able to apply the linguistic features of engineering English on grammatical level when creating documents.
  Being able to present an engineering related phenomenon and take part in discussions and debates.
  Being able to apply the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Being able to describe, explain, compare and evaluate general technical functions and materials and components in English.
  Being able to describe, compare and evaluate general technical problems as well as technical development, and propose solutions and insights in technical development.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the specific linguistic features of engineering English on grammatical level.
  Being able to present and critically reflect engineering related phenomena and take active part in discussions and debates
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge in the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

  ---

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Munkenberg, Eva-Charlott: English for Engineers and Technicians (2015).

  Learning methods

  Contact teaching, in-class activities, individual assignments, and oral presentations.
  The course enables the students to understand the differences between Standard English and language for special purposes. Students learn how to express themselves orally by presenting and discussing technical phenomena whereby they will also be given tools to expand their grammatical knowledge and engineering English vocabulary enabling them to use a greater range of structures while speaking and writing in English.

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Continuous assessment of in class activity, group works and final exam

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  23.10.2023 - 17.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 22.10.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • MAP21D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Hanna Kuusisto

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Book exam (more information about this will be given in the first course meeting)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Final exam

  Student's schedule and workload

  27 hours individual workload per 1 credit (a total of 3 ETCS)

  Assessment criteria

  Lacking attendance, incompleted assignments, failed exam

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Being able to identify general technical functions and descriptions of materials and components in English.
  Being able to identify general technical problems and technical development in English .
  Being able to identify the specific linguistic features in engineering English on grammatical level.
  Being able to present an engineering related phenomenon.
  Being able to identify the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Being able to describe general technical functions and materials and components in English.
  Being able to describe, asses and interpret faults and feasibility, and discuss technical requirements and improvements in English.
  Being able to apply the linguistic features of engineering English on grammatical level when creating documents.
  Being able to present an engineering related phenomenon and take part in discussions and debates.
  Being able to apply the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Being able to describe, explain, compare and evaluate general technical functions and materials and components in English.
  Being able to describe, compare and evaluate general technical problems as well as technical development, and propose solutions and insights in technical development.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the specific linguistic features of engineering English on grammatical level.
  Being able to present and critically reflect engineering related phenomena and take active part in discussions and debates
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge in the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

•   Technical English for Engineers TKV18EN02-3016 30.10.2023-10.12.2023  3 credits  (ELA21D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The course enables the students to understand the differences between Standard English and language for special purposes.
  Students will also broaden their knowledge of common features of academic and technical writing and are able to apply their skills to their future engineering reports.Students learn how to express themselves orally by presenting and discussing technical phenomena whereby they will also be given tools to expand their grammatical knowledge and engineering English vocabulary enabling them to use a greater range of structures while speaking and writing in English.

  Prerequisites

  English for Working Life

  Content of the study unit

  General technical functions, materials and components; technical problems and technical development; linguistic dimension of engineering English; presenting as an engineer; scientific writing and engineering documents.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Being able to identify general technical functions and descriptions of materials and components in English.
  Being able to identify general technical problems and technical development in English .
  Being able to identify the specific linguistic features in engineering English on grammatical level.
  Being able to present an engineering related phenomenon.
  Being able to identify the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Being able to describe general technical functions and materials and components in English.
  Being able to describe, asses and interpret faults and feasibility, and discuss technical requirements and improvements in English.
  Being able to apply the linguistic features of engineering English on grammatical level when creating documents.
  Being able to present an engineering related phenomenon and take part in discussions and debates.
  Being able to apply the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Being able to describe, explain, compare and evaluate general technical functions and materials and components in English.
  Being able to describe, compare and evaluate general technical problems as well as technical development, and propose solutions and insights in technical development.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the specific linguistic features of engineering English on grammatical level.
  Being able to present and critically reflect engineering related phenomena and take active part in discussions and debates
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge in the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

  ---

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Munkenberg, Eva-Charlott: English for Engineers and Technicians (2015).

  Learning methods

  Contact teaching, in-class activities, individual assignments, and oral presentations.
  The course enables the students to understand the differences between Standard English and language for special purposes. Students learn how to express themselves orally by presenting and discussing technical phenomena whereby they will also be given tools to expand their grammatical knowledge and engineering English vocabulary enabling them to use a greater range of structures while speaking and writing in English.

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Continuous assessment of in class activity, group works and final exam

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  30.10.2023 - 10.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 10.12.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-A (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-E (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-K (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-I (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Hanna Kuusisto

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Book exam (more information about this will be given in the first course meeting)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Final exam

  Student's schedule and workload

  27 hours individual workload per 1 credit (a total of 3 ETCS)

  Assessment criteria

  Lacking attendance, incompleted assignments, failed exam

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Being able to identify general technical functions and descriptions of materials and components in English.
  Being able to identify general technical problems and technical development in English .
  Being able to identify the specific linguistic features in engineering English on grammatical level.
  Being able to present an engineering related phenomenon.
  Being able to identify the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Being able to describe general technical functions and materials and components in English.
  Being able to describe, asses and interpret faults and feasibility, and discuss technical requirements and improvements in English.
  Being able to apply the linguistic features of engineering English on grammatical level when creating documents.
  Being able to present an engineering related phenomenon and take part in discussions and debates.
  Being able to apply the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Being able to describe, explain, compare and evaluate general technical functions and materials and components in English.
  Being able to describe, compare and evaluate general technical problems as well as technical development, and propose solutions and insights in technical development.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the specific linguistic features of engineering English on grammatical level.
  Being able to present and critically reflect engineering related phenomena and take active part in discussions and debates
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge in the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

•   Technical English for Engineers TKV18EN02-3019 01.01.2024-28.02.2024  3 credits  (BYL21D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The course enables the students to understand the differences between Standard English and language for special purposes.
  Students will also broaden their knowledge of common features of academic and technical writing and are able to apply their skills to their future engineering reports.Students learn how to express themselves orally by presenting and discussing technical phenomena whereby they will also be given tools to expand their grammatical knowledge and engineering English vocabulary enabling them to use a greater range of structures while speaking and writing in English.

  Prerequisites

  English for Working Life

  Content of the study unit

  General technical functions, materials and components; technical problems and technical development; linguistic dimension of engineering English; presenting as an engineer; scientific writing and engineering documents.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Being able to identify general technical functions and descriptions of materials and components in English.
  Being able to identify general technical problems and technical development in English .
  Being able to identify the specific linguistic features in engineering English on grammatical level.
  Being able to present an engineering related phenomenon.
  Being able to identify the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Being able to describe general technical functions and materials and components in English.
  Being able to describe, asses and interpret faults and feasibility, and discuss technical requirements and improvements in English.
  Being able to apply the linguistic features of engineering English on grammatical level when creating documents.
  Being able to present an engineering related phenomenon and take part in discussions and debates.
  Being able to apply the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Being able to describe, explain, compare and evaluate general technical functions and materials and components in English.
  Being able to describe, compare and evaluate general technical problems as well as technical development, and propose solutions and insights in technical development.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the specific linguistic features of engineering English on grammatical level.
  Being able to present and critically reflect engineering related phenomena and take active part in discussions and debates
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge in the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

  ---

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Munkenberg, Eva-Charlott: English for Engineers and Technicians (2015).

  Learning methods

  Contact teaching, in-class activities, individual assignments, and oral presentations.
  The course enables the students to understand the differences between Standard English and language for special purposes. Students learn how to express themselves orally by presenting and discussing technical phenomena whereby they will also be given tools to expand their grammatical knowledge and engineering English vocabulary enabling them to use a greater range of structures while speaking and writing in English.

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Continuous assessment of in class activity, group works and final exam

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2024 - 28.02.2024

  Enrollment date range

  15.11.2023 - 28.12.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • BYL21D-V
  • BYS21D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Hanna Kuusisto

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Book exam (more information about this will be given in the first course meeting)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Final exam

  Student's schedule and workload

  27 hours individual workload per 1 credit (a total of 3 ETCS)

  Assessment criteria

  Lacking attendance, incompleted assignments, failed exam

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Being able to identify general technical functions and descriptions of materials and components in English.
  Being able to identify general technical problems and technical development in English .
  Being able to identify the specific linguistic features in engineering English on grammatical level.
  Being able to present an engineering related phenomenon.
  Being able to identify the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Being able to describe general technical functions and materials and components in English.
  Being able to describe, asses and interpret faults and feasibility, and discuss technical requirements and improvements in English.
  Being able to apply the linguistic features of engineering English on grammatical level when creating documents.
  Being able to present an engineering related phenomenon and take part in discussions and debates.
  Being able to apply the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Being able to describe, explain, compare and evaluate general technical functions and materials and components in English.
  Being able to describe, compare and evaluate general technical problems as well as technical development, and propose solutions and insights in technical development.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the specific linguistic features of engineering English on grammatical level.
  Being able to present and critically reflect engineering related phenomena and take active part in discussions and debates
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge in the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

•   Technical English for Engineers TKV18EN02-3020 04.03.2024-05.05.2024  3 credits  (PRE21D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The course enables the students to understand the differences between Standard English and language for special purposes.
  Students will also broaden their knowledge of common features of academic and technical writing and are able to apply their skills to their future engineering reports.Students learn how to express themselves orally by presenting and discussing technical phenomena whereby they will also be given tools to expand their grammatical knowledge and engineering English vocabulary enabling them to use a greater range of structures while speaking and writing in English.

  Prerequisites

  English for Working Life

  Content of the study unit

  General technical functions, materials and components; technical problems and technical development; linguistic dimension of engineering English; presenting as an engineer; scientific writing and engineering documents.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Being able to identify general technical functions and descriptions of materials and components in English.
  Being able to identify general technical problems and technical development in English .
  Being able to identify the specific linguistic features in engineering English on grammatical level.
  Being able to present an engineering related phenomenon.
  Being able to identify the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Being able to describe general technical functions and materials and components in English.
  Being able to describe, asses and interpret faults and feasibility, and discuss technical requirements and improvements in English.
  Being able to apply the linguistic features of engineering English on grammatical level when creating documents.
  Being able to present an engineering related phenomenon and take part in discussions and debates.
  Being able to apply the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Being able to describe, explain, compare and evaluate general technical functions and materials and components in English.
  Being able to describe, compare and evaluate general technical problems as well as technical development, and propose solutions and insights in technical development.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the specific linguistic features of engineering English on grammatical level.
  Being able to present and critically reflect engineering related phenomena and take active part in discussions and debates
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge in the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Hanna Kuusisto

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Munkenberg, Eva-Charlott: English for Engineers and Technicians (2015).

  Learning methods

  Contact teaching, in-class activities, individual assignments, and oral presentations.
  The course enables the students to understand the differences between Standard English and language for special purposes. Students learn how to express themselves orally by presenting and discussing technical phenomena whereby they will also be given tools to expand their grammatical knowledge and engineering English vocabulary enabling them to use a greater range of structures while speaking and writing in English.

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Continuous assessment of in class activity, group works and final exam

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  04.03.2024 - 05.05.2024

  Enrollment date range

  01.12.2023 - 03.03.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • PRE21D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Hanna Kuusisto

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Book exam (more information about this will be given in the first course meeting)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Final exam

  Student's schedule and workload

  27 hours individual workload per 1 credit (a total of 3 ETCS)

  Assessment criteria

  Lacking attendance, incompleted assignments, failed exam

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Being able to identify general technical functions and descriptions of materials and components in English.
  Being able to identify general technical problems and technical development in English .
  Being able to identify the specific linguistic features in engineering English on grammatical level.
  Being able to present an engineering related phenomenon.
  Being able to identify the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Being able to describe general technical functions and materials and components in English.
  Being able to describe, asses and interpret faults and feasibility, and discuss technical requirements and improvements in English.
  Being able to apply the linguistic features of engineering English on grammatical level when creating documents.
  Being able to present an engineering related phenomenon and take part in discussions and debates.
  Being able to apply the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Being able to describe, explain, compare and evaluate general technical functions and materials and components in English.
  Being able to describe, compare and evaluate general technical problems as well as technical development, and propose solutions and insights in technical development.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the specific linguistic features of engineering English on grammatical level.
  Being able to present and critically reflect engineering related phenomena and take active part in discussions and debates
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge in the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

•   Technical English for Engineers TKV22EN02-3001 28.08.2023-05.11.2023  3 credits  (ITE23D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The course enables the students to understand the differences between Standard English and language for special purposes.
  Students will also broaden their knowledge of common features of academic and technical writing and are able to apply their skills to their future engineering reports.Students learn how to express themselves orally by presenting and discussing technical phenomena whereby they will also be given tools to expand their grammatical knowledge and engineering English vocabulary enabling them to use a greater range of structures while speaking and writing in English.

  Prerequisites

  English for Working Life

  Content of the study unit

  General technical functions, materials and components; technical problems and technical development; linguistic dimension of engineering English; presenting as an engineer; scientific writing and engineering documents.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Being able to identify general technical functions and descriptions of materials and components in English.
  Being able to identify general technical problems and technical development in English .
  Being able to identify the specific linguistic features in engineering English on grammatical level.
  Being able to present an engineering-related phenomenon.
  Being able to identify the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Being able to describe general technical functions and materials and components in English.
  Being able to describe, asses and interpret faults and feasibility, and discuss technical requirements and improvements in English.
  Being able to apply the linguistic features of engineering English on grammatical level when creating documents.
  Being able to present an engineering related phenomenon and take part in discussions and debates.
  Being able to apply the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Being able to describe, explain, compare and evaluate general technical functions and materials and components in English.
  Being able to describe, compare and evaluate general technical problems as well as technical development, and propose solutions and insights in technical development.
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge of the specific linguistic features of engineering English on grammatical level.
  Being able to present and critically reflect engineering related phenomena and take active part in discussions and debates
  Being able to apply, implement and critically reflect the gained knowledge in the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Kaj Wikman

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Munkenberg, Eva-Charlott: English for Engineers and Technicians (2015).

  Learning methods

  Contact teaching, in-class activities, individual assignments, and oral presentations.
  The course enables the students to understand the differences between Standard English and language for special purposes. Students learn how to express themselves orally by presenting and discussing technical phenomena whereby they will also be given tools to expand their grammatical knowledge and engineering English vocabulary enabling them to use a greater range of structures while speaking and writing in English.

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Continuous assessment of in-class activity, group work and final exam

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  28.08.2023 - 05.11.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ITE23D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Hanna Kuusisto

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Book exam (more information about this will be given at the first meeting)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Final exam

  Student's schedule and workload

  27 hours individual workload per 1 credit (a total of 3 ETCS)

  Assessment criteria

  Lacking attendance, incompleted assignments, failed exam

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Being able to identify general technical functions and descriptions of materials and components in English.
  Being able to identify general technical problems and technical development in English.
  Being able to identify the specific linguistic features in engineering English on a grammatical level.
  Being able to present an engineering-related phenomenon.
  Being able to identify the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Being able to describe general technical functions and materials and components in English.
  Being able to describe, assess and interpret faults and feasibility, and discuss technical requirements and improvements in English.
  Being able to apply the linguistic features of engineering English on a grammatical level when creating documents.
  Being able to present an engineering-related phenomenon and take part in discussions and debates.
  Being able to apply the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Being able to describe, explain, compare, and evaluate general technical functions and materials and components in English.
  Being able to describe, compare and evaluate general technical problems as well as technical development, and propose solutions and insights in technical development.
  Being able to apply, implement, and critically reflect on the gained knowledge of the specific linguistic features of engineering English on a grammatical level.
  Being able to present and critically reflect on engineering-related phenomena and take an active part in discussions and debates
  Being able to apply, implement, and critically reflect the gained knowledge in the stylistic and linguistic elements in scientific writing and engineering documents.

•   Technical Reporting TKV18TR01-3016 23.10.2023-17.12.2023  3 credits  (MAP21D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student can report and document within the area of ​​competence. She is familiar with writing and layout rules and knows the style level that is appropriate in a formal text. The student can plan an assignment and make associated documentation using critically selected sources of various kinds. The documentation is rooted in practical and theoretical knowledge in the field. They master one or more reference systems.

  Prerequisites

  Swedish for Engineers

  Content of the study unit

  Information retrieval, the work process for more extensive reporting such as degree projects, reference systems, evaluation of reports, rules for written reports and scientific work.

  ---

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  23.10.2023 - 17.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 22.10.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • MAP21D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Åsa Fagerudd

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying), Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Technical Reporting TKV18TR01-3014 28.08.2023-29.10.2023  3 credits  (ELA21D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student can report and document within the area of ​​competence. She is familiar with writing and layout rules and knows the style level that is appropriate in a formal text. The student can plan an assignment and make associated documentation using critically selected sources of various kinds. The documentation is rooted in practical and theoretical knowledge in the field. They master one or more reference systems.

  Prerequisites

  Swedish for Engineers

  Content of the study unit

  Information retrieval, the work process for more extensive reporting such as degree projects, reference systems, evaluation of reports, rules for written reports and scientific work.

  ---

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Exercise assignments and lecture material on Moodle.
  Literature:
  Backman, J., 2016. Rapporter och uppsatser. Lund: Studentlitteratur.
  Nyberg, R. & Tidström A., 2012. Skriv vetenskapliga uppsatser, examensarbeten och avhandlingar. Lund: Studentlitteratur.
  and other writing-guides

  Learning methods

  Lectures, individual assignments, writing assignments in groups, literature studies, oral presentations.

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Approved/Rejected

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  28.08.2023 - 29.10.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 27.08.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA21D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA21-A (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-E (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-K (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)
  • ELA21-I (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Åsa Fagerudd

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying), Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  Approved/Rejected

  Practical training and working life co-operation

  Guest lecturer from Tritonia.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Rehearsal interrogation at the last lesson. Then on re-examination occasions or other agreement.

  Student's schedule and workload

  81 hours of work for the student during the course divided into 30 hours of work in class and 51 hours of work on their own.

  Assessment criteria

  Approved / Failed

  For approved performance, the following is required:
  Reporting: Ability to report and document within the area of ​​expertise. She has mastered writing and layout rules that distinguish documentation at degree level and know the style level that is appropriate in a formal reporting text in the field of technology.
  Scientific writing: Have the readiness to plan and complete a comprehensive development and project assignment and know the work process for scientific writing. Have preparedness to present grounded reasoning and grounded conclusions. Know and can use writing manuals. Can use one or more
  reference.
  Reading and reviewing: Ability to critically read and review reports in the area of ​​competence and prepare for oral opposition.
  Information retrieval: Ability to critically and systematically search sources and access them in content for written and oral assignments in the area of ​​competence

•   Technical Reporting TKV22TR01-3003 24.01.2024-07.02.2024  3 credits  (ÖH22FLEXING) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - can report and document within the area of ​​competence.
  - is familiar with writing and layout rules and knows the style level that is appropriate in a formal text.
  - can plan an assignment and make associated documentation using critically selected sources of various kinds.
  - knows how to document practical and theoretical knowledge in the field of study.
  - master one or more reference systems.

  Prerequisites

  Swedish for Engineers

  Content of the study unit

  - Information retrieval
  - the work process for more extensive reporting such as degree projects
  - reference systems
  - evaluation of reports
  - rules for written reports and scientific work.
  
  - Application according to specific education may occur.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Matts Nickull

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  24.01.2024 - 07.02.2024

  Enrollment date range

  01.12.2023 - 28.01.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ÖH22FLEXING

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Åsa Fagerudd

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying), Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Technical Reporting TKV18TR01-3019 01.01.2024-08.03.2024  3 credits  (PRE21D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student can report and document within the area of ​​competence. She is familiar with writing and layout rules and knows the style level that is appropriate in a formal text. The student can plan an assignment and make associated documentation using critically selected sources of various kinds. The documentation is rooted in practical and theoretical knowledge in the field. They master one or more reference systems.

  Prerequisites

  Swedish for Engineers

  Content of the study unit

  Information retrieval, the work process for more extensive reporting such as degree projects, reference systems, evaluation of reports, rules for written reports and scientific work.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Åsa Fagerudd

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.01.2024 - 08.03.2024

  Enrollment date range

  01.12.2023 - 31.12.2023

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • PRE21D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Åsa Fagerudd

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying), Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

•   Technical Reporting TKV18TR01-3020 19.02.2024-28.04.2024  3 credits  (BYL21D-V, ...) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student can report and document within the area of ​​competence. She is familiar with writing and layout rules and knows the style level that is appropriate in a formal text. The student can plan an assignment and make associated documentation using critically selected sources of various kinds. The documentation is rooted in practical and theoretical knowledge in the field. They master one or more reference systems.

  Prerequisites

  Swedish for Engineers

  Content of the study unit

  Information retrieval, the work process for more extensive reporting such as degree projects, reference systems, evaluation of reports, rules for written reports and scientific work.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Leif Östman

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Exercise assignments and lecture material on Moodle.
  Literature:
  Backman, J., 2016. Rapporter och uppsatser. Lund: Studentlitteratur.
  Nyberg, R. & Tidström A., 2012. Skriv vetenskapliga uppsatser, examensarbeten och avhandlingar. Lund: Studentlitteratur.

  Learning methods

  Lectures, individual assignments, writing assignments in groups, literature studies, oral presentations.

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Approved/Rejected

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  19.02.2024 - 28.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 18.02.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • BYL21D-V
  • BYS21D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Åsa Fagerudd, Leif Östman

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Engineer (Land Surveying), Degree Programme in Civil and Construction Engineering, Degree Programme in Mechanical and Production Engineering, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation, Degree Programme in Industrial Management

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  Approved/Rejected

  Practical training and working life co-operation

  Guest lecturer from Tritonia.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  Rehearsal interrogation at the last lesson. Then on re-examination occasions or other agreement.

  Student's schedule and workload

  81 hours of work for the student during the course divided into 30 hours of work in class and 51 hours of work on their own.

  Assessment criteria

  Approved / Failed

  For approved performance, the following is required:
  Reporting: Ability to report and document within the area of ​​expertise. She has mastered writing and layout rules that distinguish documentation at degree level and know the style level that is appropriate in a formal reporting text in the field of technology.
  Scientific writing: Have the readiness to plan and complete a comprehensive development and project assignment and know the work process for scientific writing. Have preparedness to present grounded reasoning and grounded conclusions. Know and can use writing manuals. Can use one or more
  reference.
  Reading and reviewing: Ability to critically read and review reports in the area of ​​competence and prepare for oral opposition.
  Information retrieval: Ability to critically and systematically search sources and access them in content for written and oral assignments in the area of ​​competence

•   Thesis Management ET22EE04-3002 20.11.2023-10.12.2023  1 credits  (ET23D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student understands the basic principles of a Thesis project.

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites.

  Content of the study unit

  Basic terminology

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student is able, with guidance, to utilize the methods learnt during the study unit.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student is able to utilize the methods learnt during the study unit independently.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student is able to utilize the methods learnt during the study unit independently and is able apply the learnt knowledge in new contexts.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Novia guidelines/instruction can be found at: https://novia.libguides.com/c.php?g=265383&p=1774293
  Moodle course will provide further links and instruction

  Learning methods

  Competence objectives of the study unit
  The objective of the course is to prepare students for their upcoming thesis by increasing their awareness of the requirements and equipping them with the tools for successful submission
  
  Content of the study unit
  Student writing/presentation/group discussion based on previous thesis examples
  
  Format of delivery
  Lectures, presentations and self-study
  Information and study materials are provided in Moodle for the course

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  To complete the course the following criteria are used for evaluation:
  
  1. Submission of directed study work (weighted at 30%)
  2. Attendance of in-class sessions (weighted at 20%)
  3. Submission of two short review reports (weighted at 50%)
  
  The short review reports, will be Graded 1-5.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  20.11.2023 - 10.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 19.11.2023

  • 1 credits

  Group(s)

  • ET23D-V

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Philip Hollins

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Energy Technology, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Student's schedule and workload

  1 ETCS = 27 hours
  
  Contact teaching 6 h
  Independent studying and preparation 21 h
  Total 27 h

  Assessment criteria

  None submission of directed study work (Grade 0)
  None attendance of in-class sessions (Grade 0)
  Poor/None submission of two short review reports (Grade 0)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Full submission of directed study work (Grade 5)
  Full attendance of in-class sessions (Grade 5)
  Excellent/Full submission of two short review reports (Grade 5)

  Approved / Failed

  Both complete/satisfactory submission of all course work and full attendance of class sessions within the allocated time --> Approved.
  
  If neither submission nor attendance is complete/full within the allocated time --> Not Approved

•   Transformers ELA22EA02-3001 01.01.2024-25.02.2024  3 credits  (ELA22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - knows and understands the use and need of transformers of various kinds
  - is able to understand and explain the basic functions of different types of transformers
  - is able to calculate losses, voltage drops and efficiency of transformers
  - knows and understands the functions of different peripherals.

  Prerequisites

  Electric and magnetic fields.

  Content of the study unit

  Magnetic circuits.
  Application of magnetic circuits for different types of transformers.
  Basic functions and connections for transformers.
  Calculation of losses, voltage drops and efficiency of transformers.
  Single-phase transformers
  Three-phase transformers
  Special transformers
  Instrument transformers

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Knows the significance of transformers historically and in the present.
  Can describe the structure and properties of the transformer in an electrical grid.
  Can describe three-phase transformer connections.
  Can name and explain the principle for different special transformers.
  Can calculate voltage drop in single phase and three phase transformers

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can describe the function of transformers with physical grounding.
  Can calculate voltage drops and losses under load.
  Can calculate voltage drop and efficiency at different loads.
  Can describe the operating principles for eg. spark-coupled transformers.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Master the relationships between electrical quantities in the operation of transformers.
  Master different ways of describing and calculating transformer equivalent schemes.
  Can calculate and describe transformer coupling index and turnover for different couplings.
  Can describe and calculate important limiting data for current transformers

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Compendiums, degree projects and info from transformer manufacturers.
  Info and links are available in Moodle for the course.

  Learning methods

  Lectures, calculations, laboratory work and self-study.
  Information and study material are presented in Moodle for the course.

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  The main basis for the grade in the course is determined by the points in the course test. The course test consists of questions that are answered in writing and calculations. (Max 40 points). The laboratory work and the reports are assessed. (Max 20 points)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.01.2024 - 25.02.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA22D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA22-K (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Energy Technology, Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  Assessment of assignments, laboratory work, laboratory reports and theoretical tests.

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  The time for the joint exam and any extra exam is determined in agreement with the students during the course. Lessons in class and laboratory sessions according to the established schedule in Peppi. Laboratory reports are submitted within two weeks of each laboratory.

  Student's schedule and workload

  A total of 81 hours divided into lessons in class (22h), laboratory sessions (16h), self-study and preparation of laboratory reports.

  Content scheduling

  Theory during weeks 1-8, Laboratory work during weeks 5-8.

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 30% of the total points in the test or omitted laboratory reports.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Grade 1: 30 - 39% of the total points
  Grade 2: 40 - 52% of the total points

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Grade 3: 53 - 72% of the total points
  Grade 4: 73 - 86% of the total points

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Grade 5: 87 - 100% of the total points

•   Transient Analysis ELA22EA01-3001 01.01.2024-28.04.2024  3 credits  (ELA22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - understands and can describe different types of (transient) circuit dynamics and model
  - is able to derive, compute, simulate and visualize models for RL, RC and RLC circuits using differential equations using Matlab.

  Prerequisites

  No prerequisites.

  Content of the study unit

  Model circuit dynamics using differential equations
  Transient and stationary (steady state) currents and voltage
  Step response for RL, RC and RLC cicuits
  Simulation of circuit dynamics

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Understands the concept of a dynamic process. Can provide a qualitative picture of a simple dynamic process, e.g. step response of a RL- or RC-circuit.
  Can provide a qualitative description of the process when connecting DC voltage to RL, RC or RLC circuit.
  Knows MatLab as a tool for the analysis of dynamic processes.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Can derive the differential equation for a simple dynamic process, e.g. connection of direct voltage to a RL‐
  or RC circuit.
  Can use a table to give a quantitative description of the process when connecting similar and alternating voltage to RL, RC or RLC circuit.
  Can use MatLab as a tool for analysis of dynamic processes

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Can derive the differential equation for more complex dynamic processes, e.g. connection of direct voltage to
  RLC circuit or connection of AC voltage to RL, RC and RLC circuit.
  Can solve differential equations describing dynamic processes.
  Is well familiar with the use of MatLab as a tool in the analysis of dynamic processes.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  Lecture notes
  Web-based materials

  Learning methods

  Lectures
  Exercises in computer class
  Self studies
  Exam and assignments

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  Examination is based on an individual exam (30 points) and group assignments (2x15 points).
  At least 10 points in the exam and a total of 20 points is required to pass the course.

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.01.2024 - 28.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA22D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA22-K (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Anders Skjäl

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Student's schedule and workload

  81 h
  Lectures 32 h
  Assignments 24 h
  Self studies 25 h

  Assessment criteria

  Less than 10 points in the exam or less than 20 points in total.

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  At least 10 points in the exam and 20-35 points in total.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  At least 10 points in the exam and 36-51 points in total.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  At least 10 points in the exam and at least 52 points in total.

•   User Interfaces ELA22PR05-3001 01.01.2024-28.04.2024  3 credits  (ELA22D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student:
  - is familiar with the common concepts och design principles for graphical user interfaces
  - can design a usable graphical user interface
  - can program a usable graphical user interface
  - can evaluate the usability of a graphical user interface.

  Prerequisites

  The course Object Oriented Programming.

  Content of the study unit

  Concepts
  Design Principles and Design Patterns
  Prototyping and Testing
  Implementation as a desktop application
  Implementation as a web front end

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student knows different types of user interfaces as well as the principles of good interface design.
  The student can realize applications with simple graphical user interfaces.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student can apply the principles of good interface design when designing simpler user interfaces.
  The student can realize applications with more advanced graphical user interfaces.
  The student can realize various parts that are included in the user interface such as reports, diagrams, language adaptation, error handling etc.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student can apply the principles of good interface design when planning advanced graphical user interfaces.
  The student can use a design pattern, such as e.g. MVP, MVC, MVVM.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  material på Moodle (not translated)

  Learning methods

  föreläsningar, datasalsövningar (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  godkänd tentamen vikt 2/3
  inlämningsuppgift vikt 1/3 (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  01.01.2024 - 28.04.2024

  Enrollment date range

  30.11.2023 - 07.01.2024

  • 3 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA22D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA22-I (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Susanne Österholm

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  godkänd tentamen
  godkänd inlämningsuppgift (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  entamen: april-maj 2024
  omtentamen 1: maj-juni 2024
  omtentamen 2: augusti-september 2024 (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  närundervisning ca 35 h
  eget arbete ca 45 h (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Studeranden uppnår inte kunskaper som motsvarar vitsordet tillfredsställande. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Studeranden känner till principerna för god gränssnittsdesign och kan tillämpa dessa principer på
  enkla webbgränssnitt med hjälp av html, css och JavaScript. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Studeranden känner till principerna för god gränssnittsdesign och kan tillämpa dessa principer på
  webbgränssnitt förverkligade med html, css, JavaScript samt jQuery och Bootstrap.
  Studeranden kan grundläggande använda ett Front End-ramverk såsom React. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Studeranden känner till principerna för god gränssnittsdesign och kan tillämpa dessa principer på
  webbgränssnitt förverkligade med html, css, JavaScript samt jQuery och Bootstrap.
  Studeranden kan använda ett Front End-ramverk såsom React. (not translated)

•   Web Systems ELA18IK04-3003 04.09.2023-17.12.2023  5 credits  (ELA20D-V) +-
  Competence objectives of the study unit

  The student can create a web application with:
  - Front-end programming
  - Back-end programming
  - A framework

  Prerequisites

  The courses Internet Technology and Database Technology.

  Content of the study unit

  Front-End Technologies
  - HTML, CSS, JavaScript.
  - JavaScript objects and jQuery
  - Bootstrap, LESS / SASS.
  Back-End Technologies
  - node.js or PHP or equiv.
  - Database management with MySQL, PDO etc.
  Ajax.
  XML and JSON.
  Web services and REST.
  The design champion MVC.
  Observers, routing etc.
  Front-End Frameworks and Back-End Frameworks.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  The student understands the difference between Front End and Back End programming of web applications.
  The student can create simple web applications with front-end techniques.
  The student can create simple web applications with back-end techniques that read and write databases.
  The student understands the principle of using front-end and back-end frameworks.

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  The student can create more advanced web applications with front-end techniques.
  The student can also use simpler code libraries.
  The student can create object-oriented web applications that integrate front-end and back-one techniques, which read and write databases and other data layers.
  The student is can basically use a framework.

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  The student can program web applications with front-end techniques where the code follows a design pattern.
  The student can program web applications with back-end technology where the code follows a design pattern.
  The student can create web applications with a framework.

  ---

  Person(s) in charge

  Ronnie Sundsten

  Mode of delivery

  Face-to-face

  Learning material

  material inlänkat på Moodle (not translated)

  Learning methods

  föreläsningar, datorövningar (not translated)

  Objects, timing and methods of assessment

  godkänd tentamen, vikt 2/3
  godkänd inlämningsuppgift/godkända övningsarbeten, vikt 1/3 (not translated)

  Teaching language

  Swedish

  Timing

  04.09.2023 - 17.12.2023

  Enrollment date range

  15.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

  • 5 credits

  Group(s)

  • ELA20D-V

  Small group(s)

  • ELA20-I (Size: 30. Open university: 0.)

  Teachers and responsibilities

  Susanne Österholm

  Responsible unit

  Faculty of Technology and Seafaring

  Degree Programme(s)

  Degree Programme in Electrical Engineering and Automation

  Campus

  Vasa, Wolffskavägen 33

  Assessment scale

  H-5

  Alternative methods of attainment for implementation

  godkänd tentamen, godkänd inlämningsuppgift/godkända övningsarbeten (not translated)

  Exam dates and retake possibilities

  tentamen december 2023
  omtentamen 1 januari 2024
  omtentamen 2 våren 2024 (not translated)

  Student's schedule and workload

  närundervisning ca 60 h, eget arbete ca 75 h (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  studeranden uppnår inte kunskaper som motsvara vitsordet tillfredsställande (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – satisfactory (1-2)

  Studeranden för skillnaden mellan en skrivbordsapplikation och en webbapplikation.
  Studeranden behärskar tekniker för att skapa en webbplats med en enkel front-end och en enkel back-end. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – good (3-4)

  Studeranden behärskar tekniker för att skapa front-ends och back-ends med ramwerk.
  Studeranden kan tillämpa sin kunskap för att skapa en enkel skrivbordsapplikation som kombinerar front-end- och back-end-tekniker. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria – excellent (5)

  Studeranden behärskar tekniker för att med ramverk skapa mera avancerade front-ends och back-ends som kommunicerar med olika typer av datalager och andra tjänster. (not translated)